searching in the system · list maintenance homecarenet user guide page 7 look-up list a lookup...

HomecareNet® User Guide

Mediware Information Systems, Inc. October 28, 2011. Confidential.

List Maintenance

Table of Contents

About the List Maintenance module .................................................................... 6

Master List .................................................................................................... 6 Look-up List .................................................................................................. 7

Using lists ............................................................................................................ 7 To use a lookup list ................................................................................ 7 To use a master list ................................................................................ 8

Using the List Maintenance Screen .................................................................... 9 To review the contents of a list ............................................................... 9 To view an entry in a list ......................................................................... 9 To modify an entry in a list ................................................................... 10 To add an entry to a list ........................................................................ 10 To discontinue an entry in a list ............................................................ 11 To reactivate an entry in a list .............................................................. 11 To delete an entry from a list ................................................................ 12 To print a list ......................................................................................... 12 To add a list entry on-the-fly ................................................................. 12

Using a search criteria screen ........................................................................... 13 Tips for effective searches ................................................................... 13

Appendix A: HomecareNet Lists ....................................................................... 14 A/R Transaction Reasons .................................................................... 14 ABC Codes ........................................................................................... 15 Adjustment Codes ................................................................................ 16 Administered By ................................................................................... 19 Administration Routes .......................................................................... 20 Administration Visit / Frequencies ........................................................ 21 Admission Reasons.............................................................................. 23 ADT Conditions .................................................................................... 24 Advance Directives ............................................................................... 25 Alert Action Sets ................................................................................... 26 Allergies ................................................................................................ 28 Anniversary Change Reasons ............................................................. 29 Assessment Reasons........................................................................... 30 Attachment Report Types .................................................................... 31 Attachment Transmit Codes ................................................................. 32 Auxiliary Label Instructions .................................................................. 33 Banks ................................................................................................... 34 Batch Type ........................................................................................... 35 Bereavement Action Types .................................................................. 36 Bill Frequencies .................................................................................... 37 Bill Hold Reasons ................................................................................. 38 Billing Code Sets .................................................................................. 39 Billing Code Types ............................................................................... 44 Billing Periods ....................................................................................... 45

List Maintenance

HomecareNet User Guide

Care Plan Goals ................................................................................... 48 Care Plan Interventions ........................................................................ 49 Care Plan Problems ............................................................................. 50 Caregiver Availability ............................................................................ 51 Case Service Statuses ......................................................................... 52 Catheter Brands ................................................................................... 53 Catheter Insertion Sites ........................................................................ 54 Catheter Tip Placement Sites .............................................................. 55 Catheter Types ..................................................................................... 56 Catheters .............................................................................................. 57 Charge Classes .................................................................................... 58 Charge Codes ...................................................................................... 60 Charge Group ....................................................................................... 68 Charge Methods ................................................................................... 69 Claim Delay Reasons ........................................................................... 70 Claim Status ......................................................................................... 71 CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship ..................................................... 72 CMN/DIF Forms ................................................................................... 73 Configured Claim Rule Set ................................................................... 74 Configured Claim Rule Set Type .......................................................... 77 Configured Claims ................................................................................ 78 Configured Label .................................................................................. 93 Contact Types ...................................................................................... 96 Contract Types ..................................................................................... 97 Contracts .............................................................................................. 98 Count Cycle ........................................................................................ 106 Credit Card Types .............................................................................. 107 Delivery Area ...................................................................................... 107 Delivery Methods ................................................................................ 108 Delivery Skip Reasons ....................................................................... 109 Delivery Terms ................................................................................... 110 Departments ....................................................................................... 111 Devices ............................................................................................... 112 Diabetic Statuses ............................................................................... 114 Diagnoses .......................................................................................... 115 Discharge Reasons ............................................................................ 118 Disciplines .......................................................................................... 119 Disease Classifications ...................................................................... 121 Dispatch Routes ................................................................................. 122 Dispense as Written Codes ................................................................ 123 Dispositions ........................................................................................ 124 DME Categories ................................................................................. 125 DME Charge Rule Set ........................................................................ 126 DME Item ........................................................................................... 129 DME Reasons .................................................................................... 132 DME Status ........................................................................................ 133 DME Status Labels ............................................................................. 134 DME Status Templates ...................................................................... 136 DME Type .......................................................................................... 138 Document Actions .............................................................................. 142 Document Followup Actions ............................................................... 143 Document Reviewer Types ................................................................ 144 Document Sets ................................................................................... 145 Document Statuses ............................................................................ 146 Drug .................................................................................................... 147 Drug Components .............................................................................. 168

List Maintenance


EMC Intermediaries ............................................................................ 169 Employment Classes.......................................................................... 175 Employment Statuses ........................................................................ 176 Ethnicity .............................................................................................. 177 G/L Accounts ...................................................................................... 178 G/L Rules ........................................................................................... 179 Gender ............................................................................................... 181 Geographic Location .......................................................................... 182 HIPPS Codes ..................................................................................... 183 HL7 Administration Devices ............................................................... 184 HL7 Admit Sources ............................................................................ 185 HL7 Events ......................................................................................... 186 HL7 Subscribers ................................................................................. 187 HomecareNet Intake Question Types ................................................ 191 Hospice Care Statuses....................................................................... 192 Hospice Charge Rule Set ................................................................... 193 Hospitalization Outcomes .................................................................. 195 Impairments ........................................................................................ 196 Incident Types .................................................................................... 197 Infecting Organisms ........................................................................... 198 Interrupt Reasons ............................................................................... 199 Inventory Adjustment Reason ............................................................ 200 Lab Tests ............................................................................................ 203 Languages .......................................................................................... 204 Levels Of Care ................................................................................... 205 License Certification Types ................................................................ 206 Lines of Business ............................................................................... 207 Living Arrangements .......................................................................... 208 Manufacturers .................................................................................... 209 Map Grids ........................................................................................... 210 Marital Statuses .................................................................................. 211 Medicaid Special Programs ............................................................... 212 Medicare Condition Codes ................................................................. 213 Medicare Occurrence Codes ............................................................. 214 Medicare Status Codes ...................................................................... 215 Medispan Dose Form ......................................................................... 216 Mobile Form State Change Reason ................................................... 217 Modifier ............................................................................................... 218 MSA Codes ........................................................................................ 219 Narrative Categories .......................................................................... 221 Narrative Phrases ............................................................................... 222 Narrative Types .................................................................................. 224 NCPDP Dosage Forms ...................................................................... 225 NCPDP Rejection Codes ................................................................... 226 NCPDP Submit Clarification Codes ................................................... 227 Note Action Types .............................................................................. 228 Note Phrases ...................................................................................... 229 Note Sub Types .................................................................................. 232 Note Types ......................................................................................... 234 Organization Types ............................................................................ 235 Organizations ..................................................................................... 236 Other Services .................................................................................... 241 Outcome Interfaces ............................................................................ 242 Oxygen Delivery Devices ................................................................... 243 Oxygen Systems ................................................................................ 243 Patient Relationship To Insured ......................................................... 244

List Maintenance


Patient Statuses ................................................................................. 245 Pay Cycle ........................................................................................... 246 Pay Rate ............................................................................................. 247 Payer Classes .................................................................................... 248 Payer ID Types ................................................................................... 249 Payer Other ID Types......................................................................... 250 Payers ................................................................................................ 251 Payroll Group ..................................................................................... 292 Per- Diem Charge Rule Set ............................................................... 294 Pharmacy Charge Rule Set ............................................................... 304 Phone Number Locations ................................................................... 307 Phone Number Types ........................................................................ 308 Physician ID Types ............................................................................. 309 Physician Roles .................................................................................. 310 Physicians .......................................................................................... 311 Policy Types ....................................................................................... 315 Price Types ........................................................................................ 316 Product Groups .................................................................................. 317 Programs ............................................................................................ 318 Provider Information ........................................................................... 319 Provider Number Types ..................................................................... 325 Qualifiers ............................................................................................ 326 Race ................................................................................................... 327 Range Set .......................................................................................... 328 Referral Cancel Reasons ................................................................... 330 Referral Status ................................................................................... 331 Referral Types .................................................................................... 332 Relationships ...................................................................................... 334 Release of Information ....................................................................... 335 Religious Affiliations ........................................................................... 336 Responsibility Rule ............................................................................. 337 Rx Categories ..................................................................................... 342 Satellite Locations .............................................................................. 343 Scheduling Preferences ..................................................................... 345 Service Authorization Exceptions ....................................................... 346 Service Priorities ................................................................................ 347 Services .............................................................................................. 348 Shifts................................................................................................... 352 SHP ADR Duration ............................................................................. 353 SHP ADR Severity ............................................................................. 354 SHP ADR Type .................................................................................. 355 SHP Catheter Event Types ................................................................ 356 SHP Delayed Dose Reason ............................................................... 357 SHP Delivery System Brands ............................................................ 358 SHP Diagnosis Method ...................................................................... 359 SHP Drug Event Types ...................................................................... 360 SHP ER/ Hospital Cause Codes ........................................................ 362 SHP ER/ Hospital Reasons ................................................................ 363 SHP INS Phlebitis Rank ..................................................................... 364 SHP Insufficient Reasons .................................................................. 365 SHP Likert Survey Scale .................................................................... 366 SHP Medication Error Type ............................................................... 367 SHP Patency Loss Reason ................................................................ 368 SHP Patient Event Types ................................................................... 369 SHP Service Location ........................................................................ 370 SHP Survey Completed By ................................................................ 371

List Maintenance


SHP Survey Method ........................................................................... 372 SHP Valid Therapies .......................................................................... 373 Sites.................................................................................................... 374 Skills ................................................................................................... 387 Sources of Payment ........................................................................... 388 Specialties .......................................................................................... 389 Staff .................................................................................................... 390 Staff Reasons ..................................................................................... 398 Staff Roles .......................................................................................... 399 Staff Statuses ..................................................................................... 400 Staff Types ......................................................................................... 401 Standard Care Plans .......................................................................... 402 Standard Directions ............................................................................ 406 Standard Order Group Types ............................................................. 407 Standard Order Groups ...................................................................... 408 Standard Place of Service .................................................................. 410 Standard PO ....................................................................................... 411 Standard Rx Orders ........................................................................... 418 Standard Supply Orders ..................................................................... 426 Standard TPN Orders......................................................................... 428 Standard Types of Service ................................................................. 439 States ................................................................................................. 440 Submitter ID Types ............................................................................. 441 Supply ................................................................................................ 442 Surgical Procedures ........................................................................... 453 Taxonomy Codes ............................................................................... 455 Teams ................................................................................................ 456 Town Codes ....................................................................................... 457 Translations ........................................................................................ 458 Unit of Measure Type ......................................................................... 462 Units of Measure ................................................................................ 463 UPIN List ............................................................................................ 465 Vendor ................................................................................................ 466 Verification Statuses........................................................................... 472 Visit Cancel Reasons ......................................................................... 473 Visit Categories .................................................................................. 474 Visit Charge Rule Sets ....................................................................... 475 Warehouses ....................................................................................... 479 Work Queue Groups .......................................................................... 481 Workflow Events ................................................................................. 483 Workflow Notification Rules ............................................................... 485 Workflow Rule Groups ....................................................................... 489

List Maintenance


About the List Maintenance module HomecareNet provides many lists, or predefined sets of data, that facilitate efficient data entry and the standardization of information. You can add or maintain list entries from List Maintenance or from System Administration (with appropriate security privileges).

You can also print or view a report that shows the contents of the master list or lookup list, with selection criteria specified. See the HomecareNet Implementation Guide for a complete directory of Lists.

What types of lists are in HomecareNet?

HomecareNet uses two types of lists: Master lists and Lookup lists.

Master List

A Master List is a long list with 100+ items (e.g. the Diagnoses list). On a screen, tab or screen, it appears as a blue-highlighted text box.

Example:

List Maintenance


Look-up List

A Lookup List is a short list with a code and description (e.g. the Charge Code). On a screen, tab or screen, it appears as a drop-down list.

Example:

:

For help with searching for an entry in a list, and selecting an entry in a list, see Using Lists below.

Using lists By using lookup and master lists in HomecareNet, you can:

Select information from a list rather than typing it in a field on a screen.

Identify and maintain information according to standards that facilitate consistency in the organization of data for reporting purposes.

To use a lookup list

1. Highlight the desired lookup list, select the button, and then select the desired option.

Or

2. Press TAB to access the lookup list and then type the first letter that begins the option.

Example: In the Type box (Module > Prices > Charge Codes > New Charge Code > General tab), enter ―E‖. The word ―Equipment‖ appears in the box. If the list has two entries that begin with the same letter, press the first letter key again until you reach the desired entry.

List Maintenance


To use a master list

Understanding these search methods is fundamental to adding and editing records in HomecareNet.

Note: The Verify Code message instructs you to use the Tab key. HomecareNet cannot verify the code you enter until you hit Tab.

1. When you know a valid CODE: With your cursor in a blue-highlighted field, type the code and then press TAB. The description appears next to the field.

Example: Type 123 and then press TAB to enter the code 123 in the field.

2. When you know a valid DESCRIPTION: With your cursor in a blue-highlighted field, type a question mark (?) followed by the description, and then press TAB. The description appears in the field.

Example: Type ?generic and then press TAB to enter the code for the description generic in the field. The description generic appears next to the field.

3. When you know PART OF THE CODE: With your cursor in a blue-highlighted field, type as many characters as you know followed by an * (asterisk) and then press TAB.* The Search for <master list name> screen appears with focus in the Code field. Highlight the desired code in the list of codes, and then choose the Select button. The entire code appears in the field with the description next to it.

Example: Type 123* and then press TAB to display only a list of codes that start with 123.

Example: Type *123* and then press TAB to display only a list of codes that contain 123.

4. When you want to search by CODE OR DESCRIPTION: With your cursor in a blue-highlighted field, type an * (asterisk) and then press TAB.* The Search for <master list name> screen appears with focus in the Code field.

Example: Type * and then press TAB to see all the codes. Then, in the Code field, type 123* and then press TAB to see only the codes that start with 123.

Example: To search by code, in the Code field, type as many characters as you know followed by an * (asterisk) and then press TAB.

Example: To search by description, with your cursor in the Description field, type as many characters as you know followed by an * (asterisk) and then press TAB.

Note: When the number of items returned in a master list search is greater than the limit set in System Administration, the message, ―Too many records. Please refine search.‖ appears. Refine your search by typing additional characters followed by an * (asterisk) and then pressing TAB. Or, enter the actual code from the list in Module > List Maintenance. For more information about narrowing your search, see the Using the List Maintenance Screen section below.

List Maintenance


Using the List Maintenance Screen Use the List Maintenance screen to add an entry to a list or to edit, discontinue, or delete a list entry. HomecareNet also supports adding a list entry on-the-fly for some lists.

Some lists contain entries marked as ―System Codes‖. These entries cannot be deleted or, in most cases, modified, because they perform a special purpose in HomecareNet.

To review the contents of a list

1. On the Module menu, select List Maintenance (or press CTRL+M or click the blue List Maintenance button).

The List Maintenance screen appears with the Go To List box in focus.

2. At the Go To List box, type the first few letters of the desired list.

In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to add an entry to the Organizations list, type org. The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.

3. Double-click the desired list (in this example, Organizations). Or, use the scroll bar in the Lists grid to reach the desired list and then double-click it.

The Search Criteria screen appears in the right pane. This Search Criteria screen refers to searching for records within the selected list. Searching for a list entry will help guard against adding duplicate entries.

4. Type one or more Search Criteria (e.g. Code or Name) and click Search. Typing an * in the Code field sorts the returned entries by code.

Typing an * in the Description field sorts the returned entries by description. You can filter the records returned by Active, Discontinued, or Both by clicking on the associated radio button. For help with entering search criteria, see Using a search criteria screen.

Scroll through the contents of the list.

Note: You can press F6 to return to the Go To List box.

To view an entry in a list



2. At the Go To List box, type the first few letters of the desired list. In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to view an entry in the Organizations list, type org. The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.



4. Type one or more Search Criteria (e.g. Code or Name) and click Search.

5. Typing an * in the Code field sorts the returned entries by code. Typing an * in the Description field sorts the returned entries by description. You can filter the records returned by Active, Discontinued, or Both by clicking on the associated radio button.

For help with entering search criteria, see Using a search criteria screen.

6. Scroll through the contents of the list.

7. Double-click a list entry, or highlight and click Select, to view the list entry‘s data fields.

List Maintenance


To modify an entry in a list




In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to modify an entry in the Organizations list, type org. The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.




Typing an * in the Code field sorts the returned entries by code.

Typing an * in the Description field sorts the returned entries by description.

You can filter the records returned by Active, Discontinued, or Both by clicking on the associated radio button.

Note: For help with entering search criteria, see Using a search criteria screen.

5. Scroll through the contents of the list.

6. Double-click a list entry, or highlight and click Select, to view the list entry‘s data fields.

7. Click the Update button.

8. Modify the information.

Note: For field definitions, see the appropriate help topic in the "Lists" section.

9. Click the Save button to save changes or Cancel to cancel changes.

To add an entry to a list




In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to add an entry to the Organizations list, type org.

The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.






You can filter the records returned by Active, Discontinued, or Both by clicking on the associated radio button. For help with entering search criteria, see Using a search criteria screen.

5. When you have verified that the needed entry doesn‘t already exist, click the New button.

A screen appears for the list entry, containing fields specific to the list to which you‘re adding a record.

6. Complete the requested information.

For help with field entries, see the description for this list in the following "Lists" section of the User Manual.

List Maintenance


Note: If the list is set up to have its codes automatically generated, HomecareNet automatically assigns the next code; you cannot modify this code. If the list is not set up to have its codes automatically generated, you must enter a unique code.

7. Click the Save button to save changes, or the cancel button to cancel changes.

To discontinue an entry in a list

When you discontinue a list entry, its status changes to "inactive‖. A discontinued entry is unavailable for selection throughout HomecareNet, except when choosing the "Discontinued" or "Both"" option during a search in List Maintenance.




In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to discontinue an entry from the Organizations list, type org. The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.






You can filter the records returned by Active, Discontinued, or Both by clicking on the associated radio button.


5. Highlight the list entry you want to discontinue.

6. Select the Discontinue button.

7. At the message: Are you sure you want to discontinue this code?, select Yes.

To reactivate an entry in a list




In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to reactivate an entry in the Organizations list, type org. The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.



4. Click the Discontinued or Both radio button to include Discontinued list entries





6. Highlight the list entry you want to reactivate.

List Maintenance


7. Click on the entry you wish to reactivate and click the Reactivate button.

Note: Only entries which have previously been discontinued will be available to reactivate.

8. Click Yes.

To delete an entry from a list




In the Lists field on the left side of the window, the lists appear in ascending order with the desired list at the top. For example, to delete an entry from the Organizations list, type org. The lists sort with Organization Types at the top.


The Search Criteria screen appears in the right pane. This Search Criteria screen refers to searching for records within the selected list.

Searching for a list entry will help guard against adding duplicate entries.





5. Highlight the list entry you want to delete.

Note: The Delete function will be unavailable for System Codes. You will be unable to delete a record for which a relationship with another record exists.

6. Click Yes.

To print a list





4. Click the Report button.

5. Click the Selection Criteria button.

6. Complete the selection criteria to restrict the information that appears on the report. Or, leave the selection criteria blank for no restrictions.

7. Click OK

8. In the Document Production window, click the View button, or choose an output device and click the Print button.

To add a list entry on-the-fly

Within a HomecareNet screen, when a field's text box is blue-highlighted, it means that the entry requested is a master list entry. If the desired entry is not already in a master list, you can often add the entry to the master list ―on-the-fly‖ directly from the screen you are updating.

1. With your cursor in the blue-highlighted text box, type an * (asterisk) and then press TAB.

The Search for <master list name> screen appears.

List Maintenance


2. Select the New button (if available).

When you select the New button, HomecareNet checks to see if you have the required security privileges to modify the master list. If you have the privileges, you are presented with the same list maintenance screen(s) as you would be if maintaining the list through Module > List Maintenance. The maintenance procedure is now in "new" mode, and you are prompted for the code and description of the new entry. Note: If the list is set up to have its codes automatically generated, HomecareNet automatically assigns the next code; you cannot modify this code. If the list is not set up to have its codes automatically generated, you must enter a unique code.

3. Enter the code, description, and any other required information.

4. Select the Save button.

5. Select the new list entry to place it in the text box.

Using a search criteria screen A search criteria screen offers several ways to search and then sort information.

To narrow your search, you can select the Active, Discontinued, or Both option under Search Criteria. The Both option enables you to search for list entries in both statuses: active and inactive (discontinued).

Tips for effective searches

1. Use an * (asterisk) as a wild card to narrow your searches. Type as many characters as needed to filter unnecessary data from the search.

Example: On the Patient Search screen, type br* in the Last Name field. All patients with last names beginning with br will be returned in the search.

2. Perform an embedded search to narrow your searches. To do this, type an * both before and after the known characters.

Example: On the Patient Search screen, type *br* in the Last Name field. All patients whose last name CONTAINS br will be returned in the search.

3. To clear search criteria or undo the selection in a drop-down menu, click the Clear button.

4. Use the up and down arrow keys to navigate through lists.

5. To change the sort order of columns, click on the column header.

6. To select multiple consecutive/adjacent records in a list, select the first record, then depress the shift key while selecting the last record in the desired range.

7. To select multiple non-consecutive records, select the first record and then depress the control key while selecting additional records.

8. When the number of items is greater than the limit set in the System Administration program, the message ―Too many records. Please refine search.‖ appears. In this case, narrow your search by typing any additional characters in the text box. For information about searching for an entry in a master list, see Using the List Maintenance screen.

List Maintenance


Appendix A: HomecareNet Lists

A/R Transaction Reasons

The A/R Transaction Reasons list provides detailed explanation of the reason for recording an A/R adjustment.

How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > A/R Transaction Reasons

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. However, you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used Receivables > Search Batches > select a batch > Claims grid > Apply button.

Field definitions: New A/R Transaction Reason screen

Group Field Description

Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this A/R Transaction Reason.

You can search by this Code in List Maintenance.

Description Describes this A/R Transaction Reason.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use a master list.

Discontinued Options:

Checked: This A/R Transaction Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This A/R Transaction Reason is active.

System Code If checked, this is a HomecareNet System Code.

List Maintenance


ABC Codes

The ABC Codes list separates items into classic segmentations of inventory based on price and volume. For example, you could create ABC codes to separate items as follows:

A = High dollar and low volume (10 percent of stock)

B = Medium dollar and moderate volume (30 percent of stock)

C = Low dollar and high volume (60 percent of stock)


List Maintenance > ABC Codes


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug > Inventory tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply > Inventory tab

Field definitions: New ABC Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this ABC Code.


Description Describes this ABC Code.



Checked: This ABC Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This ABC Code is active.


List Maintenance


Adjustment Codes

The Adjustment Codes list defines the type of activity that may affect a patient's account once it exists in Receivables. This includes write-offs, contractual adjustments, revenue adjustments (for errors in billing), etc.

Complete the G/L rules for all adjustment codes only if your organization prefers that HomecareNet create General Ledger Journal entries on which you can report and/or export to an external financial system. You will also need to enable the Create G/L Entries configuration option.

Codes for approving claims

HomecareNet requires the following adjustment codes; it uses them when approving claims. LIST is used to book the list prices of all transactions except for PPS Episodes. EPISODE is used to book the full episode amount from a PPS claim at the time the RAP is approved. DISC and ADJ are used to book the difference between List Price and Net Price for Discount contracts and Allowable contracts, respectively.

Code Description Balance Impact System Code

LIST Claim - List Price Debit

EPISODE Claim - Price for PPS Episode Debit

DISC Claim – Discount Credit

ADJ Claim - Contractual Adjustment Credit

Codes for booking and adjusting costs

HomecareNet requires the following adjustment codes; it uses them when posting charge batches. It uses the COST adjustment code to book the actual (direct) cost of non-inventory charges. The INVCST cost is used to book the costs of inventory charges. The CSTADJ code is used to adjust the costs of inventory charges.


COST Cost of Sales (Non-Inventory) None

INVCST Inventory Cost of Goods None

CSTADJ Inventory Cost Adjustments None

Codes for posting deposit or receivables batches

HomecareNet requires the following adjustment codes; it uses them when posting deposit or receivables batches. If you turn on the Enable Deposits and Create G/L Entries configuration options, PAYMENT should debit the same account that DEPOSIT credits. If you do not turn on Enable Deposits, PAYMENT should debit your cash account directly. OFFSET is used to correct misapplied payments and should have the opposite G/L impact that PAYMENT has.


DEPOSIT A/R Deposit None

PAYMENT Payment Credit

OFFSET Offset Debit

XFER Balance Transfer None

You can define additional adjustment codes for use in receivables batches (Module > Receivables > Search Batches).

List Maintenance



List Maintenance > Adjustment Codes


Where it’s used Receivables > Search Batches > select a batch > Claims grid > Apply button

Field definitions: New Adjustment Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Adjustment Code.


Description Describes this Adjustment Code.



Checked: This Adjustment Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Adjustment Code is active.


Balance Impact

Describes the impact on Accounts Receivable (if any). Options:

Credit (decrease A/R balance)

Debit (increase A/R balance)

No Impact on A/R

Selectable Defines whether this record is available to assign to a transaction.

Revenue Defines whether there is an impact on revenue when this Adjustment Code

List Maintenance



Impact is applied to a transaction.

G/L Rules grid If you have enabled the Create G/L Entries configuration option, you must complete the G/L Rules grid.

G/L rules define the G/L accounts that should be debited and credited when a given adjustment code is used. If you assign more than one G/L rule to an adjustment code, HomecareNet will choose the most specific rule that applies to a given transaction. If your rules are specific to a site, service, payer class, and/or billing code, take care to assign rules so that there is one to cover each possible transaction. Otherwise, users will be unable to post transactions for which no G/L rules apply.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The G/L Rule Adjustment screen appears.

Field definitions: G/L Rule Adjustment screen


G/L Rule (Required.) Code (from the G/L Rules list) of a G/L rule that defines the G/L accounts that should be debited and credited when this adjustment code is used.

List Maintenance


Administered By

The Administered By list contains entries to define the person administering a medication.


List Maintenance > Administered By

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. .

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient menu > Medication Profile > select or enter a medication

Field definitions: New Administered By screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Administered By record.


Description Describes this Administered By record.



Checked: This Administered By record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Administered By record is active.


List Maintenance


Administration Routes

The Administration Routes list represents methods of access for the delivery of medications into a patient‘s body.


List Maintenance >Administration Routes.

The contents of this list are healthcare standards defined by HL7. You may add to the contents of this list. However, you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Medication Profile > Medications tab

Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select an Rx order > Order Data tab

Field definitions: New Administration Route screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Administration Route.


Description Describes this Administration Route.



Checked: This Administration Route has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Administration Route is active.


List Maintenance


Administration Visit / Frequencies

The Administration/Visit Frequencies list represents the frequency with which visits are performed within a physician‘s order or how often a supply is used or a prescription is administered.


List Maintenance >Administration / Visit Frequencies



HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > Visit Orders

Orders > Visit Orders > Physician Orders Search screen > Physician Order screen > Visits tab > Visit Orders screen > Visit Order Segments grid

Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select an Rx order

Field definitions: New Administration/Visit Frequency screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Administration / Visit Frequency.


Description Describes this Administration / Visit Frequency.


Doses/ Visits Number of doses/visits represented by this Administration/Visit Frequency per period.

Period Type Interval by which doses/visits are calculated.

Number of Periods

Number of time periods included in this dose/visit frequency.

Valid for Visit Can this Frequency be used for nursing visits?

List Maintenance



Orders


Checked: This Administration/Visit Frequency has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Administration/Visit Frequency is active.


Comments Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes.

List Maintenance


Admission Reasons

The Admission Reasons list represents the reasons for which a home care provider would start (or admit) a patient‘s service.


List Maintenance > Admission Reasons


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Services > Actions button > Admit button

Field definitions: New Admission Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Admission Reason.


Description Describes this Admission Reason.



Checked: This Admission Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Admission Reason is active.


List Maintenance


ADT Conditions

The ADT Conditions list describes a patient‘s medical condition at the time of admission to and discharge from home care services. This field is also described as Acuity. Strategic Healthcare Programs (SHP) provides the contents of this list, which is used for SHP for Home Infusion™ integration.


List Maintenance > ADT Conditions

If you subscribe to the SHP for Home Infusion outcomes reporting service: You may not edit, discontinue, or delete entries in this list. You may add to this list, but these added entries will not be reported to SHP.

If you do not subscribe to the SHP for Home Infusion outcomes reporting service: You may add or edit entries in this list. However, you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Admit or Discharge button

Field definitions: New ADT Condition screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this ADT Condition.


Description Describes this ADT Condition.



Checked: This ADT Condition has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This ADT Condition is active.


List Maintenance


Advance Directives

The Advance Directives list contains types of documents that allow a patient to formalize his or her choices for the provision of health care services or to name someone else to make those health care choices for him or her if he or she becomes unable to do so.


List Maintenance > Advance Directives

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Profile tab > Advance Directives grid

Field definitions: New Advance Directive screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Advance Directive.


Description Describes this Advance Directive.



Checked: This Advance Directive record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in the Drug list.

Not checked: This Advance Directive record is active.


List Maintenance


Alert Action Sets

The Alert Action Sets list contains groups of one or more alert actions, usually describing the payers to which it applies (e.g. managed care payers) and the purpose of the set (e.g. missing authorization). Used to describe how the system should behave in any of the following circumstances: missing authorization, missing order, noncovered service, or missing document. You can customize the severity of warnings and associate them with multiple payers.


List Maintenance > Alert Action Sets


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > System Actions tab > Document Requirements grid

Field definitions: New Alert Action Set screen


Code (Required.) Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Alert Action Set.


Description (Required.) Describes this Alert Action Set.


Discontinued (View only). Options:

List Maintenance



Checked: This Alert Action Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in the Drug list.

Not checked: This Alert Action Set is active.

System Code (View only). If checked, this is a HomecareNet System Code.

Action points grid Select the appropriate option for each action point. Options:

Allow: Allow this action to occur.

Warn: Allow this activity to occur based on the condition, but warn the user.

Prevent: Prevent this action from occurring based on the condition.

Add/ Update Visits

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when adding/updating nursing visits.

Batch Visit Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when batching nursing visits.

Add/ Update/ RX/ Supply/ DME/ Order

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when adding or updating an Rx/Supply/DME Order.

Confirm Delivery Slip

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when confirming a Delivery Slip.

Add/ Update Charge Item

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when adding or updating a Charge Item.

Post Charge Item

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when posting a Charge Item.

Build Billing Batch

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when building a Billing Batch.

Compile Claim

Click the associated radio button to allow, warn, or prevent processing when compiling a claim.

Comments Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes about this alert action set.

List Maintenance


Allergies

The Allergies list represents types of allergic reactions, other than reactions to medications, that a patient may have previously experienced. This list is not used in DUR screening.


List Maintenance >Allergies


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > PARS, Conditions, and Allergies tab > Other Allergies [NOT used in drug screening] grid

HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > Module 300 (Allergies)

Field definitions: New Allergy screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Allergy.


Description Describes this Allergy.



Checked: This Allergy record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Allergy record is active.


List Maintenance


Anniversary Change Reasons

The Anniversary Change Reasons list contains reasons why the anniversary date for a DME item needs to be changed (for example, because of an interrupted service).


List Maintenance > Anniversary Change Reasons


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select a DME order > Manage DME button > Billing tab

Field definitions: New Anniversary Change Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Anniversary Change Reason.


Description Describes this Anniversary Change Reason.



Checked: This Anniversary Change Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Anniversary Change Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Assessment Reasons

The Assessment Reasons list contains entries explaining reasons for conducting a nursing assessment.


List Maintenance > Assessment Reasons

You may add to the contents of this list. However, you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Certs and Episodes > select a cert period > check Episode > add an assessment

Field definitions: New Assessment Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Assessment Reason.


Description Describes this Assessment Reason.



Checked: This Assessment Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Assessment Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Attachment Report Types

The Attachment Report Types list contains entries that define forms/reports sent as attachments to 837 electronic claims.


List Maintenance > Attachment Report Types

You may not add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. All are System Codes, and HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used Bills > Search Claims > select a claim > Claim Form tabs > Additional button. Included in the PWK (Paperwork) segment of the 837 electronic claim.

Field definitions: Attachment Report Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Attachment Report Type.


Description Describes this Attachment Report Type.



Checked: This Attachment Report Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Attachment Report Type is active.


List Maintenance


Attachment Transmit Codes

The Attachment Transmit Codes list contains codes to define attachments to 837 electronic claims.


List Maintenance > Attachment Transmit Codes


Where it’s used Bills > Search Claims > select a claim > Claim Form tabs > Additional button. Included in the PWK (Paperwork) segment of the 837 electronic claim.

Field definitions: Attachment Transmit Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Attachment Transmit Code.


Description Describes this Attachment Transmit Code.



Checked: This Attachment Transmit Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Attachment Transmit Code is active.


List Maintenance


Auxiliary Label Instructions

The Auxiliary Label Instructions list contains single-line phrases for instructing the patient (on a prescription label) in the proper use and storage of their medications. Auxiliary Label Instructions are generally not specific to any therapy, device, or access route. Examples: Keep Frozen; Protect from Light; Use within 24 Hours.


List Maintenance > Auxiliary Label Instructions


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > Instructions tab for Rx orders

List Maintenance > Standard Rx Orders

List Maintenance > Standard TPN Orders

Field definitions: New Auxiliary Label Instruction screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Auxiliary Label Instruction.


Description Describes this Auxiliary Label Instruction.



Checked: This Auxiliary Label Instruction record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Auxiliary Label Instruction record is active.


List Maintenance


Banks

The Banks list defines institutions into which deposits of money are made. HomecareNet lets you (optionally) indicate the bank into which each deposit was made.


List Maintenance > Banks


Where it’s used Receivables > New Deposit > Receivables Deposit screen

Field definitions: New Bank screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Bank.


Displays only when your organization has set up bank codes to auto-generate.

Bank Name (Required). The name identifying the bank to your organization.

Branch Name or other identifying information of a bank‘s branch office.

Routing Number

(Required.) Unique American Bankers Association (ABA) number that is assigned to a bank.


Checked: This Bank record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Bank record is active.

List Maintenance


Batch Type

The Batch Type list defines types of inventory batches.


List Maintenance > Batch Type


Where it’s used Materials > Search batches

Field definitions: New Batch Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Batch Type.


Description Describes this Batch Type.



Checked: This Batch Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Batch Type is active.

System Code (View only). If checked, this is a HomecareNet System Code.

List Maintenance


Bereavement Action Types

The Bereavement Action Types list contains codes that describe, for hospice agencies, bereavement activities that need to be performed. At certain intervals after a patient's death, you may need to schedule a volunteer visit, call, or send a letter to the patient's family.


List Maintenance > Bereavement Action Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Bereavement Tasks

Field definitions: New Bereavement Action Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Bereavement Action Type.


Description Describes this Bereavement Action Type.



Checked: This Bereavement Action Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Bereavement Action Type is active.


List Maintenance


Bill Frequencies

The Bill Frequencies list represents cycles with which a biller might produce paper or electronic claims for a given payer.


List Maintenance > Bill Frequencies


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > Plans grid > Billing tab

Field definitions: New Bill Frequency screen


Code (Required.) Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Bill Frequency.


Description (Required). Describes this Bill Frequency.



Checked: This Bill Frequency has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Bill Frequency is active.


Frequency (Required.) Number of days, months, or years in the cycle.

Frequency Type

(Required.) Type of frequency. Options:

Day

Month

Year

List Maintenance


Bill Hold Reasons

The Bill Hold Reasons list contains reasons that charges may be put on temporary hold so that they cannot be billed.


List Maintenance > Bill Hold Reasons


Where it’s used Charges > Search Charge Items > Charge Item Search screen > Hold button

Field definitions: New Bill Hold Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Bill Hold Reason.


Description Describes this Bill Hold Reason.



Checked: This Bill Hold Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Bill Hold Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Billing Code Sets

The Billing Code Sets list contains groups of unique billing codes that are used on claims for one or more payer plans. Each billing code set represents one type of billing code (such as HCPCS codes, revenue codes, or other codes). Each billing code in a set is associated with one or more services, charge classes, and/or charge codes.

You can specify the billing code set(s) for a payer in the Payers list.


List Maintenance > Billing Code Sets

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. HomecareNet supplies a Standard HCPCS Billing Code Set that lists the drug, supply, and equipment codes typically used in home infusion and DME. You must update any of these lists that are relevant to your lines of business, to link the HCPCS codes with the appropriate charge codes in your system.

Where it’s used List Maintenance > Configured Claims > Rollups tab

List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Claims tab > Billing Code Sets grid

Field definitions: New Billing Code Set screen


Code (Required). Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Billing Code Set.


Description (Required). Describes this Billing Code Set.


Effective (Required). Effective date of this Billing Code Set.

Thru (Required). Expiration date of this Billing Code Set.

List Maintenance



Version Dates of the billing code set version you are viewing.

Note: This drop-down list becomes available after you create a billing code set. You can use an existing billing code set version when you select the Copy or Clone button.

Type Description (from the Billing Code Types list) of the type of billing codes that this billing code set represents. Options:

CPT

HCPCS

Other

Revenue

Billing Codes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Billing Code screen appears.


Services grid

Charge Classes grid

Charge Codes grid

(View only.) Once you define a Billing Code, these three grids provide more information about the types of goods and services for which the Billing Code applies.

Buttons

Copy Use the Copy button to create a copy of an existing contract, including all of its pricing rules and formulas. Unlike cloning a contract, copying a contract creates a new contract (not just a new version of an existing contract) and does not copy patient-specific rules and formulas.

To copy a contract:

1. Search for and select the desired contract.

2. Click Copy.

Note that the copied from view-only field appears and displays the code of the contract you are copying.

3. Complete the information for this contract.

4. Click Save.

Clone You can create a new version of an existing contract by cloning it. This method is useful when you are renewing a contract for a new set of dates.

When you clone a contract, a copy of the most recent contract version is made, including all rules, formulas, and patient-specific rules and formulas. All patients covered by the cloned version will also be covered by the new version during the period of its effective dates.

To clone a contract:

4. Search for and select the desired contract.

5. Ensure that the To date is filled in.

You cannot clone a contract with an open ending date.

6. Click Clone.

Note: The cloned from view-only field appears and displays the dates of the contract you are cloning.

Note: The new contract's beginning Effective date is one day after the ending date of the contract version that you are cloning. The effective dates of different versions of the same contract cannot

List Maintenance



overlap.

7. Change the pricing rules for the new contract version as needed.

8. Click Save.

Field definitions: New Billing Code screen


Billing Code (Required.) The billing code that you will submit to the payer plan that uses this Billing Code Set.

Description Description of this billing code.

Services grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Services screen appears.

Code Code (from the Services list) of a service for which this billing code applies.

Charge Classes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Classes screen appears.

Code Code (from the Charge Classes list) of a charge class for which this billing code applies.

Note: You can enter a Charge Class Code or Charge Code, not both.

Charge Codes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Codes screen appears.

Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) of a charge code for which this billing code applies.

Filter options Change the list of modifiers displayed in the Modifiers grid. Options:

Defaults and Policy-specific: Show modifiers that apply to all

List Maintenance



patients whose payers use this Billing Code Set, plus modifiers that are assigned to a specific patient payer.

Defaults only: Show modifiers that apply to all patients whose payers use this Billing Code Set; do not show patient-specific modifiers.

Policy-specific only: Show modifiers that are assigned to a specific patient payer; do not show default modifiers.

Summary: Show a list of all unique modifiers set up for this billing code; do not show the Patient IDs and names.

Modifiers grid The Modifiers grid contains billing code modifiers that you will submit to the payer plan along with the billing code, to further describe the item for which you are billing.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Modifier screen appears.

Buttons

All Patients View a list of all patient-specific modifiers assigned to this Billing Code.

Policy Details View a list of all patient-specific modifiers assigned to this patient and policy.

Field definitions: Modifier screen


Modifier (Required.) The modifier that you will submit to the payer plan that uses this Billing Code Set to further describe the item for which you are billing. Modifiers are usually two characters, e.g. RR for rentals or SH for per diems.

For modifier codes containing a question mark, HomecareNet will fill in the appropriate letter when it produces the claim:

B? – 10 month letter purchase/rental decision

K? – Month of rental

U? – New or used durable medical equipment

Position Position in which this default modifier will be positioned on claims. For

List Maintenance



example, 1 indicates that this modifier will be positioned first.

Patient Id

Name

Payer Id

Name

Plan

Policy Number

(View only). The patient, payer, and policy information for which you will submit this modifier.

Buttons

Search Policies Find a patient and policy (in other words, a payer and plan) to which to assign a patient-specific modifier.

Remove Policy Delete the selected patient-specific modifier.

Policy Detail View a list of all patient-specific modifiers assigned to this patient and policy.

List Maintenance


Billing Code Types

The Billing Code Types list contains types of billing codes (such as HCPCS codes). Depending on your payer requirements, it may be necessary for you to identify Billing Code Types in addition to the standard set supplied by Mediware®. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Billing Code Types

You may add Billing Code Types to this list. However, you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used List Maintenance > Billing Code Sets

Field definitions: Billing Code Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Billing Code Type.


Description Describes this Billing Code Type.



Checked: This Billing Code Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Billing Code Type is active.


List Maintenance


Billing Periods

The Billing Periods list breaks charges onto different claims based on the service dates of the charges. Billing periods take the form of beginning dates and end dates for grouping charges that are transmitted as a "bill" to payers. The billing period also appears as a required field on UB04 and 837 Institutional claim forms for most payers that use these claim forms. For example, billing period start and end dates can be printed in Box 6 (Period From Date and Period Thru Date) on the UB04.

Billing periods are associated with individual payer plans. Each payer plan can have a different set of billing periods, if necessary. Most payers who require the use of billing periods base them on months, but you can create additional billing periods based on other requirements.

If you use billing periods, be sure to update the billing period list dates on a regular (i.e., annual) basis. For example, if a billing period for "months" exists and the Billing Periods list only has billing periods specified up to December 2010, then you must add new months for 2011 (before 2011 charge items are billed).

Note: You cannot discontinue a billing period.


List Maintenance > Billing Periods


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Claims tab

Field definitions: New Billing Period screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Billing Period. You can search by this Code in List Maintenance.

Description Describes this Billing Period. You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use a master list.

List Maintenance



Billing Periods grid The Billing Periods grid contains a list of all periods defined and their dates.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The message Do you want the system to generate Billing Periods? appears. Do one of the following:

To automatically generate a number of billing periods of a specified length based on the start date you enter, click Yes. The Billing Period Date Span Generator screen appears.

To create one billing period for the start and end dates you enter, click No. The New Billing Period Date Span screen appears.

Field definitions: Billing Period Date Span Generator screen


Start Date (Required.) Start date of the billing periods.

Note: Billing periods cannot contain any gaps or overlapping dates.

Period Id Prefix

Prefix of the billing periods. When you generate the billing periods, HomecareNet will automatically add a consecutive number

(-1, -2, -3, etc.) to the end of the prefix.

Period Length

Length of each billing period. Options:

DAYS

MONTHS

Number of Periods

Number of billing periods to generate.

Buttons

Generate Create billing periods using the parameters specified above.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Billing Period Date Span screen

Field Description

Billing Period ID

(Required.) ID of this billing period.

Start Date (Required.) Start date of this billing period.

Note: Billing periods cannot contain any gaps or overlapping dates.

End Date (Required.) End date of this billing period.

List Maintenance


Care Plan Goals

The Care Plan Goals list defines clinical goals for a patient‘s disease management that can be included in a Standard Care Plan or patient Care Plan.


List Maintenance > Care Plan Goals


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Standard Care Plans

Field definitions: New Care Plan Goal screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Care Plan Goal.


Description Describes this Care Plan Goal.



Checked: This Care Plan Goal has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Care Plan Goal is active.


Text Free-form text field for comments describing this Care Plan Goal.

List Maintenance


Care Plan Interventions

The Care Plan Interventions list defines clinical actions, or interventions, that are established in an effort to meet a goal.


List Maintenance > Care Plan Interventions



Field definitions: New Care Plan Intervention screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Care Plan Intervention.


Description Describes this Care Plan Intervention.


Discipline The clinical discipline responsible for monitoring and/or documenting this Care Plan Intervention.


Checked: This Care Plan Intervention has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Care Plan Intervention is active.


Text Free-form text field for describing this Care Plan Intervention.

List Maintenance


Care Plan Problems

The Care Plan Problems list defines clinical problems that need to be managed by identifying goals and implementing interventions.


List Maintenance > Care Plan Problems



Field definitions: New Care Plan Problem screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Care Plan Problem.


Description Describes this Care Plan Problem.



Checked: This Care Plan Problem has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Care Plan Problem is active.


Text Free-form text field for describing this Care Plan Problem.

List Maintenance


Caregiver Availability

The Caregiver Availability list represents the times when the patient‘s caregiver will be available.


List Maintenance >Caregiver Availability


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Contact Info tab > Contacts grid > Patient Contact screen

Field definitions: New Caregiver Availability screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Caregiver Available.


Description Describes this Caregiver Available.



Checked: This Caregiver Availability record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Caregiver Availability record is active.


List Maintenance


Case Service Statuses

The Case Service Statuses list defines valid statuses for a patient‘s service. Valid values are: Pending, Active, NoGo, Interrupted, and Discharged. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Care Service Statuses


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Services > Update Service

Field definitions: Case Service Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Care Service Status.


Description Describes this Care Service Status.



Checked: This Case Service Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Case Service Status is active.


List Maintenance


Catheter Brands

The Catheter Brands list defines names of manufacturers of catheters. Used for SHP for Home Infusion™ integration.


List Maintenance > Catheter Brands

You can add to or discontinue the contents only if you do not subscribe to the SHP for Home Infusion outcomes reporting service. SHP will not recognize any additional codes you define.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Profile tab > Catheters grid

Field definitions: New Catheter Brand screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Catheter Brand.


Description Describes this Catheter Brand



Checked: This Catheter Brand has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Catheter Brand is active.


List Maintenance


Catheter Insertion Sites

The Catheter Insertion Sites list defines sites (body cavity, duct, or vessel) into which a catheter is inserted to allow the passage of fluids or to distend a passageway.


List Maintenance >Catheter Insertion Sites



Field definitions: New Catheter Insertion Site screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Catheter Insertion Site.


Description Describes this Catheter Insertion Site.



Checked: This Catheter Insertion Site record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Catheter Insertion Site record is active.


List Maintenance


Catheter Tip Placement Sites

The Catheter Tip Placement Sites list defines the site into which the catheter tip was placed.


List Maintenance >Catheter Tip Placement Sties



Field definitions: New Catheter Tip Placement Site screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Catheter Tip Placement Site.


Description Describes this Catheter Tip Placement Site.



Checked: This Catheter Tip Placement Site record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Catheter Tip Replacement Site record is active.


List Maintenance


Catheter Types

The Catheter Types list contains names of different types (not brands) of catheters. Examples: PICC (peripherally inserted central catheter), Peripheral, Central. Used for SHP for Home Infusion™ integration.


List Maintenance > Catheter Types



Field definitions: Catheter Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Catheter Type.


Description Describes this Catheter Type.



Checked: This Catheter Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Catheter Type is active.


List Maintenance


Catheters

The Catheters list describes the classifications of catheters that a patient may have. It is used in defining per diem billing rules for contract rates that vary based on the catheter access mechanism. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Catheters


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Per-Diem Charge Rule Set

Field definitions: Catheter screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Catheter.


Description Describes this Catheter.



Checked: This Catheter has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Catheter is active.


List Maintenance


Charge Classes

The Charge Classes list groups charge codes and is used to define rules in authorizations, contracts, and claims.

Tips on setting up charge classes

As you set up charge classes, consider the following:

The most common charge classes include drugs, supplies, DME, visits, and per diems. However, most pharmacy organizations will need additional charge classes for grouping drugs.

Consider the kinds of exceptions present in your contracts with payers. For example, if flushes are excluded from standard "AWP minus" drug pricing, you should define a charge class for flushes. If TPN additives are priced separately from the TPN solution, you should define a charge class for additives. If ancillary drugs are separately billable with TPN therapies, set up a charge class for ancillary drugs.

If you have some contracts that price nursing by the visit and others by the hour, you should have one charge class for Nursing Hourly and one for Nursing Visits. Do the same for any other disciplines that you offer.


List Maintenance > Charge Classes

You can add, delete, or change the contents. However, you may not delete or change the records that have a Yes in the ―System Code‖ column because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.

Where it’s used List Maintenance >

Billing Code Sets

Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Auth. Rules tab

Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Claims tab > Forms & Chg Class Sets button

Prices >

Charge Codes

Contracts > Pricing Rules grid

Per-Diem Charge Rule Set > select a service > Items tab

Patients > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Authorizations tab

Field definitions: New Charge Class screen

List Maintenance



Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Charge Class.


Description Describes this Charge Class.


Charge Type (Required.) The higher-level category to which this Charge Class belongs. Options:

Drug

Episode

Equipment

Per-Diem

Supply

Visit


Checked: This Charge Class has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Charge Class is active.



List Maintenance


Charge Codes

The Charge Codes list contains the description, unit of measure, and list price for all goods and services for which you bill, for which you pay staff, or which you otherwise need to track, including:

Compounded drugs

Components charged separately from the compound (lipids, special TPN additives, etc.)

Non-compounded products (enteral, heparin or saline flushes, etc.)

Supplies

Equipment rentals

Equipment sales

Delivery charges

Also:

Nursing, therapies, and other services (both hourly and visit rates)

Medicare PPS Episode charges

Per diem charges

Charting

Meetings

Training/In-services

Reimbursable staff expenses

Travel time or mileage

For each charge code you can keep a history of list prices, AWPs, and costs, and the effective date of each change. When you run the Drug and Supply AWP Update or the List Price Update, HomecareNet will automatically add to the Price/Cost History grid for each affected charge code.

Tips on setting up charge codes

As you set up charge codes, consider the following:

For drugs, consider the different units of measure in which payers expect you to bill a given item, and set each up as a different charge code. Examples:

If an antibiotic drug must be billed by the actual vial sizes used to Medicaid and by HCPCS code to other payers, you should set up one charge code for each vial size you stock and one for the HCPCS unit of measure (if not the same as one of the sizes you stock). For Rocephin, you might have three charge codes with sell units to match the different sizes you stock, 1GM, 2GM, and/or 10GM, and one for the HCPCS unit of 250mg (J06960). We sometimes refer to the HCPCS unit as a "billing only" code, as there is no inventory item whose unit matches the HCPCS unit.

If you sometimes bill enteral products by calorie unit and sometimes by can, you should have one charge code for each.

For supplies, use charge codes to indicate how you wish to bill, not how you track inventory. For example, if you stock 6 different kinds of gauze pads but bill them all at the same rate and with the same billing codes, you may set up just one charge code for gauze pads.

Set up charge codes for hospice supplies even though they are usually included in a per diem rate, as that will allow you to track their cost.

List Maintenance


Set up one charge code for each DME type that you sell, and one for each DME type for each rental time frame (typically one month).

Set up one charge code for each per diem that may have a different rate or billing code, such as Antibiotics Q24 Hours (S9500), Antibiotics Q12 Hours (S9501), and so forth.

For visits:

For staff time, if you pay different rates for two different types of visits (e.g. those that are done at different times of day) but bill the same rate to the payer, you should still set up two different charge codes.

You should set up charge codes for staff visits that are not billable at all, including training visits, supervisory visits, and bereavement visits

You may track travel time and expenses for each visit, or as an aggregate number for a whole day (or longer) for a given staff member. You need only set up charge codes for travel and mileage if you wish to track those values in aggregate (i.e. not on each visit).

If your organization requires that the first visit of each day be billed as a 2-hour visit, set the sell quantity to 2, and then select a UoM for a time-based UoM of 1 hour. All visits that use this charge code will be billed for 2 hours. (You should use a different charge code for subsequent visits in the day.)

Finally, set up "billing only codes" that are necessary for billing but do not represent a specific inventory item. This includes kit headers, ranges (such as TPN 10-51 gm).

For each charge code, you can:

Indicate these key characteristics:

Is the charge item or event billable?

Does the charge item or event require a patient?

Does the charge item or event count as a visit?

What is the type? Example: direct, episode, indirect, mileage, patient contribution, supply, travel

Track a history of list prices

Track a history of direct costs


List Maintenance > Charge Codes


Where it’s used Prices > Contracts > Pricing Rules grid

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Charge Code screen > General tab


Code (View-only when your organization has set up charge codes as auto-generated.) ID for this charge code.

Description (Required.) Description of the drug, supply item, equipment item, or service.

Type Type of the charge that is handled in special manner by HomecareNet. Options:

Direct: Time spent in direct patient care, such as patient visits.

Equipment: Equipment provided to patients.

Drug: Drugs provided to patients.

Episode: Medicare PPS (prospective payment system) episode charge.

Expenses: Clinician‘s reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses incurred while visiting patients.

Indirect: Time spent by a clinician not directly related to patient care, or time spent for patients that is not billable, such as paperwork.

Kit: A grouping of items (usually supplies) billed as a unit.

Mileage: Reimbursable expenses for mileage traveled (usually in the course of traveling for patient visits).

Other: Delivery charges and items not included in the other categories.

Per-Diem: Daily rate to be charged in place of the individual goods

List Maintenance



and services provided.

Pt Contribution: Medi-Cal Share of Cost.

Supply: Medical supplies provided to patients.

Time Off: Staff member's sick, leave, or vacation time.

Travel: Time spent traveling for patient visits.

Class (Required.) Classification (from the Charge Classes list) of this charge, such as supplies or nursing visit, to group charge codes in contracts and on claims.

Pay Rate (Required.) Classification (from the Charge Classes list) of this charge, such as supplies or nursing visit, to group charge codes in contracts and on claims.

Discontinued (View only). Is this charge code discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This charge code is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This charge code is active.

Billable Is this item or event billable? Options:

Checked: An item or event with this charge code is billable (in at least some circumstances) and included on a claim.

Not checked: An item or event with this charge code is not billable and is not included on a claim.

Note: The Billable check box is automatically cleared when you set Type to Expenses, Indirect, Mileage, or Travel. When you set Type to one of the other types, the check box is automatically selected.

Requires Patient

Must you specify a patient when you use this charge code? Options:

Checked: You must specify a patient whenever you use this charge code.

Not checked: You can use this charge code without specifying a patient.

Note: The Requires Patient checkbox is automatically cleared when you set Type to Expenses, Indirect, Mileage, or Travel. When you set Type to one of the other types, the check box is automatically selected.

Count As Visit Should transactions using this charge code be counted as a visit when checking visit limits for an order, authorization, or service restriction? Options:

Checked: A transaction that uses this charge code can be counted as a visit.

Not checked: A transaction that uses this charge code cannot be counted as a visit.

Note: The Count As Visit check box is automatically selected when you set Type to Direct. When you set Type to one of the other types, the check box is automatically cleared.

Allow Cost Override

Is standard cost override allowed? Options:

Checked: Extended costs can be overridden in the Charges module for this item, thus overriding the system-calculated prices and costs.

Not checked: Extended costs cannot be overridden in the Charges

List Maintenance



module for this item.

Allow List Price Override

Is list price override allowed? Options:

Checked: Extended prices can be overridden in the Charges module for this item, thus overriding the system-calculated prices and costs.

Not checked: Extended prices cannot be overridden in the Charges module for this item.


Price/Cost History A collection of prices for this Charge Code. Each entry includes an effective date for the prices, a quantity and unit of measure to which the prices apply, and a collection of prices.

When new entries are added to the Price/Cost History grid – such as for a new effective date or new Sell Quantity – all records from the previous entry are copied to the new entry. The effective date of the new entry defaults to today‘s date.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add pricing screen appears.

Field definitions: Charge Code > Add pricing screen


Code (View only). ID for this charge code.

Description (View only). Description of this charge code.

As of Date the prices in the Prices grid became (or becomes) effective.

Sell Quantity (Required.) Numeric portion of the sell unit, such as 1 (for 1 each or 1 visit)

List Maintenance



or 500 (for 500 mg) or .5 (for .5 gm). Along with the sell UoM, it defines how much the buyer gets in exchange for the list price.

Sell UoM Unit in which this item is sold (such as Each, Visit, mg, gm, and so forth), used in conjunction with the sell quantity.

Prices grid Defines the collection of prices for this Charge Code. You can develop contract rules based on any of these prices.

Some prices are updated by the system automatically:

The AWP and WAC prices are filled in automatically for charge codes that represent an actual inventory item (i.e., assigned to a drug or supply using the Actual charge method).

The List price is filled in automatically when you run the Update List Prices utility.

ASP and Medicare Allowable entries are created as you run the Update ASPs and Update Medicare Allowables utilities. The Medicare Allowable entry may be added more than one: once for each state, and once with no state assigned (a default value).

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add pricing screen appears.

Price Type (Required.) The type of price you are entering (from the Price Types list). Options are: List Price, Custom Price, MediSpan AWP, Alternate AWP, Blue Book AWP, Red Book AWP, CMS ASP, Medicare Allowable.

Price The price value for this Charge Code and the selected Price Type, for the entered sell quantity and UoM.

Note: Enter the List Price to reflect your gross billing amount, without discounts and before any fees.

State For state-specific pricing such as Medicare Allowables, the state to which the allowable value corresponds. This field is optional.

Fees and Prompts

Fee Dollar amount of any additional fee (beyond the list price) charged for this item; usually used as a prescription compounding fee.

Fee Type Specifies how the fee is charged. Options:

Transaction: Compute the fee based on each fill (total or transaction oriented - just one fee per fill).

Day: Fee is based on the number of days provided.

Dose: Fee is based on the number of doses filled.

Unit: Fee is based on the number of units filled (same as doses except in the case of a multi-dose vial or other package).

Prompt For (Available only when Fee Type is Transaction. Otherwise displays the setting for Fee Type.) Specifies how you will be prompted to enter quantities in Charges. Options:

No Prompt: You will not be prompted.

Day: You will be prompted for the daily quantity and the number of days that the delivery represents upon entering the packing slip.

Dose: You will be prompted for the per dose quantity and the

List Maintenance



number of doses delivered upon entering the packing slip.

Unit: You will be prompted for the per unit quantity and the number of units delivered upon entering the packing slip.

Unit Prompt (Available only when Prompt For is Unit.) Actual text that should constitute the prompt for Units. A common unit prompt may be Cassettes.

Costs

Product/Direct Cost

Default cost per Quantity and UoM for the product or direct labor. (Overhead costs are recorded under Prices > Visit Allocated Costs and List Maintenance > Services.)

Leave this value blank for drugs and supplies if you create charges by confirming the delivery of packing slips. Their costs will be filled in on charges based on the cost of the inventory relieved.

For DME items, leave this value blank. Cost will be filled in on charges based on each item's acquisition cost or lease rate.

For per diems and kits, leave this value blank, as costs will be derived from the sum of their components.

For visits, put an average cost per visit (or per the charge code's sell quantity/UoM) based on pay rates to all staff belonging to the relevant discipline.

Other Cost Alternative to the standard cost. If this box is blank, it is assumed to be the same as the standard cost. This field is optional and has no impact on billing.

Field definitions: New Charge Code > Billing tab

List Maintenance



Default Billing Codes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Default Billing Code screen appears.

Billing Code The Billing Code that serves as your default Billing Code for this Charge Code.

Type The type of code listed in the Billing Code field.

Modifier(s) grid

The Modifiers grid contains billing code modifiers that you will submit to the payer plan along with the billing code, to further describe the item for which you are billing.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Modifier screen appears.

Modifier (Required.) The modifier that you will submit to the payer plan that uses this Billing Code Set to further describe the item for which you are billing. Modifiers are usually two characters, e.g. RR for rentals or SH for per diems.

For modifier codes containing a question mark, HomecareNet will fill in the appropriate letter when it produces the claim:

B? – 10 month letter purchase/rental decision

K? – Month of rental

U? – New or used durable medical equipment

Position Position in which this default modifier will be positioned on claims. For example, 1 indicates that this modifier will be positioned first.

Do Not Bill Payers grid Select any payers here for whom this Charge Code is a non-formulary item. When you do so, all charges generated for this Charge Code for any of the Do Not Bill Payers will be marked as Do Not Bill and will not appear on claims.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Do Not Bill Payers screen appears.

Available Payers

Click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more payers for which this Charge Code should not be billable. Click the right arrow key [ > ] to move them to the Associated Payers grid.

Associated Payers

Lists payers for which this Charge Code is not billable.

To remove entries from the grid, click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more payers. Click the left arrow key [ < ] to move them to the Available Payers grid.

List Maintenance


Charge Group

The Charge Group list specifies the classifications of drug or supply items that are used in the selection of the proper charge method. Identifying drugs or supplies with a Charge Group allows them to be charged according to a different Pharmacy Charge Rule than other items to a given payer. Common charge groups are:

Unclassified Drugs (that use J3490) Enterals Amino Acids Supplies

Create new charge groups as needed to define exceptions to a payer‘s rules when building Pharmacy Charge Rule Sets.


List Maintenance > charge Group


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Pharmacy Charge Rule Set > Charge Method Overrides grid

Field definitions: New Charge Group screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Charge Group.


Description Describes this Charge Group.



Checked: This Charge Group has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Charge Group is active.


List Maintenance


Charge Methods

The Charge Methods list provides different ways of charging for drugs and supplies, such as Actual units and HCPCS units. Charge methods are referenced in the Drug and Supply lists so that you can specify the charge code(s) that HomecareNet should use to charge for each drug or supply. In other words: When billing by ______ Charge Method, use _____ Charge Code.


List Maintenance > Charge Methods


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Drug

List Maintenance > Supply

Field definitions: New Charge Method screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Charge Method.


Description Describes this Charge Method.


Type Category for each Charge Method (ex: Actual, Specific Units of Measure).

Actual:

Specific Units of Measure:


Checked: This Charge Method has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Charge Method is active.


List Maintenance


Claim Delay Reasons

The Claim Delay Reasons list defines reasons that there may be a delay in sending an electronic claim to a payer.


List Maintenance > Claim Delay Reasons


Where it’s used Bills > Search Claims > select a claim > Claim Form tabs > Additional button

Field definitions: New Claim Delay Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Claim Delay Reason.


Description Describes this Claim Delay Reason.



Checked: This Claim Delay Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Claim Delay Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Claim Status

The Claim Status list defines valid statuses that may be assigned to a claim by your collections staff as they perform follow-up activities. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Claim Status


Where it’s used Receivables > A/R Inquiry > select a claim > Claim Status tab

Field definitions: New Claim Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Claim Status.


Description Describes this Claim Status.



Checked: This Claim Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Claim Status is active.


List Maintenance


CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship

The CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship list associates Medicare Certificate of Medical Necessity (CMN) and DME Information Forms (DIF) with the HCPC codes for which each form is required.


List Maintenance > CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship


Where it’s used Patients > select patient > Patient > Services > update service > CMN/DIF tab > add or update a CMN or DIF > HCPCS field

Field definitions: New CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship screen


Code HCPC code that defines this CMN/ DIF Billing Code Relationship.


Description Describes this CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship.


CMN/ DIF Form

CMN/DIF form which should be generated based on the HCPC code selected


Checked: This CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This CMN/DIF Billing Code Relationship record is active.


CMN/DIF Required

Indicates whether this HCPC code requires the generation of a CMN or DIF

List Maintenance


CMN/DIF Forms

The CMN/DIF Forms list contains a list of the Medicare Certificate of Medical Necessity (CMN) and DME Information Forms (DIF) that HomecareNet can produce.


List Maintenance > CMN/DIF Forms


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Update Service > CMN/DIF tab

Field definitions: New CMN/DIF Form screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this CMN/ DIF Form.


Description Describes this CMN/DIF Form.



Checked: This CMN/DIF Form has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This CMN/DIF Form is active.


List Maintenance


Configured Claim Rule Set

The Configured Claim Rule Set list is used in defining formatters for a configured claim in situations when the formatter option is dependent on the Charge Type being billed. Examples:

Dates of Service: Span dates for charges other than DME

NDC#: Only needed for drug charges


List Maintenance > Configured Claim Rule Set


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Configured Claims > Details tab > select a formatter

Field definitions: New Configured Claim Rule Set screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Configured Claim Rule Set.


Description Describes this Configured Claim Rule Set.


Type Identifies the type of Configured Claim Rule Set, or the field in which this rule set will be applied. Options:

837 LIN NDC Segment

Claim Line Description

MLs or Vials (NCPDP Only)

Narrative

Place of Service

List Maintenance



Product ID

Service Date

Type of Service

Units/Quantity


Checked: This Configured Claim Rule Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Configured Claim Rule Set is active.


Configured Claim Rule Set grid A collection of rules that define which formatter option is to be used for the Charge Type being billed.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Rule Set screen appears.

Services grid

Charge Classes grid

Charge Codes grid

Once you define a rule, these three grids provide more information about the types of goods and services for which the rule applies.


Field definitions: Rule Set screen


Charge Type (Available only when the Default Rule check box is cleared.) Description of the type of charge to which this rule applies.

Formatter The value that should appear in this field on the claims that HomecareNet produces. Choose one of the entries in the grid.

Enter Text (Available only for some Configured Claim Rule Set Types.) Free-form text that should appear in the claim for claim lines containing charges of this

List Maintenance



Charge Type.

Translation Table

(Available only for some Configured Claim Rule Set Types.) The entry from the Translations list that defines the values that should appear in the claim for claim lines containing charges of this Charge Type.

Billing Code Type

(Available only when the Formatter includes a Billing Code.) Description of the type of billing code.

Default Rule Will this configured claim rule set be used for a payer plan that has not been assigned a configured claim charge rule set? Options:

Checked: This set will be used as the default set.

Not checked: This set will not be used as the default set.

Exclusionary Rule

Options:

Checked: This rule applies to everything except the associated services, charge classes, and/or charge codes that you specify in the grids below.

Not checked: This rule applies to the associated services, charge classes, and/or charge codes that you specify in the grids below.

Services grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Services dialog box appears.

Service Code

Code of a service (from the Services list) for which this rule applies.

Charge Classes Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Classes dialog box appears.

Charge Class

Code of a charge class (from the Charge Classes list) for which this rule applies.

Note: You can enter either a charge class code or a charge code; not both.

Charge Codes Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Codes dialog box appears.

Charge Code Code of a charge code (from the Charge Classes list) for which this rule applies.

Note: You can enter either a charge code or a charge class code; not both.

List Maintenance


Configured Claim Rule Set Type

The Configured Claim Rule Set Type list is used in defining formatting options for a configured claim in situations when the formatter option is dependent on the Charge Type being billed.


List Maintenance > Configured Claim Rule Set Type


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Configured Claim Rule Set > Type dropdown menu.

Field definitions: Configured Claim Rule Set Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Configured Claim Rule Set Type.


Description Describes this Configured Claim Rule Set Type.



Checked: This Configured Claim Rule Set Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Configured Claim Rule Set Type is active.


List Maintenance


Configured Claims The Configured Claims list defines the format of claims that you can assign to a payer plan. You may assign the same configured claim to all payers that require the same claim format. Defines how paper and electronic claims/bills/invoices are formatted. You can specify how each box or electronic field is completed; whether each box/field is required; whether you want to receive a warning for incomplete information; how like items are summarized, and how totals are presented. You can define as many Configured Claims as needed and assign each Configured Claim to multiple payer/plans. You can also copy a Configured Claim once you have set it up.


List Maintenance > Configured Claims


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Claims tab > Forms &

Chg Class Sets button

List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > ID Numbers tab > EMC Payer IDs grid

Bills > Search Batches > select a batch > Claims menu > Assign Format

Field definitions: New Configured Claim screen > Details tab


Claim Form Type

The claim form type upon which this Configured Claim is based. This type must be consistent with the Configured Claim fields/formatters required for billing. Options include:

837 096A1 Institutional Version 4010 X096A1

837 098A1 Professional Version 4010 X098A1

NCPDP 5.1

HCFA1500 (08/05)

UB04

List Maintenance



Standard Invoice

Several state-specific forms are also available.

Code (View-only when your organization has set up configured claim codes as auto-generated.) ID of this configured claim form.

Description (Required.) Description of this configured claim.

Discontinued (View only.) Is this configured claim discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This configured claim is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This configured claim is active.

Mode

(Appears only for 837 electronic claims.) Indicates the way you submit a claim to an EMC intermediary. Options:

Production

Test

Details tab

Sort line items by

Specifies how HomecareNet will sort the line items on the claim. The options that appear are determined by the claim form type.

in <type> order

Sort order options:

NumericAlpha Ascending (default setting) (For example, if you select the UB04 Claim Form Type and then choose to Sort line items by Box#42 - Rev Code, your list could appear in this order: 651, 652, 655, 656.)

NumericAlpha Descending (For example, if you select to Sort line items by Box#42 - Rev Code [as in the example above], your list could appear in this order: 656, 655, 652, 651.)

AlphaNumeric Ascending (Same as the example above, except the sort starts with a character, not a number.)

AlphaNumeric Descending (Same as the example above, except the sort starts with a character, not a number.)

Details grid Contains a line for every field on paper claim forms and for every field on electronic claims for which HomecareNet supports customization. Use it to define data, formatting, and missing data response for each field/box on this Configured Claim.

To change the format of a field, right-click on the field name and then select the Update option on the shortcut menu. The Configured Claim Field Format screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Configured Claim screen > Details tab > Details grid > Configured Claim Field Format screen


Field Name (View only). The name of the box (on a paper claim) or field (in an electronic claim) into which HomecareNet populates information.

Format The value that should appear in this field on the claims that HomecareNet produces. Choose one of the entries in the grid.

Example: For the Insured‘s Name: does the payer require that it be displayed as Last Name, First Name, Middle Initial; or First Name, Last Name, etc.?

See the Configured Claim Keys for detailed field and formatting information.

Missing Data Action

Action that HomecareNet should take if the information for this field is not available when you compile a patient‘s claim. Options:

Don‘t Check

Issue Warning – warn the user compiling claims if data is missing in this field

Reject Claim – prevent claims from compiling if data is missing in this field

Security Check (not used)

Punctuation (Available only for fields that are likely to contain punctuation.) Modifications that HomecareNet should make to the punctuation for this field when including it on claims. Options:

Skip punctuation on input data: Removes dashes and periods.

Remove hyphens

Replace periods with blanks

Remove all punctuation: Removes dashes, periods, !, @, #, $, %, ^, &, *, (, ), _, +, =, [, ], {, }, <, >, |, ?, ,, /, :, ;, `, ~, and ".

Billing Code Type

(Available only for fields that print billing codes.) Code (from the Billing Code

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/search/node/configured%20claim%20key

List Maintenance



Types list) of the type of billing codes that should be used on claims.

Translation Table

(Available only for a translation table format.) Code (from the Translations list) of the translation mapping from HomecareNet's values to values preferred by the payer.

Rule Set (Available only for selected fields.) Code (from the Configured Claim Rule Set list) of the rule set that describes the values that will print to describe claim service lines and the circumstances under which they should vary (such as, print NDC numbers only for drugs).

Enter Text (Available only for the "Enter text to be printed" format.) Text that will print in the field.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Configured Claim screen > Rollups tab > Rollups grid


Rollups grid Defines how line item rollups occur on a claim form (that is, how multiple charge items could appear as one claim line). You can order the set of rollup rules for a single configured claim to establish a priority ordering if more than one rollup rule applies to a single charge item.

Right-click in the grid and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Configured Claim Rollup Rule screen appears.

Buttons

Arrows If you enter more than one rule, select an arrow to change the order of priority for the rollup rules.

Use the arrow to move the rule to a lower priority.

Use the arrow to move the rule to a higher priority.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Configured Claim > Rollups screen > Rollups grid > Configured Claim Rollup Rule screen


Description (Required.) Brief description of this rollup rule.

Rank (View only.) Indicates the priority order ranking that you establish on the New Configured Claim screen > Rollups tab.

Perform Rollup By

Options:

Billing Code

Charge Class

Charge Code

Service

Note: To perform a rollup by billing code, you must define the type and value of the billing code by which to rollup (for example, "G0151" HCPCS) in a billing code set.

By Service Options:

Checked: If Perform Rollup By is Billing Code, billing code rollups will be done by service, then by billing code. If Charge Class, charge class rollups will be done by service, then charge class; If Charge Code, charge code rollups will be done by service, then by charge code.

Not checked: Rollups will not consider the service assigned.

Billing Code Set

(Available only when Perform Rollup By is Billing Code.) Code (from the Billing Code Sets list) of the code set for the rollup rule.

List Maintenance



Use From/Thru Billing Descriptions for Rollups

Options:

Checked: Print the beginning and ending dates of the rollup charges as part of the description on the claim.

Not checked: Do not print the beginning and ending dates of the rollup charges as part of the description on the claim.

Date Criteria Options:

Statement Period: Rollup multiple charges for a billing code into a single claim line for all dates on the claim.

Consecutive Date: Rollup multiple charges for a billing code that have consecutive service dates.

Single Date: Rollup multiple charges for a billing code only if they share the same service date.

Selected Codes Displays the billing codes within the selected Billing Code Set to which this rollup rule applies. Right-click in the grid and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Relate billing codes to rollup rule screen appears.

Field definitions: New Configured Claim > Rollups screen > Rollups grid > Configured Claim Rollup Rule screen > Relate billing codes to rollup rule screen


Cfg. Claim (View only). Name of the configured claim.

Rollup Rule (View only). Description of this rollup rule.

Billing Codes for this rollup rule

List of billing codes for this rollup rule.

To add a billing code, under the Billing Code column (in the Billing Codes group), highlight the desired billing code and then click Add. The ―added‖ billing code appears in the Billing Codes for this rollup rule group.

List Maintenance



To add multiple billing codes, under the Billing Code column (in the Billing Codes group) do one of the following: To select consecutive billing codes, click the first desired billing code in the list, press and hold SHIFT, and then click the last desired billing code. Click Add. The ―added‖ billing codes appear in the Billing Codes for this rollup rule group. To select nonconsecutive billing codes, click the first desired billing code in the list, press and hold CTRL, and then click each desired billing code. Click Add. The ―added‖ billing codes appear in the Billing Codes for this rollup rule group.

To add all billing codes, under the Billing Code column (in the Billing Codes group), and click Add All. The ―added‖ billing code appears in the Billing Codes for this rollup rule group.

To remove one or more billing codes, follow similar steps as to add, except you should choose the Remove and Remove All buttons.

Billing Codes List of available billing codes.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Configured Claim > Pages and Totals tab


Print Total Line

(Appears only for the UB92 and UB04.) Specifies where to print the total. Options:

On last line

Under last charge

Under last charge after skipping line

Do not print total line

Service Unit Totals

(Appears only for the UB92 and UB04.) Specifies how to total the service units. Options:

Do not total service units

Total on visits

Total on units

Total appears on each page

(Appears only for the UB92, HCFA 1500, and Standard Invoice.) Options:

Checked: Total appears on each page.

Not checked (default setting): Total appears only on the last page.

Use claim total for page total

(Appears only when the Total appears on each page check box is selected.) Options:

Checked: Claim total appears for page total on each page.

Not checked (default setting): Page total appears on each page.

Text to appear to continue for multi page claims

Applies only to multi-page claims. Continuation text (for example, Continued) that will appear in:

Box 43 on UB92

Box 24d on HCFA 1500

Description field on Standard Invoice

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Configured Claim > Claim Lines tab


Show Zero Dollar Claim Lines

Options:

Checked: Generated claim form will not include any zero-dollar claim lines.

Not checked: Generated claim form will include zero-dollar claim lines, if any exist.

Show Subject-to-PerDiem Charges

(Available only for invoices.) Options:

Checked: Generated invoice will print charges that are subject-to-per diem. For these items, HomecareNet will display:

Service Date (or Ship Date)

Ref # (Rx number or Delivery Slip number, where applicable)

Description

Quantity

It will not display any dollar amounts (i.e. no Unit Charge, no Extended Charge, no Discount, no Total Charge).

Line items are sorted so that subject-to-per diem items print below the per diem header.

Not checked: Generated invoice will not print charges that are subject-to-per diem.

Show Kit Components


Checked: Generated invoice will print charges that are components of a kit. For these items, HomecareNet will display:

Service Date (or Ship Date)

Ref # (Rx number or Delivery Slip number, where applicable)

Description

List Maintenance



Quantity

It will not display any dollar amounts (i.e. no Unit Charge, no Extended Charge, no Discount, no Total Charge).

Line items are sorted so that kit components print below the kit header.

Not checked: Generated invoice will not print kit components.

Generate ―See Attached Invoice‖

Options:

Checked: Overrides the Claim Line Field Formatters (Boxes 24a through k). "See Attached Invoice" prints on only one claim line, starting in Box 24a. No other data is filled in on the other columns and/or claim lines.

Not checked: Does not override the Claim Line Field Formatters (Boxes 24a through k). "See Attached Invoice" will not print. The other data is filled in on the other columns and/or claim lines.

Show Credits Options:

Checked: Generated claim form will not include any zero-dollar claim lines.

Not checked: Generated claim form will include zero-dollar claim lines, if any exist.

Buttons

Specific Data Click the Specific Data button to access a screen of options that applies only to a specific Claim Form Type.

Field definitions: New Configured Claim > Claim Lines tab > Specific Data button > CMS 1500 Specific Data screen


Show Amount Paid (box #29)

Prints prior payments for this claim, if you chose a formatting option for box 29. Options:

List Maintenance



Payments made by all Payers

Payments made by this Payer only

Payments made by Self Pay only

Show Amount Paid On:

Determines where the Amount Paid is printed. Options:

First Page

Last Page

Balance Due (box #30)

Prints the payer‘s balance due, if you chose a formatting option for box 30. Options:

Payments made by all Payers

Payments made by this Payer only

Payments made by Self Pay only

Insured‘s Name & Address (box #4 & 7)

Print subscriber information for:

This Policy

Primary Policy for Patient

Patient‘s Relationship (box #6)

Print the patient‘s relationship to the insured based on subscriber information for:

This Policy


Other Insured, Employer and Insurance Plan (box #9-9d)



Policy Primary to Claim Policy: Represents the patient policy that is ranked one lower than the patient policy being billed on the claim. Example:

Patient‘s policies: Medicare (rank 1) Medigap (rank 2) Medicaid (rank 3)

If your claim is being billed to Medicaid, the Policy Primary to Claim Policy would be Medigap.

Patient's MEDIGAP Policy

Policy Secondary to Claim Policy

Insured‘s Policy Group (box #11)

Print policy number for:

This Policy





Insured‘s DOB, Sec, Employer,


This Policy

List Maintenance



Insurance Plan (box #11a-c)




Allow units to exceed bounds (box 24g)

Options:

Checked: Allow the value in box 24g to print outside of the box.

Not checked: Payer does not accept claims on which data is typed across existing boxes (usually because payers scan claims before they process them). If you answer No and print a CMS1500 claim form for the insurer, up to 3 digits of the quantity — and no UoM — print.

Print NDC beginning in box 24a)

Determines whether the NDC should print on the CMS1500 claim form in #24a.

Field definitions: Configured Claim > Claim Lines tab > Specific Data button > 837 Professional Specific Data screen


All Fields Uppercase

Options:

Checked: Send all text data in an 837P electronic claim in all capital letters. Use this option for CMS claims due to their "strong encouragement" that Ordering and Referring Physician data be converted to all capital letters.

Not checked: Do not change the case of text data when sending it in an 837P.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Configured Claim > Claim Lines tab > Specific Data button > Invoice Specific Data screen


Sub-totals for


Blank: Do not display any subtotals.

Per Diems Only: Subtotal charges for each per diem.

Per Diems and Charge Classes: Subtotal charges for each per diem. Also, at the bottom of the invoice, add a total for each Charge Class listed.

Field definitions: Configured Claim > Claim Lines tab > Specific Data button > NCPDP Specific Data screen


Include Compound Segment

Check this box to include the Compound Segment (10) in NCPDP claims using this Configured Claim. When you enable the Compound Segment, a compounded drug is billed as one claim line (with an NDC number of 000000000), and its components are listed in the Compound segment.

Include Pharmacy Provider Segment

Check this box to include the Pharmacy Provider Segment (02) in NCPDP claims using this Configured Claim. This segment includes information about the pharmacist who dispensed each prescription.

Include Workers‘ Comp Segment

Check this box to include the Workers‘ Comp Segment (06) in NCPDP claims using this Configured Claim. This segment includes the Date of Injury and Employer information.

Include Clinical

Check this box to include the Clinical Segment (13) in NCPDP claims using this Configured Claim. This segment includes the patient‘s diagnoses.

List Maintenance



Segment

Roll up Compounds

(Available only when Include Compound Segment is not checked.) Options:

Checked: Charges will be rolled up and transmitted as a single charge. The charge transmitted will use the NDC number with the highest associated cost.

Not checked: One claim will be created for the primary component for each Rx/fill number.

Field definitions: Configured Claim > Claim Lines tab > Specific Data button > UB04 Specific Data screen


Text to appear in Rev. Cd (Box #42) of total line

Text (for example, Total Charges) that will appear on the last line of box 42.

Payer Information (Box #50 – Box #55)

Show Prints prior payments for this claim on the UB04. Options:

Submitted Payer and Payers with Prior Payments

Submitted Payer Only

All Payers by Priority

List Maintenance


Configured Label

The Configured Label list defines the content and formatting options for pharmacy labels. Most of the pharmacy label fields contain options for the formatting of text that will automatically populate when the label is generated. You should define a configured label for each dispensing situation that requires that the information or layout is unique. You can then assign each Configured Label to specific Services.


List Maintenance > Configured Label


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select a No-Mix, Rx or TPN order > Documentation tab > Label Production grid > Label Format

Field definitions: New Configured Label screen > Fields & Formatters tab


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Configured Label.


Description Describes this Configured Label.


Label Size Establishes the height and length of this label.

Please contact Mediware‘s Customer Support Center to have additional label sizes added. You will not be able to change this label size once the label is saved.


Checked: This Configured Label has been discontinued. It is not

List Maintenance



available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Configured Label is active.

System Code

If checked, this is a HomecareNet System Code.

Fields and Formatters grid The Fields and Formatters grid lists all of the data elements that are to be displayed on patient labels that use this configured label format. Select desired fields here to define formatting options, and field placement for label text.

You can:

Add a formatter. Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu.

Update an existing formatter. Right-click on a formatter in black text and click Update.

Re-enable a deleted formatter. Right-click on a formatter in grey text and click Un-Delete.

In all cases, the Label Field Properties screen appears.

Field Select from the dropdown menu a field that should be included on the configured label. See the Configuring Pharmacy Labels HomecareNet Ideas document for more information.

Note: Field names preceded with S- are static (fixed) text fields, such as those used to label the adjacent field. Enter the desired text into the Options field.

Format Select which formatting option should be applied to the text in each field.

Options Enter free-form text for static text fields or expanded component formatting.

Row The row of the label in which this field should be placed.

Column The column of the label in which this field should be placed.

Width The maximum number of characters that should print in this field.

Buttons

Layout Open the Label Layout Editor screen. In this screen you can click and drag fields to arrange them.

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/configuring_pharmacy_labels.pdf

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Configured Label screen > Assignment Rules tab


Assignment Rules Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Label Format Assignment Rule screen appears.

Service code Code (from the Services list) that represents a service for which this configured label format is to be used.

Rx is a TPN? Options:

Checked: This configured label format should be used only for Rxs that are of type TPN.

Not checked: This configured label format should be used for Rxs that are not of type TPN.

List Maintenance


Contact Types

The Contact Types list represents types of non-medical contact persons that are relevant to a patient or staff member


List Maintenance > Contact Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Contact Info tab > Contacts grid

Field definitions: New Contact Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Contact Type.


Description Describes this Contact Type.



Checked: This Contact Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Contact Type is active.


List Maintenance


Contract Types

The Contract Types list contains classifications of pricing contracts, used for analyzing contracts in groups.


List Maintenance > Contract Types


Where it’s used Prices > Contracts > General tab

Field definitions: New Contract Types screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Contract Type.


Description Describes this Contract Type.



Checked: This Contract Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Contract Type is active.


List Maintenance


Contracts

The Contracts list represents any type of special pricing arrangement, such as managed care, PBM, or payer contracts; nursing agencies and hospices; inter-facility billing; federal and state agencies (Medicare and Medicaid); and non-contracted payers. The contract houses the pricing for any type of item you bill, such as drugs, supplies, per diems, equipment and visits.

Tips on setting up contracts

Have your payer agreements in front of you as you set up contracts and per diem charge rules. You will need to read the language carefully in order to set up rules properly in HomecareNet.

Set up one contract for each payer, or for each group of payers that reimburse at the same rates. Any item that needs to be billed or booked to A/R at a rate other than your list price must be reflected in a contract.

Wherever possible, set up rules based on services and charge classes rather than charge codes. Thus, when you define new charge codes, you will not have to update each contract.

When defining contract prices for nursing, be sure to specify either a Nursing Hourly or Nursing Visit charge class, depending on the language of the contract. You would not want an hourly rate to be applied to a visit, or vice versa.

When a payer establishes a specific price for specific items (such as Medicare and Medicaid allowables), use a formula type of Schedule to record those prices.


List Maintenance > Contracts


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Profile tab > Contract

button

For self-pay, Patients > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Self-Pay Add/Update screen > Contracts button

List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > Plans grid > Contracts button

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Contract screen > General tab


Contract Data

Code (Required. View-only when your organization has set up contract codes as auto-generated.) ID for this contract.

Description (Required.) Description of this contract.

Effective (Beginning effective date.) A charge‘s date(s) of service must be on or after this date in order to be priced with this contract.

Note: If this contract is a renewal of a previous contract version, this date must be after the To date of the previous version.

To (Ending effective date.) Ending date of service for a charge, which must be after the Effective date, to be priced with this contract.

Type Classification of this pricing contract (from the Contract Types list) to analyze this group of contracts.

Version (Available only for a saved contract.) If cloned, the contract version that was cloned to create this contract. Otherwise, shows this version's effective dates.

Bill Price (Required.) How should claims be billed? Options:

LIST: Show charges‘ List Price (as defined in the Charge Code, times the quantity being charged) on claims.

BILL AT: Show charges‘ Bill At Price (as defined in the Contract‘s Pricing Rules, times the quantity being charged) on claims.

BOOK AT (NET): Show charges‘ Net Price (as defined in the Contract‘s Pricing Rules, times the quantity being charged) on claims.

List Maintenance



Book As (Required.) How should the difference between the list (gross) and net prices be booked? Options:

DISCOUNT: Your organization has some control over setting the reduced price.

ALLOWABLE: Payer establishes the allowed prices (as Medicare and Medicaid do).

Site (Appears if your system is configured so that contracts are site-specific.) The site to which this contract is specific. Leave this field blank if this is not a site-specific contract.

Per Diem Discounts Apply

If checked, a per diem discount applies if the patient has multiple services requiring per diems.

Created (View only; appears when you create a contract.) Indicates that this contract was either copied or created manually.

Cloned From (View only; appears when you clone a contract.) If this is not the first version of the contract, the dates of the version from which it was cloned.

Pricing Rules grid

Pricing rules tell HomecareNet how to calculate net prices for goods and services charged under the scope of this contract. HomecareNet evaluates the rules in order (top to bottom) and finds the first matching rule for each item.

For your Medicare PPS contract, you need only add one episode rule to cover the episode rate; it will include all goods and services for a non-LUPA episode. Then, you should add rules under the appropriate MSA and discipline-specific rates for LUPA episodes.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the

shortcut menu. The Pricing Rule Setup screen appears.

Services grid

Charge Classes grid

Charge Codes grid

Once you define a pricing rule, these three grids provide more information about the types of goods and services for which the rule applies.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Pricing Rule Setup screen


Code (View only). Code for this contract.

Description (View only). Description of this contract.

Effective From

(View only). Date of service for a charge to be priced with this contract.

To (View only). Ending date of service for a charge to be priced with this contract.

Exclusionary Rule

Options:

Checked: This rule applies to everything except the associated services, charge classes, and/or charge codes that you specify in the grids below.

Not checked: This rule applies to the associated services, charge classes, and/or charge codes that you specify in the grids below.

Exclude from Per Diem Discounts

If checked, multi-therapy discounting does not apply to this rule. Use this if some services in a contract are excluded from the multi-therapy discounting.

Services grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Services dialog box appears.

Service Code

Code of a service (from the Services list) for which this pricing rule applies.

Charge Classes Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Classes dialog box appears.

Charge Code of a charge class (from the Charge Classes list) for which this pricing

List Maintenance



Class rule applies.


Charge Codes Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Codes dialog box appears.

Charge Code Code of a charge code (from the Charge Codes list) for which this pricing rule applies.


Comments Free-form text field for additional comments that explain when it is appropriate to use this contract when assigning it to a policy.

Formula Type Formula type for this contract rule. Options:

Formula: Use when the net price is calculated from a base pricing source, such as List Price, AWP, WAC, CMS ASP, or Medicare Allowable.

Cost: Use when the net price is based on your acquisition cost.

Usage Cost: Use when the net price is based on the patient‘s actual usage cost as derived from the compound session.

Fixed Price: Use when the net price is a preset value.

Schedule: Use when the net pricing varies by Charge Code for a particular service, such as for per diems.

DME: Use to apply Medicare capped rental DME pricing.

Episode: Use to price Medicare Part A PPS Episode charges. You need not enter any pricing information. HomecareNet will derive it from the appropriate HIPPS case mix weight, MSA wage index, and other PPS values.

User Entered: Use this when you want the biller to manually add pricing in the Charges module.

Formula These boxes appear when you select the Formula formula type.

Price Type The pricing source, such as List Price, AWP, WAC, CMS ASP, or Medicare Allowable, on which the formula is based.

Book At (Net) The Net price that will be used to book each charge to Accounts Receivable.

The Book At (Net) price formula is composed of editable fields. The first field is a factor by which to multiply the Price Type value to obtain the Net price. A value greater than 1 yields a price mark-up, while a value between 0 and 1 yields a discount. The second field is a flat dollar amount to add to the resulting price.

Examples:

WAC x 1.3 + 0 = a markup of WAC plus 30%

List x .8 = discount of List minus 20%

Fee The Net price for the additional fee that will be used to book each charge to Accounts Receivable.

Like the Book At (Net) price, the Fee is also expressed as a factor and a flat dollar amount.

Bill At The price that will print on claims. Defaults to the Book At (Net) price.

The Bill At Price is typically less than List and equal to or greater than Net. If it is greater than Net, it is used to allow the payer to take a discount off of

List Maintenance



the price on the claim to arrive at and pay a lower net price.

Like the Book At (Net) price, the Bill At price is also expressed as a factor and a flat dollar amount.

Fee The Bill At price for the additional fee that will print on claims. Defaults to the Book At (Net) fee.


Use Price as of

If the pricing rule is based on a list price other than the current one, this is the date of the list prices which are used to calculate net prices.

Note: When a charge is priced, HomecareNet checks its service date against the previous list price(s) and effective date(s) to find the list price with the desired date.

Fixed Price Formula These boxes appear when you select the Fixed formula type.




The Bill At Price is typically less than List and equal to or greater than Net. If it is greater than Net, it is used to allow the payer to take a discount off of the price on the claim to arrive at and pay a lower net price.


Cost Formula These boxes appear when you select the Cost formula type.


The Book At (Net) price formula is composed of editable fields. The first field is a factor by which to multiply a charge‘s Cost to obtain the Net price. A value greater than 1 yields a price mark-up, while a value between 0 and 1 yields a discount. The second field is a flat dollar amount to add to the resulting price. The third field is a factor by which to multiply the Other Cost value.

Example:

Cost x 1.3 + 0 = a markup of Cost plus 30%

Other Cost x 0

Notes:

When a charge is generated by HomecareNet and the Actual Charge Method is used, the cost in the Charge Item comes from the Drug list in List Maintenance.

When a charge is generated by HomecareNet using any other Charge Method or if a charge is manually created in a Charge Batch, the cost in the Charge Item comes from the Charge Code list in List Maintenance.

The Other Cost comes from the Charge Codes list in List Maintenance.


Like the Book At (Net) price, the Fee is also expressed as a factor and a flat

List Maintenance



dollar amount.






Use Price as of

If the pricing rule is based on a list price other than the current one, this is the date of the list prices which are used to calculate net prices.

Note: When a charge is priced, HomecareNet checks its service date against the previous list price(s) and effective date(s) to find the list price with the desired date.

Usage Cost Formula These boxes appear when you select the Usage Cost formula type.


The Book At (Net) price formula is composed of editable fields. The first field is a factor by which to multiply the Usage Cost value to obtain the Net price. A value greater than 1 yields a price mark-up, while a value between 0 and 1 yields a discount. The second field is a flat dollar amount to add to the resulting price.

Examples:

Usage Cost x 1.3 + 0 = a markup of Usage Cost plus 30%








Schedule Formula These boxes appear when you select the Schedule formula type.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add Pricing Schedules dialog box appears.

After completing the Add Pricing Schedules dialog box, click Add. Continue adding pricing schedules as necessary. When finished, click Quit.

Charge Code Code of a charge code (from the Charge Classes list) for which this schedule price applies.

List Maintenance






The Bill At Price is typically less than List and equal to or greater than Net. If is greater than Net, it is used to allow the payer to take a discount off of the price on the claim to arrive at and pay a lower net price.


DME Formula These boxes appear when you select the DME formula type.

Price Type The pricing source, such as Medicare Allowable, on which the price calculations are based.


List Maintenance


Count Cycle

The Count Cycle list specifies the groups that segment inventory, used for selecting items when performing a physical inventory count. It is not necessary to create count cycle groups for the New Count Sheet feature, which already prints Count Sheets for drugs, supplies, or all items in inventory. Instead, use the Count Cycle list to set up groups for high-volume or highly-priced items that you count most frequently.


List Maintenance > Count Cycle


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug > Warehouses tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply > Warehouses tab

New Count Sheet

Field definitions: New Count Cycle screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Count Cycle.


Description Describes this Count Cycle.


Interval The frequency of this Count Cycle, expressed in Weeks, Days, or Years.


Checked: This Count Cycle has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Count Cycle is active.


List Maintenance


Credit Card Types

Not Used.

Delivery Area

Not Used.

List Maintenance


Delivery Methods

The Delivery Methods list defines the methods used to deliver drugs, supplies, and DME. Each Dispatch Route can have a Delivery Method associated with it. The Delivery Method prints on the delivery slip.


List Maintenance > Delivery Methods


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > Delivery Slip button > select a delivery slip > Delivery Slip tab

Field definitions: New Delivery Method screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Delivery Method.


Description Describes this Delivery Method.



Checked: This Delivery Method has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Delivery Method is active.


List Maintenance


Delivery Skip Reasons

The Delivery Skip Reasons list contains reasons that a driver using HomecareNet Mobile Deliveries may skip a scheduled delivery.


List Maintenance > Delivery Skip Reasons


Where it’s used On a Mobile Deliveries device: View Today‘s Deliveries > select a delivery slip > Options > Skip Delivery

Field definitions: New Delivery Skip Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Delivery Skip Reason.


Description Describes this Delivery Skip Reason.



Checked: This Delivery Skip Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Delivery Skip Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Delivery Terms

The Delivery Terms list describes the terms in effect for an external courier. This field is only available if you select a Delivery Method on the delivery slip. It does not print on the delivery slip.


List Maintenance > Delivery Terms



Field definitions: New Delivery Term screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Delivery Term.


Description Describes this Delivery Term.



Checked: This Delivery Term has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Delivery Term is active.


List Maintenance


Departments

The Departments list contains department numbers and names assigned to agency staff


List Maintenance > Departments


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Work/Qualifications tab

Field definitions: New Department screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Department.


Description Describes this Department.



Checked: This Department has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Department is active.


List Maintenance


Devices

The Devices list is used to administer drugs to a patient. The device is service-specific and is sometimes used to apply per diem charges.


List Maintenance > Devices


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Services > Service tab

Field definitions: New Device screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Device.


Description Describes this Device.


SHP Delivery System Brand

The value from the list of SHP Delivery System Brands that most closely describes this Device.

Used in exporting outcomes data to Strategic Healthcare Programs.

SHP Delivery System Type

The value from the list of SHP Delivery System Types that most closely describes this Device.


HL7 Equivalent

The standardized HL7 description of this Device. Only used if you are interfacing data in HL7 format.


Checked: This Device has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Device is active.

List Maintenance





List Maintenance


Diabetic Statuses

Not Used.

List Maintenance


Diagnoses

The Diagnoses list contains standard codes to describe diagnoses, used in justifying the need for a prescribed therapy, or in documenting complicating factors. These codes follow the ICD9 coding standards. You may associate entries in the Diagnoses list with a disease classification value (from the Disease Classification list).

The contents of this list are imported from an external database provided by CMS (the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services). Mediware distributes updates to HomecareNet‘s Diagnoses and Surgical Procedures lists in September of each year, using data provided by CMS. Run the Diagnoses list update annually. (To do so, see the ‗To import diagnosis (ICD-9) and surgical procedure data‘ topic in the System Administration user guide.)


List Maintenance > Diagnoses


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Diagnoses > Diagnoses grid

Field definitions: New Diagnosis screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier in ICD9 format that uniquely defines this Diagnosis.



Checked: This Diagnosis has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

http://www.healthcare-automation.com/help/hcn_guides/userguide/system_administration.pdf

List Maintenance



Not checked: This Diagnosis is active.

Descriptions grid A collection of terms that describe this Diagnosis.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis Description screen appears.

Gender Category

Female Only Check this box if the diagnosis is specific to females.

Male Only Check this box if the diagnosis is specific to males.

Age Category

Adolescent Diagnosis

Check this box if the diagnosis is specific to adolescents.

Adult Diagnosis

Check this box if the diagnosis is specific to adults.

Infant Diagnosis

Check this box if the diagnosis is specific to infants.

User Defined (View only.) The User Defined checkbox will be checked for any Diagnoses that are manually entered.

CMS Approved

If checked, the diagnosis is CMS approved.

Requires Secondary

Check this box if the diagnosis requires a secondary diagnosis in the patient record.

Primary Diagnosis

Check this box if the diagnosis is can serve as a patient‘s primary diagnosis.

Field definitions: New Diagnosis screen > Diagnosis Description


Description A term that describes this diagnosis. You can assign multiple descriptions to each diagnosis code to improve users‘ ability to search and locate the correct code.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use a master list. You may edit the diagnosis description.

User Defined (View only.) The User Defined checkbox will be checked for any diagnosis descriptions that are manually entered.

List Maintenance



Primary Description

If checked, this description is the primary description for this Diagnosis code. It will be displayed on screens and reports wherever this Diagnosis code is used.

List Maintenance


Discharge Reasons

The Discharge Reasons list represents reasons for which a patient may be discharged from service. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Discharge Reasons

You can add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents only if you do not subscribe to the SHP for Home Infusion outcomes reporting service. SHP will not recognize any additional codes you define.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Discharge button

Field definitions: New Discharge Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Discharge Reason.


Description Describes this Discharge Reason.


SHP The value from the list of SHP reasons that most closely describes this Discharge Reason.



Checked: This Discharge Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Discharge Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Disciplines

The Disciplines list contains professional titles or areas of expertise that are assigned to staff members. In HomecareNet, all visit orders and scheduled visits are associated with a discipline. In addition, each Service in the Services list must be associated with at least one discipline. You may also associate Progress Note followup activities with a discipline.


List Maintenance > Disciplines


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Disciplines/ Skills tab

Orders > Visit Orders

Schedules > Search Visits > Search Visits screen > Visit Entry screen > Visit tab

Field definitions: New Discipline screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Discipline.


Description Describes this Discipline.


Visit Allocated Cost

For tracking your cost to provide visits assigned to this discipline, enter your allocated cost (overhead) per visit. Use your General Ledger system to determine the total overhead allocated to this discipline for a given year, and divide it by the number of visits provided under this discipline during that year.

Taxonomy Code

Select the taxonomy code description assigned to this discipline. This description is assigned to the taxonomy code from the Taxonomy Codes list.

List Maintenance




Checked: This Discipline has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Discipline is active.



List Maintenance


Disease Classifications The Disease Classifications list represents groups of ICD9 diagnosis codes. The Disease Classifications list represents groups of ICD9 diagnosis codes.


List Maintenance > Disease Classifications


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Diagnoses

Field definitions: New Disease Classification screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Disease Classification.


Description Describes this Disease Classification.


Diagnosis Code Start

The starting code for the range of ICD-9 codes assigned to this Disease Classification.

Diagnosis Code End

The ending code for the range of ICD-9 codes assigned to this Disease Classification.


Checked: This Disease Classification has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Disease Classification is active.


List Maintenance


Dispatch Routes

The Dispatch Routes list provides delivery routes by which drivers deliver product to patients.


List Maintenance > Dispatch Routes



Field definitions: New Dispatch Route screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Dispatch Route


Description Describes this Dispatch Route.


Frequency If this is a driver's route, the frequency with which he or she is scheduled to drive this route (e.g. every 7 days).

Driver The delivery driver associated with this Dispatch Route

First Run Date

The first date on which this delivery route is used.

Delivery Method

The delivery method for this Dispatch Route


Checked: This Dispatch Route has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Dispatch Route is active.


List Maintenance


Dispense as Written Codes

The Dispense as Written Codes list defines circumstances when an order may be dispensed using generic product. These codes are frequently transmitted in electronic claims. Translations are defined in the HomecareNet Translations list.


List Maintenance >Dispense as Written Codes


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Translations > NCPDP_DAW

Field definitions: New Dispense as Written Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Dispense as Written Code.


Description Describes this Dispense as Written Code.



Checked: This Dispense As Written Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Dispense As Written Code is active.


List Maintenance


Dispositions

The Dispositions list represents a patient‘s location after inactivated or discharged.


List Maintenance > Dispositions


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Interrupt or Discharge button

Field definitions; New Disposition screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Disposition.


Description Describes this Disposition.



Checked: This Disposition has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Disposition is active.


List Maintenance


DME Categories

The DME Categories list groups DME Types into categories such as Infusion Pumps, CPAPs, Concentrators.

How to set up and maintain List Maintenance > DME Categories


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > DME Type

Field definitions: New DME Category screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Category.


Description Describes this DME Category.


Charge Class

The code (from the Charge Classes list) of the Charge Class assigned to Charge Codes that are used to bill DME in this category.


Checked: This DME Category has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Category is active.


List Maintenance


DME Charge Rule Set

The DME Charge Rule Set list contains information on how to generate DME charges for each DME type. Each DME Charge Rule Set contains a rule for each DME Type.

You may have more than one DME Charge Rule set if rules need to vary by payer.

You can assign a DME charge rule set to a payer's plan(s). You can also specify one DME charge rule set as the default set to use if no DME charge rule set has been assigned to the payer's plan.

Field definitions: New DME Charge Rule Set screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Charge Rule Set.


Description Describes this DME Charge Rule Set.



Checked: This DME Charge Rule Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Charge Rule Set is active.


Default Will this DME charge rule set be used for a payer plan that has not been assigned a DME charge rule set? Options:



Note: You can specify only one default DME charge rule set.

Rules grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The DME Charge Rule screen appears.

How to set up and maintain List Maintenance > DME Charge Rule Set


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Billing tab

List Maintenance


Field definitions: DME Charge Rule screen


DME Type Enter the DME Type to which this Charge Rule applies.

Rental Code Select the Charge Code (Equipment Charge Type) for this DME Type/Charge Rule

Convert to Sale Period

Enter the time interval, in months, at which this DME Type converts to sale.

Sale Code Select the Charge Code (Equipment Charge Type) for the sale of this DME Type. This Charge Code is also used when the DME Type is converted to sale.

Billing Frequency

Anniversary Date

Select this radio button if this DME Type is billed for each rental period on the same date of the month.

Calendar Days

Select this radio button if this DME Type is billed in calendar day intervals (ex: every 30 days).

Calendar Days

If Calendar Days is selected above, enter the number of calendar days for each billing cycle.

DME Cap

Period Limit on the number of rental periods that are reimbursable by the payer plan. If you enter both a capped period and a capped amount, HomecareNet will cap the rental when either of these is reached.

Amount Dollar amount that is reimbursable by the payer plan. This is important for placing

List Maintenance



a limit on rentals such that the rental period will not exceed the total purchase price of the item.

<capped period UoM>

Hours, days, weeks, or months. The default is the same UoM as on the rental charge code.

Note: Hour(s) are used for oxygen.

Last Rental Period

Prorate Last Rental

Should the last rental period be prorated only if the patient has expired or their service has ended? Options:

Checked: Prorate the last rental period in this case. This does not apply if the patient has interrupted service.

Not checked: Do not prorate the last rental period.

Charge Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) to use if the last rental period is to be prorated. This will occur if the last rental period is less than the UoM on the rental charge code.

Maintenance

Charge Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) to use for maintenance after the rental cap has been reached.

Months After Cap

Number of months after the rental cap has been reached to bill the payer for maintenance. For example, Medicare can be billed for maintenance 6 months after the rental cap has been reached and every 6 months thereafter.

Note: If billing for maintenance, you must enter a value either in this box or in the Months From Anniversary box.

Months from Anniversary

Number of months from the anniversary date to bill the payer for maintenance.

Note: If billing for maintenance, you must enter a value either in this box or in the Months After Cap box.

Months After First Maintenance Charge

The number of months after the first Maintenance Charge that HomecareNet should generate the next – and each subsequent – maintenance charge.

List Maintenance


DME Item

The DME Item list contains Durable Medical Equipment items that you rent or sell to patients, including items that are leased from other organizations. Each item in the DME Item list must have both a DME type code to describe the type of equipment it is, and a serial number to uniquely identify it.


List Maintenance > DME Item


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Field definitions: New DME Item screen


DME Type Type (from the DME Type list) of the DME item.


Checked: This DME Item has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Item is active.

Serial # Manufacturer's serial number as marked on the equipment. The serial number must be unique for all DME items that belong to the same DME type. Note that the number cannot be changed after you save this DME item.

The serial number is the most significant identifier of the item since it may be the only absolute method of distinguishing similar items. For items that may not have a serial number (such as IV Poles), create a numbering scheme and label the equipment accordingly.

The serial number prints on a packing slip for accurate picking of DME items for delivery.

Asset Tag Internal asset tag identification, if you use asset tags; otherwise, leave this field blank.

Status View only. Current status of the DME item. Set to Available for new items. When a

List Maintenance



DME Item‘s Status is changed here (e.g. from In Use or Waiting for Pickup), its status on the DME order is also updated (e.g. to Returned).

Bar Code Bar code to further identify the DME item. Populate this field by placing your cursor in it and then using a bar code scanner to capture the number that represents this DME Item‘s unique bar code. Once the bar code is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this DME Item and find the record for it through a bar code scan.

If you need to purchase durable labels containing bar codes to affix to your equipment, contact Bar Code Direct at www.barcodedirect.com or 800-343-1750.

If you are not using bar coding, leave this field blank.

Warehouse Code of the warehouse in which the DME item is inventoried. You can reassign this value at any time to transfer an item to another warehouse.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the DME item (from the Manufacturers list).

Bin Used Bin or warehouse location in which the DME item resides.

Maintenance

Last Last date that preventive maintenance was performed on this DME item. Cannot be a future date. If this is a brand new item, enter the acquisition date as the Last Maintenance date.

When you change a DME item‘s status from Maintenance to Available, this date will change automatically to the current date.

Due Expected date when the DME item needs to undergo its next maintenance. This date is automatically calculated by adding the Maintenance Cycle to the Last date.

Maintenance Cycle/UoM

Length of time for one maintenance cycle on this DME item, and the unit of measure for this maintenance cycle. This value drives calculation of the Due date.

Alternate Maintenance Cycle/ UoM

Alternate measure for one maintenance cycle on this DME item, and the unit of measure for this alternate maintenance cycle.

This might be used, for example, to indicate the number of hours that a type of respiratory equipment may be used before it must be serviced.

This value is for reference only and does not affect calculation of the Due date.

Acquisition

Acquired Date the item was acquired, either through purchase or renting from a DME vendor.

From Vendor Code (from the Vendor list) of the vendor who supplied the DME item.

Catalog # Identifying number of the DME item in the manufacturer‘s catalog.

New/ Used Specifies whether the equipment is new, used, or its status is unknown. Defaults to Unknown in a new DME item. If this field has not been assigned to another value when the DME item‘s Status is changed to Sold, you will be prompted to choose whether it is New or Used.

Rented/ Released Rate

Select this option to indicate that the item was rented or leased when acquired by your company (not used to indicate whether rented or leased to the patient).

Rate/per/for (Available only when the Rented/Leased option is selected.) Amount of money you pay to lease this equipment, the unit of measure for the rate, the duration of the lease, and the unit of measure for the duration.

List Maintenance



Purchased Select this option to indicate that the item was purchased.

Purchased Cost

(Available only when the Purchased option is selected.) Amount you paid for this piece of equipment.

Expected Life (Available only when the Purchased option is selected.) Number of months this piece of equipment is expected to be useful.

Monthly Depreciation

(Available only when the Purchased option is selected.) Your cost of ownership for this piece of equipment for any given month. Type in the Cost divided by the number of months represented by the Expected Life.

This amount will be recorded in the Extended Cost box of each monthly charge for this DME item, and it will be visible in the Direct Cost column of the Cost & Revenue BIS report.

Buttons

Manage DME (Available only for a saved DME item that is on a DME order.)

Allows you to manage billing information about a DME order and perform other maintenance activities such as marking the item as ready to be picked up, swapping one serial number for another, and marking an item as Sold.

History Displays the DME item's history of activity in reverse chronological order.

DME Item History screen All fields are View Only.

DME Type Description of the DME type.

Serial Number Manufacturer's serial number on the DME item.

Item Status Status of the DME item.

Due Date Date when the DME item is (or was) expected to be returned.

Changed Date

Date and time the status of the DME item was changed.

Name Name (where applicable) of the patient who received the DME item.

Create Date The date on which the DME item was changed to the status in the Item Status column.

This is different from the Changed Date in that the Changed Date is driven by a Delivery Slip‘s Delivery Date. Thus, the Changed Date can be set retroactively, but the Create Date is system-assigned to the date that the status change actually happens. The Create Date is used to ensure that the history is always displayed in true chronological order.

Create User The ID of the user who changed the DME Item to the status in the Item Status column.

Buttons

Undo Last Status

Deletes the most recent entry in the DME Item History screen and returns the

DME item to its previous status. You cannot undo the last status of a DME item that has a status of In Use or Committed.

List Maintenance


DME Reasons

The DME Reasons list defines possible reasons for replacing a patient‘s equipment. Examples: Stolen, Irreparable damage due to natural disaster. This list will be used in the future in billing for replacement equipment. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > DME Reasons

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. Where it’s used Reserved for future use.

Field definitions: New DME Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Reason.


Description Describes this DME Reason.



Checked: This DME Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Reason is active.


List Maintenance


DME Status

The DME Status list gives Information about the DME item that indicates, among other things, whether it is available to deliver to a patient or not.


List Maintenance > DME Status


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Patients > select a patient > Options > Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Materials > DME Item

Field definitions: New DME Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Status.


Description Describes this DME Status.


Template (Changing To)

Select the DME Status Template which should be invoked when a DME Item changes to this status.

Template (Changing From)

Select the DME Status Template which should be invoked when a DME Item changes from this status.


Checked: This DME Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Status is active.


List Maintenance


DME Status Labels

The DME Status Labels list contains questions that will be asked when you change the status of a DME Item. The labels are grouped together into cohesive sets of questions via DME Status Templates.


List Maintenance > DME Status Labels


Where it’s used List Maintenance > DME Status Templates

Field definitions: New DME Status Label screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Status Label.


Description Describes this DME Status Label.



Checked: This DME Status Label has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Status Label is active.


List Maintenance



Type Use the radio buttons to designate which format is desired for the response to a DME Status Label. Options are:

Free Text

Date

Numeric (Integer)

Numeric (Decimal)

Time

Check Box

Date And Time

Multiple Choice (user may select one item)

Multiple Choice (user may select multiple items)

For the Multiple Choice options, right-click in the Description grid and then select the New option on the shortcut menu to add answer description(s). The Add a Description screen appears.

Description A valid response to a multiple-choice question.

List Maintenance


DME Status Templates

The DME Status Templates list contains sets of questions that will be asked when you change a DME item‘s status. These questions in these templates are defined in the DME Status Labels list.


List Maintenance > DME Status Templates


Where it’s used List Maintenance > DME Status

Field definitions: New DME Status Template screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Status Template.


Description Describes this DME Status Template.


Add Comment Check this box to allow the user filling out this template to enter a free-text comment.


Checked: This DME Status Template has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Status Template is active.


List Maintenance



Labels grid A collection of DME Status Labels that form this DME Status template. Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add a Label screen appears.

Label Code of the label (from the DME Status Labels list) to include in this template.

Entry Required

Check this box to require an answer before saving the template when applied to a specific DME Item.

List Maintenance


DME Type

The DME Type list contains categories of DME items (e.g., brand and model), and stores information common to all items of that type.


List Maintenance > DME Type


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Orders >Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Prices > DME Charge Rules

Field definitions: New DME Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this DME Type.


Description Description of this DME Type. The Description should specify the equipment‘s brand name and model number.

This description is used throughout HomecareNet for display on screens and reports.



List Maintenance



Checked: This DME Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This DME Type is active.

Maintenance Cycle

Length of time for one maintenance cycle for DME items of this type, and the unit of measure for this maintenance cycle. This value will drive calculation of DME items' maintenance due dates.

Alternate Maint Cycle

Alternate measure for one maintenance cycle for DME items of this type, and the unit of measure for this alternate maintenance cycle. This might be used, for example, to indicate the number of hours that a type of respiratory equipment may be used before it must be serviced.

This value is for reference only and does not affect calculation of maintenance due dates.

Expected Life Length of time that items of this DME type are expected to be functional. This value is used in the calculation of a straight-line depreciation cost.

Product Group

A categorization (from the Product Groups list) used in a General Ledger interface with the Lawson financial system.

Set status to DIRTY on return

Specifies whether items of this DME type must be cleaned or serviced before they can be made available for use by another patient. Options:

Checked: Items of this DME Type will be set to Dirty status when they are picked up from a patient (i.e. when the Delivery Slip containing a pickup entry is confirmed).

Not checked: Items of this type items will be set to Available status when they are picked up.

Serial Number Required On Order

Specifies whether the serial number is required when creating a DME order for a patient. Options:

Checked: Serial number is required. You cannot print a Delivery Slip until you have chosen a serial number.

Not checked: Serial number is not required. It can be entered either when you create a DME order, or when you confirm a Delivery Slip containing a DME item of this type.

Line Of Business

Line of business to which items of this DME type belong.

DME Category

Organizes DME Types into a higher-level grouping, such as Infusion Pumps, Enteral Pumps, and Concentrators.

HomecareNet will warn you if you place multiple orders for a patient for DME Types in the same DME Category

Vendor/ Purchase Units Make one entry in this grid for each combination of vendor and purchase unit that may be used when purchasing this item.

Note: Adding vendor information is required if you plan to use the Purchase Order Module in HomecareNet. Otherwise, Vendor Data is optional.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add new Vendor/Stock screen appears.

Buttons

Up and

Down arrows

You can use the grid Up and Down arrows to the right of the Vendors/Purchase Units grid to specify the primary (priority 1) vendor offering, which will be the

List Maintenance



default vendor/purchase unit combination when you create purchase orders.

To move a vendor to a lower priority, select

To move a vendor to a higher priority, select

Items Displays a list of all the DME items assigned to this DME type.

Field definitions: Add New Vendor/Stock screen


Vendor The code for a vendor (from the Vendors list) from whom you order this item. If you order this item from multiple vendors, add a record for each one.


Checked: This Vendor has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Vendor is active.

Package Quantity

The number of stock units in the package size in which this vendor sells the item.

If the vendor offers more than one package size, create an entry in the Vendors/Purchase Units grid for each one you might order. The package sizes (and costs) appear as ‗Vendor Offers‘ in a drop down menu when you add this item to a Purchase Order.

Per A description of the purchase unit package (e.g. box, case).

Catalog Number

The reference number from the vendor‘s catalog for this item. The catalog number can be imported from the Purchase Order interface.

Minimum Order

The minimum number of packages that should be ordered from this vendor at a given time.

List Maintenance



Lead Time The number of days that an order must be placed prior to the date the item is needed.

Costs grid A history of cost(s) and effective date(s) for the package.

When you record a receipt against a Purchase Order, the cost on the receipt will default to the amount entered in this field. You may override it.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add Vendor Offer Cost screen appears.

Cost The cost per purchase unit (specified in the Per field).

Effective Date The date as of which the cost is effective.

From EDI (Automated) Vendor Catalog

If checked, the cost was updated from an electronic Vendor Catalog.

List Maintenance


Document Actions

The Document Actions list contains the types of action that a user is required to take on a document.


List Maintenance > Document Actions


Where it’s used System Administration > Forms/Reports Settings > select a form > Reviewers tab > Draft Reviewers grid or Final Reviewers grid

Field definitions: New Document Action screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Document Action


Description Describes this Document Action.



Checked: This Document Action has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Document Action is active.


List Maintenance


Document Followup Actions

The Document Followup Actions list contains the types of followup action that a user is required to take to follow up on unsigned or un-reviewed documents.


List Maintenance > Document Followup Actions



Field definitions: New Document Followup Action screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Document Followup Action.


Description Describes this Document Followup Action.



Checked: This Document Followup Action has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Document Followup Action is active.


List Maintenance


Document Reviewer Types

The Document Reviewer Types list contains the types of people who are required to review or sign a document.


List Maintenance > Document Reviewer Types



Field definitions: New Document Reviewer Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Document Reviewer Type.


Description Describes this Document Reviewer Type



Checked: This Document Reviewer Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Document Reviewer Type is active.


List Maintenance


Document Sets

The Document Sets list defines sets of documents that must be generated for patients who are covered by a payer or a group of payers.


List Maintenance > Document Sets


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > System Actions tab > Document Requirements grid

Field definitions: New Document Set screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Document Set.


Description Describes this Document Set.



Checked: This Document Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Document Set is active.


Required Documents grid Right-click here to add documents to this Document Set.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu to add documents to this Document Set. The Required Documents screen appears.

Document Code of a type of document (from the Forms/Report Settings list in System Administration) to include in this set.

List Maintenance




Document Statuses

The Document Statuses list contains the possible statuses of documents that are being tracked.


List Maintenance > Document Statuses


Where it’s used Documents > Document Tracking

Field definitions: New Document Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Document Status.


Description Describes this Document Status.



Checked: This Document Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Document Status is active.


List Maintenance


Drug

The Drug list contains drug items that are delivered to patients via an order. This list should include an entry for each size of every such item that is stocked or used for special orders.


List Maintenance > Drug

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Field definitions: New Drug screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Drug.



Checked: This Drug has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Drug is active.

NDC Drug's NDC number.

Type an asterisk (*) and then Tab to search the Medi-Span drug database and locate the desired NDC number. This information is very important in HomecareNet, because the NDC number is the key to accessing data about each drug item from the Medi-Span drug database.

Note that if you add a drug that does not have an NDC number, it cannot be screened by HomecareNet, and it will not get updated with new data.

List Maintenance



Short Code Short code (such as the chemical formula for a drug) for this drug. Examples: KCL, H2O.

Description Description of this drug.

If you selected the drug from the Medi-Span drug database, this field is automatically completed. If you did not select the drug from the database, enter a description of the drug, omitting the manufacturer and package size, as these are stored in other fields.

This description is used throughout HomecareNet for display on screens and reports.

Note: An exclamation point is added to the beginning of all drugs and supplies provided by HAI. If you will keep these standard contents, review each entry for consistency with your pharmacy practices, and then delete the ‗!‘ at the beginning of the description.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of this drug.

If you selected the drug from the Medi-Span drug database, this field is automatically completed.

Mfg Item # (Visible only when you enter a Drug without an NDC number, since its Manufacturer is not determined from Medi-Span data.)

The unique identifying number assigned to this item by the manufacturer

Aggregate Quantity on Hand

(View only.) Level of inventory that is available in all warehouses.

Lot Number Tracking

Options:

Off: You will not track lot numbers for inventory that is sitting on the shelf. You may choose to enter lot numbers and expiration dates when product is used for a patient by typing those values in to a Compounding Session or Delivery Slip.

On – Manual Selection: When filling a patient order, you will be responsible for using the Search for Drugs (or Supplies) dialog to choose the desired lot number for the order.

For the next two options, when you create a No-Mix or Supply order or refill that contains one or more lot-tracked products, HomecareNet automatically assigns the earliest dated lot which has an adequate available quantity to meet the order requirements. ―Available‖ means that the current Quantity on Hand of that lot, minus any amounts allocated to other orders, is greater than the amount needed for the order in question.

On – Auto-Select Oldest Lot: HomecareNet will assign the oldest lot with some Available quantity. If there is not enough of that lot to fulfill the order, additional lot(s) will be assigned.

On – Auto-Select Oldest Full Lot: HomecareNet will assign the oldest single lot that has enough available quantity to fulfill the order.

Notes: 1. When you enable lot tracking, or when you update an item with lot tracking enabled, HomecareNet will warn you if there are pending orders to which you need to assign a lot number:

This drug (______) has outstanding commitments that do not have lot numbers assigned. No mix Rx Orders (RxNumber, Delivery Slip Number): <list of order

List Maintenance



numbers and delivery slip numbers> Go to each Compound Session or Delivery Slip to choose a lot before confirming it. Until you do, those orders are allocated to the ―Unspecified‖

lot.

2. When you enable lot tracking on an item that has a non-zero Quantity on Hand, the current inventory will be assigned to a Lot of Unspecified. To avoid this, you should make an Inventory Adjustment to reduce that Unspecified inventory to 0. Then enable Track Lot Numbers and make another Inventory Adjustment to ―replenish‖ the inventory with the appropriate lots. You may wish to create ―Reallocate Lot Numbers (decrease)‖ and ―Reallocate Lot Numbers (increase)‖ Inventory Adjustment Codes that have no G/L impact for this purpose.

Field definitions: New Drug screen > MDDB Info tab

If you selected a drug from the Medi-Span drug database, these fields are automatically completed. If you did not select a drug from the database, these fields are blank.


Drug Name (View only). Name of the drug.

Admin Route (View only). Description (from the Administration Routes list) of the way this drug is administered to patients.

Form (View only). Description of the form of this drug (For example, Solution or Powder).

Strength (View only). Strength of this drug.

Package (View only). Package size of this drug.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > UoM tab


Stock Quantity/UoM

Enter the smallest package size in which you would dispense a product. It should also represent the best unit for inventory management (how you count and stock the item). Usually this is one full vial, bottle, or package, but it may be less in some circumstances. Examples include bulk powders or liquids, bottles of tablets, or a package of a non-compounded product that you would break up to send to a patient.

You will be able to receive, dispense, and bill this drug using the units in the Stock Quantity field or any equivalent unit of measure listed below it in the Equivalent Quantity/UoM pairs grid.

See the Choosing Units of Measure HomecareNet Ideas document for best practices and examples.

Quantity The numeric portion (from the Medi-Span drug database) of the manner in which the item is stocked, such as "10" for "10 mg", or "1" for "1/EA".

Unit of Measure

The description (from the Units Of Measure list) that specifies the descriptive portion of the manner in which this drug is stocked, such as Milligram or Each.

Equivalent Quantity/UoM pairs grid

In this grid, enter all Quantity/Unit of Measure combinations for which you wish to place patient orders or bill. Do not enter multiple units of the same type (e.g. ml and L, gm and mg). And do not be concerned with purchase units; those are recorded on the Vendors tab.

Also, check the unit of measure displayed next to the AWP on the Pricing tab, and make sure it is reflected as the Stock UoM or one of the Equivalent UoM values.

Important: Each quantity and unit in the grid MUST by equivalent to the stock

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/choosingunitsofmeasure.pdf

List Maintenance



quantity and unit.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add New Quantity/Unit Of Measure screen appears.

Quantity Amount that is equivalent to the stock quantity.

Unit of Measure

The description (from the Units Of Measure list) of the unit that corresponds to the quantity above.

Varies by Lot This Unit of Measure represents therapeutic units, and the number of therapeutic units per vial may vary from lot to lot.

See the description for the Varies by Lot button for more information.

Override Strength Units of Measure

Options:

Checked: Enables you to override the Strength calculated by HomecareNet based on weight and volume.

Not checked: The strength UoM is view-only.

Strength (Available only when the Override Strength Units of Measure check box is checked.) If you selected a drug from the Medi-Span drug database, this field is automatically completed.

If you did not select a drug from the database, this field is set to 0. Enter the strength of the drug as a further description of this item.

Specific Gravity

The drug's specific gravity in gm/ml. This value prints on the Mixing Report for TPN Rxs and is used in configuring a TPN compounding machine.

Reconstitution Fluids grid Use the Reconstitution Fluids grid to enter each reconstitution fluid used for this drug, the volume of reconstitution fluid needed to reconstitute this drug, and the resulting vial concentration after reconstitution. This information will be used in an Rx order so that HomecareNet will automatically calculate the fluid volume needed.

The Reconstitution Fluids grid is available for:

All drugs except TPN components (Amino Acid, Lipids, Dextrose, H2O, Trace Element,Electrolyte) and those marked asThis is a solution (on the Properties tab).

Drugs marked as No-mix, as a drug might be no-mix when provided alone, but could still be part of a compound in other circumstances.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add New Reconstitution Fluid screen appears.

Code Code (from the Drug list) of the fluid with which the drug is reconstituted (usually sterile water for injection).

Description (View only.) Description of the fluid with which the drug is reconstituted.

Volume Number of milliliters of reconstitution fluid necessary to get the specified resulting concentration.

Resulting Concentration

Quantity and unit of measure that result from reconstituting one vial/package of the drug with the reconstitution fluid.

Admin Route Code (from the Administration Routes list) of the manner in which this fluid/volume/resulting concentration combination will be administered.

Compounding Instructions

Additional compounding instructions that apply to a drug which are not specific to a patient's pharmacy order. Use this field to enter important warnings or alerts

List Maintenance



about certain drugs, such as Amphotericin B – "Do Not Mix in Sod Chloride. Only dilute in Dextrose 5%."

The compounding instructions are displayed only on the Mixing Report.

Buttons

Varies by Lot For each Drug, you can specify one unit of measure as ―Varies by Lot,‖ and enter the quantity corresponding to that unit of measure for each lot number on the Lot Numbers tab.

This feature is designed for use with human-derived products in which the number of therapeutic units per vial may vary from lot to lot.

To use this button:

1. Set Lot Number Tracking to ‗On – Manual Selection‘

2. Highlight the unit that varies from lot to lot

Usually, this is EA. MediSpan publishes the AWP per therapeutic unit for varies-by-lot products, but labels the AWP unit as EA.

3. Click the ―Varies By Lot‖ button

A checkmark will appear in the Varies By Lot column of the row highlighted. If a different row previously had the Varies column highlighted, a warning will appear, indicating that only one Unit of Measure can vary by lot.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > Lot Numbers tab

Field definitions: New Drug screen > Lot Numbers tab > Add New Lot Number screen

List Maintenance



Lot Numbers grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu to add a new Lot Number / Expiration Date combination. The Add New Lot Number screen appears.

You can also right-click and choose Delete to remove a Lot Number that has never been used for any transactions.

Quantity on Hand

(View only.) The Quantity on Hand for this Lot. This value, which is the sum of all of the Quantities on Hand for all the warehouses in which this Lot Number/Exp Date is stocked, will initially be set to 0.

Lot Number (Required.) A valid lot number for the selected drug or supply item.

Expiration (Required.) The expiration date corresponding to the lot number.

Alt Qty The number of variable units in each stock unit of this product. (The Alt UoM field displays the unit of measure that you marked as Varies by Lot.)

Recalled Options:

Checked: The Lot Number has been recalled (i.e. it should not ever be assigned to a patient again).

Not checked: The Lot Number has not been recalled.


Checked: You no longer stock this Lot Number and do not expect to receive any more.

Not checked: The Lot Number has not been discontinued.

Warehouses The list of warehouses in which this Lot Number is stocked. Right-click and choose New to associate Warehouses with the selected lot.

Note: You cannot enter any quantities here. That must be done via a receipt, adjustment, or count sheet.

Show Recalled

Click this checkbox to include recalled Lots in the display.

Show Discontinued

Click this checkbox to include discontinued Lots in the display.

Buttons

Discontinue Discontinue a Lot Number to prevent it from being used in any further activity, such as receipts, compounding, or delivery. If a Lot Number‘s balance is not zero, you should adjust it to zero before discontinuing it.

Recall Mark a Lot Number as recalled to indicate that it should not ever be assigned to a patient again. If a Lot Number‘s balance is not zero, you should adjust it to zero before marking it as recalled.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > Properties tab


DEA Classification

Abuse potential of a controlled substance. If you selected a drug from the Medi-Span drug database, this field is automatically completed and cannot be edited.

Label As An alternate description of this item, if needed, for labeling purposes. Consider including the manufacturer, the form, the strength, and other descriptive information.

If you fill in a Label As value, it will be used in place of the Description on pharmacy labels.

Always show at entry

Controls whether HomecareNet will suggest the most efficient way to mix the drug in a compounding session. For example, if a 1 gram vial is entered as a component on an order for 7 grams of a drug, HomecareNet might suggest using a 5-gram vial and two 1-gram vials of the drug to fill the prescription.

Options:

Checked: It is important to use the specific size of an item (such as a minibag) when compounding, and HomecareNet will not suggest a different size. It is good practice to select this check box on the smaller sizes of waters, sodium chlorides, and dextrose since the pharmacist will probably need to be specific about his or her selections.

Not checked: Enable HomecareNet to suggest the most efficient sizes. For larger sizes (500 ml and greater), you should not check this box.

Can be input as a percent

Allows the pharmacist to enter this drug as a percent of the total volume for a TPN.

Options:

Checked: This item can be entered into a TPN as a percentage of the total volume. Examples of items for which this would be true are dextrose,

List Maintenance



lipids, and amino acids.

Not checked: This item is not a TPN component, or cannot be entered into a TPN as a percentage of the total volume.

This is a solution

Categorizes this drug as a diluent.

Checked: The drug can be entered in the Diluent section of an Rx order. Examples of items for which this would be true are sterile water, dextrose, and normal saline.

Not checked: The drug can be entered in the Drug section but not the Diluent section of an Rx order.

No Mix Indicates that this drug does not require compounding. For example, pre-mixed drugs and enterals should be marked as No Mix.

Checked: This is not a compounded item and does not require a Mixing Report, or confirmation in a compounding session.

Not checked: This is item is typically part of a compounded drug order.

For an item that is sometimes dispensed in a No-Mix Rx and sometimes compounded, check this box.

Powder If checked, the drug can be included in High-Risk Powder TPN orders but not in any other type of order (No-Mix Rx or ―regular‖ TPN).

Type Defines the type of TPN component that this drug represents. You can only select one Type on this tab (with the exception of Cocktail and Poolable).

If the drug is not a TPN component, leave this section blank.

Amino Acid This drug is classified as an amino acid. Choosing this button enables you to select this drug as an amino acid during TPN prescription entry.

Dextrose This drug is classified as dextrose. Choosing this button enables you to select this drug as dextrose during TPN prescription entry.

For lower concentrations of dextrose such as 5% or 10%, do not select this option.

Lipid This drug is classified as a lipid. Choosing this button enables you to select this drug as a lipid during TPN prescription entry.

H2O This drug is classified as water for use in TPNs.

Trace Element

This drug is a trace element or trace element cocktail.

Electrolyte This drug is an electrolyte or electrolyte cocktail.

Cocktail This drug is a commercial mix of electrolytes in one container (electrolyte cocktail) that is used during the compounding of a TPN solution. You can check this box only if Electrolyte is checked.

Poolable You can mix (pool) this drug in an additive pooling (separate) container that holds all compatible additives that you can mix together to add as a single volume to a TPN.

You can check this box only if Electrolyte is checked.

Components grid If a drug is an electrolyte, an electrolyte cocktail, an amino acid, a trace element or cocktail or other key drug ingredient, use the Components grid to define the ions, trace elements (such as copper), and other ingredients (such as cimetidine) that make up the drug. For best results, enter all drug components for each drug that may serve as a TPN base component or additive. For electrolyte additives, you should set up the contaminant ion components for all amino acid formulations in

List Maintenance



addition to setting up the ions.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add New Component screen appears.

Component Name

Name of the ion, trace element, or other ingredient (from the Drug Components list) that is a component of this drug.

Quantity Quantity of the drug component that is present in one package (Stock Quantity / UoM) of the drug for the Unit of Measure listed.

Alt Quantity Quantity of the drug component that is present in one package (Stock Quantity / UoM) of the drug for the Alternate Unit of Measure listed, if any. Note: Only selected Drug Components -- such as Calcium, Gluconate, and Magnesium -- have more than one Unit of Measure defined.

The grid also displays the following fields:

Type (View only). Type of drug component (Trace Element, Ion, or Other), as defined in the Drug Components list.

Size (View only). Same as Quantity.

UoM (View only). Drug component's Unit Of Measure, as defined in the Drug Components list.

Alt. Size (View only). Same as Alt Quantity.

UoM (View only). Drug component's Alt UoM, as defined in the Drug Components list.

Field definitions: New Drug screen > Properties tab > Add New Component screen

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > Inventory tab


Bar Code The bar code that represents the stock unit (not a larger purchase unit) of this drug. Populate this field by placing your cursor in it and then using a bar code scanner to capture the number that represents the drug‘s unique bar code. Once the bar code is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this drug item and find the record for it through a barcode scan.


ABC Code An industry standard value (from the ABC Codes list) that separates items into classic segmentations of inventory based on price and volume.

You can print Count Sheets for physical inventory counts based on this setting.

Standard Cost The standard cost or expected average cost for this item, if you selected Standard Cost as the desired costing method in the System Administration application.

Express the Standard Cost in terms of the Stock Quantity/UoM.

Product Group


Current method used to calculate cost

(View only.) This setting is determined by the Cost Method to use configuration option in the System Administration program. Options:

Standard Cost (across all warehouses): Standard costs that you enter.

Last Acquisition Cost (warehouse specific): System-calculated; HomecareNet assigns the cost based upon the most recent receipt.

Average Cost (warehouse specific): System-calculated; HomecareNet calculates the cost based on a formula.

For detailed information about costing methods, see the Costing Methods HomecareNet Ideas document.

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/costing_methods.pdf

List Maintenance



Report as Controlled

Substance in grid

A list of states in which this drug item should be reported as a controlled substance.

All Controlled Substance Reports will include a given drug if it has a DEA Class that matches the selected state‘s criteria OR the selected state is listed in the Report as Controlled Substance in grid.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The State screen appears.

State A state to which this drug should be reported as a controlled substance.

Field definitions: New Drug screen > Pricing tab

The Pricing tab establishes a critical link between Charge Codes and Drugs and Supplies. See the Setting Up Inventory Pricing and Understanding Billing Units of Measure HomecareNet Ideas documents for more information on completing this tab.


Prices grid Contains Average Wholesale Price (AWP) and Wholesale Acquisition Cost (WAC) prices for this drug. MediSpan AWP and WAC are available at no additional charge to organizations licensing the MediSpan Drug Database. First DataBank (Blue Book) AWP and MicroMedEx (Red Book) AWP will be imported only for organizations that have licensed them and built an interface to HomecareNet to import them.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Price Type dialog box appears.

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/inventory_pricing_setup.pdf

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/inventory_pricing_setup.pdf

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/billinguoms.pdf

List Maintenance



Price Type (Required.) The type of price described in this row: MediSpan Average Wholesale Price (AWP), Wholesale Acquisition Cost (WAC), Blue Book AWP, or Red Book AWP.

Date (Required.) The date the price went into effect. For MediSpan AWP and WAC, this date is automatically updated when you run the Update AWPs utility (usually on a monthly basis).

Price (Required.) The dollar amount of the price. For MediSpan AWP and WAC, this date is automatically updated when you run the Update AWPs utility (usually on a monthly basis).

If you do not use the Medi-Span database, enter the AWP.

If you do use the Medi-Span database, you may change the AWP or WAC; however, every time you perform a drug update, it will overwrite the change.

Per UoM (Required.) The unit of measure to which the price applies (e.g. 1 Each or 1 mL), as provided by the source database.

Charge Group Defines a category of inventory items (from the Charge Groups list) that need to be set up as exceptions in Pharmacy Charge Rule Sets.

Identifying drugs or supplies with a Charge Group allows them to be charged according to a different Pharmacy Charge Rule than other items to any given payer.

Charge Class The code (from the Charge Classes list) of the Charge Class assigned to Charge Codes that are used to bill this drug.

Separate charge on Rx

When generating the charge for a prescription, HomecareNet issues the total charge under the name of the primary drug. Options:

Checked: HomecareNet should create an additional and separate charge for this item. Typically, you would select this check box for unusual or expensive additives such as lipids or insulin, or any item that can be billed separately under any of your contracts.

Not checked: If the drug is NOT set up to be a separate charge its cost will be included in the charge for the primary drug. For example, diluents will typically NOT create separate charges when they are used in a compounded Rx.

Note: This setting defines a default that you can override in an Rx order if necessary.

Separate charge on

TPN

When generating the charge for a TPN prescription, HomecareNet uses either the Grams of Amino Acid or total Liters supplied. Options:

Checked: HomecareNet should create an additional and separate charge for this item. For example, lipids and vitamins would generally warrant a separate charge, as would an antibiotic delivered to a patient via a TPN.

Not checked: If the drug is NOT set up to be a separate charge its cost will be included in the charge for the primary drug. For example, sterile water will typically NOT create separate charges, but TPN additives will.


Charge Codes and Methods grid

Contains one entry for each Charge Code that you will use to bill this Drug.

Each inventory item must have at least one Charge Method and Code defined. If a drug is billed in different units depending on the payer, add a Charge Code and Method to the grid for each billing unit.

List Maintenance



Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add new Charge Code/Method screen appears.

Charge Method

Code of the charge method (from the Charge Methods list) to describe the circumstance for which HomecareNet should use the charge code specified in the next field.

Charge Code Charge code (from the Charge Codes list) that HomecareNet can use to charge for this drug.

When you assign a Charge Code in the Charge Codes and Methods grid, all available AWPs and the WAC in that charge code will be updated. When you update an entry in the Prices grid, associated charge codes will be updated.

If this Drug is linked to a Charge Code with an inconsistent price value, HomecareNet will prompt you to confirm that the Charge Code should also change:


Description (View only.) Description of the charge code.

Quantity (View only.) The charge code's Sell Quantity. In other words, the numeric portion of the manner in which this item is sold, such as "10" for "10 mg", or 1" for "1/EA".

UoM (View only.) The charge code‘s Unit of Measure. In other words, the descriptive portion of the manner in which this item is sold, such as Milligram or Each.

Type (View only.) Type of charge associated with the charge code.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > Warehouses tab

Field definitions: New Drug screen > Warehouses tab > Add new Warehouse Stock screen


Warehouse grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add new Warehouse Stock screen appears.

Warehouse The code for a warehouse (from the Warehouses list) that stocks this drug.

Stocked? Indicates whether this drug item is currently stocked in this warehouse. Options:

Checked: The item is currently stocked in this warehouse. It is available for

List Maintenance



placement on patient orders, inclusion in count sheets, and in other inventory transactions.

Not checked: The item is not currently stocked in this warehouse.

Count Cycle Code (from the Cycle Counts list) that designates the physical inventory cycle in which this drug is to be counted.

Reorder Point Minimum quantity of stock units of this drug that should be kept on hand at all times.

Fill Point Desired maximum quantity for this drug, specified in terms of the stock unit. Reorders of this drug are triggered to fill the inventory to this point.

Bin Used Name or number of the bin or shelf on which this drug is stocked in this Warehouse, for reference on physical inventory count sheets and Delivery Slips.

Current QoH (View only). Current "quantity on hand" that indicates the level of inventory that is currently available in this warehouse.

Lot Number grid (View only). A list of Lots currently assigned to this Warehouse and the Quantity on Hand of each Lot.

Highlight a warehouse in the grid to display this additional warehouse-specific

information at the bottom of the screen.

Warehouse (View only). Code of the warehouse highlighted in the grid.

Last Acquisition Cost

(View only). Last price paid for this drug, regardless of the vendor from whom the drug was purchased.

Average Cost (View only). Weighted average cost of the drug, considering the historical pricing that has been paid for this drug.

Cost Date (View only). Last date the cost was updated.

Current Quantity On Hand

(View only). The number of inventory stock units of this drug item that are currently available in this warehouse, including inventory that is committed to unconfirmed patient orders.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > Vendor Data tab



Vendors/Purchase Units grid

Make one entry in this grid for each combination of vendor and purchase unit that may be used when purchasing this item.


Buttons

Up and Down arrows

You can use the grid Up and Down arrows to the right of the Vendors/Purchase Units grid to specify the primary (priority 1) vendor offering, which will be the default vendor/purchase unit combination when you create purchase orders.



List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Drug screen > Vendor Data tab > Add New Vendor/Stock screen


Vendor The code for a vendor (from the Vendors list) from whom you order this item. If you order this item from multiple vendors, add a record for each one.

Package Quantity




Catalog Number

The reference number from the vendor‘s catalog for this item. The catalog number can be imported from the Purchase Order interface.

Minimum Order


Lead Time The number of days that an order must be placed prior to the date the item is

needed.

Item Bar Code A numeric value scanned from a bar code label on an individual item inside a package. This bar code is assigned by the vendor.

Once the bar code is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this item and find the record for it through a barcode scan.

Package Bar Code

A numeric value scanned from a barcode on the package described in the Package Quantity field above. This bar code is assigned by the vendor.

Once the barcode is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this package and find the record for it through a bar code scan.

List Maintenance



Our Own Bar Code

Any additional bar code relevant to this item. This bar code is assigned by your organization.

Once the bar code is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this package and find the record for it through a bar code scan.


Checked: This vendor/purchase unit combination is no longer used. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet.

Not checked: This vendor/purchase unit combination is active.



Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add Vendor Offer Cost screen appears.

Cost The cost per purchase unit (specified in the Per field).

Effective Date The date as of which the cost is effective.

From EDI (Automated) Vendor Catalog

If checked, the cost was updated from an electronic Vendor Catalog.

Field definitions: New Drug screen > Comment tab

List Maintenance



Comment A single free-text field that allows you to document comments about the selected drug. This comment is for reference only; it is not printed on any forms or reports.

List Maintenance


Drug Components

The Drug Components list details Information about ions, trace elements, and other drug ingredients for use in TPN Compounding.


List Maintenance > Drug Components


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug > Properties tab > Components grid

Field definitions: New Drug Component screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Drug Component.


Description Describes this Drug Component.


Unit Of Measure

The primary weight, volume, or other unit by which you will process patient orders.

Alternate UoM Additional weight, volume, or other unit by which you will process patient orders or bill.

Type From the Unit of Measure Type list; the quantifier for each Unit of Measure (ex: Weight, Volume, Calories, Time).


Checked: This Drug Component has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Drug Component is active.


List Maintenance


EMC Intermediaries

The EMC Intermediaries list defines the entities to which you submit electronic claims.


List Maintenance > EMC Intermediaries


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > ID Numbers tab > EMC Payer IDs grid

Field definitions: New EMC Intermediary > Primary tab


ID Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this EMC Intermediary.


Name Describes this EMC Intermediary.


Organization Type

(View only). From the Organization Types list. Auto-populates with EMC Intermediary.

Referral Type Classification of this EMC intermediary (from the Referral Types list) used for reporting. A referral type may be more specific than an organization type. For example, an organization type may be EMC Intermediary, but a referral type may be Payer, Physician, etc.

Manufacturer #

Not used.

Address Mailing address of this EMC Intermediary

List Maintenance



City City for this EMC Intermediary‘s mailing address

State State for this EMC Intermediary‘s mailing address

Zip Zip Code for this EMC Intermediary‘s mailing address

Country Country for this EMC Intermediary‘s mailing address

Email Address grid A collection of email addresses for the EMC Intermediary.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The E-Mail Address screen appears.

Email Address

EMC intermediary‘s e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid

A collection of phone numbers for the EMC Intermediary.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Phone screen appears.

Number EMC intermediary‘s phone number(s).

Ext. Extension for this phone number.

Type Type of telecommunication device (from the Phone Number Types list) to which this phone number is assigned.

Location Location or use of this phone number (from the Phone Number Locations list).

Time Hours during which this phone number is in use.


Field definitions: New EMC Intermediary > EMC Detail tab

List Maintenance



Interchange Submitter ID

ID that is assigned by the EMC intermediary to identify the provider. Used in the interchange envelope (ISA06) when transmitting and receiving to this EMC intermediary.

Interchange Submitter ID Type

Description (from the Submitter ID Types list) of the Submitter ID. Select the type indicated by the intermediary‘s Companion Guide (ISA05).

Interchange Receiver ID

ID of the EMC intermediary to the provider. Used in the interchange envelope when transmitting and receiving to this intermediary.

Enter the number provided by the intermediary‘s Companion Guide (ISA08).

Interchange Receiver ID Type

Description (from the Submitter ID Types list) of the receiver. Select the type indicated by the intermediary‘s Companion Guide (ISA07).

Interchange

Sender ID

Supports intermediaries that require a Sender ID instead of a Submitter ID.

Sign on ID ID that is assigned by certain intermediaries.

Password Password that is assigned by the intermediary, but can be modified after initial sign-on.

File Name Mask

Enter the format for file names to be exported from HomecareNet to this Intermediary

Default Folder*

The folder in which HomecareNet should place 837 electronic claims that are destined for this EMC Intermediary. Click the Browse button to locate the desired folder.

You can also define a system-wide default in the Configurations module in System Administration.

See the Specifying the 837 EMC Export Folder HomecareNet Ideas document for more information.

CE2000 installation Folder*

Click the Browse button to locate the folder into which DayTech‘s CE2000 is installed

Sequence Frequency

Not used.

Sequence Number

Not used.

Element Separator

The character that appears between each segment within the 837 electronic claim. This is defined by what appears in the 4th position of the ISA segment in the 837.

For example... ISA*00* *00* *ZZ*12345 *ZZ*12345 *100401*1105*U*00401*000004782*0*T*:~

The first * indicates that the '*' will be the element separator for the whole file.

Sub- Element Separator

The character that appears between sub-elements within a given element of the 837 electronic claim. There are some elements that have multiple parts to them, and in order to separate them, this value will be used.

For example: CLM*456-12-3456-0101571*337.5***21::1*Y*A*Y*Y*B*AP~

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/specifying_837_emc_export_folder_0.pdf

List Maintenance



The element *21::1* Represents Service Location, but Service Location is comprised of multiple parts, and the ':' is how the fields are separated.

Segment Separator

The character that appears at the end of each segment of the 837 electronic claim. In the above CLM segment, the Segment Separator is a '~'.

Segment Termination String

Defines whether an end of line character appears at the end of each segment of the 837 electronic claim.

Some payers want their 837s files to be one great big string, so this field would be empty. Other payers need to have each segment on individual lines; in that case, use a \r\n to force a Line Feed into the file.

Transaction Termination String

Character(s) that appear at the very end of the 837 electronic claim. This is usually a Line Feed character (\r\n).

Interchange Acknowledge

Controls the setting in the 837 electronic claim of the field in the ISA segment that indicates whether you want an acknowledgement of the receipt of the 837 and to have a TA1 returned to you. Options:

Checked: a '1' is placed in this field, thereby requesting an acknowledgement.

Not checked: a '1' is placed in this field, indicating no acknowledgement requested.

Field definitions: New EMC Intermediary screen > Contacts tab

Use the Contacts tab to record the names and contact information of individuals or departments at an intermediary.

List Maintenance



Contacts grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Organization Contact screen appears.

Buttons

Set Primary Use the Set Primary button to indicate the primary contact, if applicable.

1) If you enter more than one contact, highlight the desired one from the list.

2) Select the Set Primary button. A check mark appears in the Primary column.

Reactivate Use the Reactivate button to reactivate a contact that has been discontinued. When you reactivate the contact, its status changes from "inactive" to "active." A reactivated contact retains the settings it had when it was discontinued.

Discontinue Use the Discontinue button to discontinue a contact. When you discontinue a code, its status changes to "inactive." A discontinued list entry retains its current settings.

Field definitions: Organization Contact screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this EMC Intermediary.


Discontinued (View only.) Is this organization contact discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This organization contact is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This organization contact is active.

Organization‘s Primary Contact

Is this contact the primary administrative contact for the organization? (This person is the default addressee for documents and other correspondence.) Options:

Checked: This contact is the primary administrative contact for the

List Maintenance



organization.

Not checked: This contact is not the primary administrative contact for the organization.

Contact Info

Salutation Salutation to be used when addressing this contact in correspondence.

First Name Contact‘s first name.

Middle Name Contact‘s middle name.

Last Name (Required). Contact's last name.

Suffix Suffix (Jr., Sr., III, etc.) that applies to this contact's name.

E-Mail Address grid A collection of email addresses for the contact.


Email Address Contact‘s e-mail address.

Phone Numbers A collection of phone numbers for the contact.


Number Contact‘s phone number.





Comments Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes about this contact.

List Maintenance


Employment Classes

The Employment Classes list identifies staff persons by time spent at work, for use in productivity reporting.


List Maintenance > Employment Classes


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Work/ Qualifications tab

Field definitions: New Employment Class screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Employment Class.


Description Describes this Employment Class.


Time Std Staff member‘s usual billable hours worked per week. In the Staff Productivity Report, this entry affects the Avg Number of Visits per FTE Day, Gross Hours Available, Net Time Available, and Direct Time as Percentage of Gross Hours Available columns.

Productivity Std

Staff member‘s usual billable hours worked per year.




Checked: This Employment Class has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Employment Class is active.

List Maintenance


Employment Statuses

The Employment Statuses list represents the possible employment statuses of patients referred for service. This selection in patient demographics populates Box 8 of the CMS1500 claim form.


List Maintenance > Employment Status


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Profile tab

Field definitions: New Employment Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Employment Status.


Description Describes this Employment Status.



Checked: This Employment Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Employment Status is active.


List Maintenance


Ethnicity

The Ethnicity list represents possible ethnic origins, as defined by CMS, of patients referred for service.


List Maintenance > Ethnicity



Field definitions: New Ethnicity screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Ethnicity.


Description Describes this Ethnicity.



Checked: This Ethnicity has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Ethnicity is active.


List Maintenance


G/L Accounts

The G/L Accounts list defines all valid General Ledger accounts used to record debit and credit journal entries as a result of financial transactions (inventory activity, claims, deposits, payment applications, and adjustments) made through HomecareNet.


List Maintenance > G/L Accounts


Where it’s used List Maintenance > G/L Rules

Field definitions: New G/L Account screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this G/L Account. (Required.) The format is controlled by a configuration option.


Account Description

(Required.) Describes this G/L Account.


G/L Account Type

Description of the category for each account according to its purpose. Options:

Asset

Liability

Revenue

Expense

Owner's Equity

Cost of Goods Sold

Contractual Adjustment

Discontinued (View only.) Is this G/L account discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This G/L account is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This G/L account is active.

System Code (View only.) Is this a Mediware-provided code? Options:

Checked: This is a Mediware-provided code that you cannot change.

Not checked: This is not a Mediware-provided code.

List Maintenance


G/L Rules

The G/L Rules list defines the debit and credit G/L accounts to be affected based upon a set of criteria. G/L rules, once defined, are associated with inventory adjustment codes and billing/A/R adjustment codes.

Once you set up your own rules, you may discontinue the Mediware-provided default codes: AR and CASH.


List Maintenance > G/L Rules


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Adjustment Codes > G/L Rules grid

List Maintenance > Inventory Adjustment Reason > G/L Rules grid

Field definitions: New G/L Rule screen


Code (Required.) Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this G/L Rule.


Description (Required.) Describes this G/L Rule.


Service* Code (from the Services list) of the service to which this G/L rule applies.

Payer Class* Description (from the Payer Classes list) of the payer class to which this G/L rule applies.

Site* Code (from the Sites list) of the site to which this G/L rule applies.

Satellite Location*

Code (from the Satellite Locations list) of the satellite location to which this G/L rule applies.

Billing Code* Code (from the Billing Codes list) of the billing code to which this G/L rule applies.

List Maintenance



Type (View only.) Code of this G/L account.

G/L Debit Account

Code (from the G/L Accounts list) of the G/L account that should be debited when this G/L rule is applied.

G/L Credit Account

Code (from the G/L Accounts list) of the G/L account that should be credited when this G/L rule is applied.

Discontinued (View only.) Is this G/L rule discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This G/L rule is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This G/L rule is active.




*These boxes are optional. Complete one or more, if you want this rule to apply to selected circumstances. For example, if each site in your organization has its own G/L accounts for AR and CASH, you would set up one G/L rule for each site and then assign those rules to the PAYMENT adjustment code. For each rule, complete the Site box and the appropriate G/L Debit Account and G/L Credit Account for that site.

Not all of these apply to all circumstances. For example, payer class and billing code will not be considered as HomecareNet chooses which rule to use for an inventory adjustment.

List Maintenance


Gender

The Gender list contains identifiers for a patient‘s (or staff‘s or subscriber‘s) sex.


List Maintenance > Gender

The contents of this list are healthcare standards defined by HL7. You may optionally add to this list, but you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.


Field definitions: New Gender screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Gender.


Description Describes this Gender.



Checked: This Gender has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Gender is active.


List Maintenance


Geographic Location

Not Used.

List Maintenance


HIPPS Codes

The HIPPS Codes list details codes used to calculate the Episode rate for a Medicare A (PPS) patient.

No review is necessary.


List Maintenance > HIPPS Codes


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Certs and Episodes > select a cert period > check Episode > add an assessment

Field definitions: HIPPS Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this HIPPS Code.


Description Describes this HIPPS Code.



Checked: This HIPPS Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This HIPPS Code is active.


List Maintenance


HL7 Administration Devices

The HL7 Administration Devices list defines mechanical devices used to aid in the administration of the drug or other treatment. Common examples are IV-sets of different types.

The contents of this list are governed by the HL7 (Health Level Seven) electronic interchange standards.


List Maintenance > HL7 Administration Devices


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Devices

Field definitions: HL7 Administration Device screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this HL7 Administration Device.


Description Describes this HL7 Administration Device.



Checked: This HL7 Administration Device has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This HL7 Administration Device is active.


List Maintenance


HL7 Admit Sources

The HL7 Admit Sources list contains facilities or programs from which a patient might come prior to beginning home care services.

The contents of this list are governed by CMS and by the HL7 (Health Level Seven) electronic interchange standards.


List Maintenance > HL7 Admit Sources


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Referral Types

Field definitions: HL7 Admit Source screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this HL7 Admit Source.


Description Describes this HL7 Admit Source.



Checked: This HL7 Admit Source has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This HL7 Admit Source is active.


List Maintenance


HL7 Events

The HL7 Events list defines the types of HL7 messages that HomecareNet is capable of receiving. HL7 (Health Level Seven) is a set of electronic interchange standards.


List Maintenance > HL7 Events


Where it’s used System Administration > Module > Interfaces > Import > HL7 Log Viewer

Field definitions: HL7 Event screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this HL7 Events.


Description Describes this HL7 Event.


HL7 Code The code used to represent this event in HL7 transactions.

Import Indicates whether this event is used for importing or exporting data.

Currently, HomecareNet supports importing but not exporting HL7 transactions.



Checked: This HL7 Event has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This HL7 Event is active.

List Maintenance


HL7 Subscribers

The HL7 Subscribers list defines each system with which you wish for HomecareNet to communicate via HL7 messages, including the port number on which each system will communicate.


List Maintenance > HL7 Subscribers


Where it’s used System Administration > Interfaces > HL7 Log Viewer

Field definitions: New HL7 Subscriber screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this HL7 Subscriber.


Description Describes this HL7 Subscriber.



Checked: This HL7 Subscriber has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This HL7 Subscriber is active.


Export Connectivity This section is reserved for future use.

List Maintenance



IP Address Not used.

Port Number Not used.

Secure Socket Required

Not used.

Password (if required)

Not used.

Timeout (seconds)

Not used.

Retry Count Not used.

Exported Events This section is reserved for future use.

Import Connectivity

HomecareNet Port Number

The IP port number that the sending system will use to address messages to HomecareNet. Make sure to use a port that is not used by other applications or devices.

Secure Socket Required

Options:

Checked: HomecareNet will use a secure socket to communicate with the sending system.

Not checked: HomecareNet will not use a secure socket.

Password (if required)

The password to be used for authentication if secure socket is enabled.

User Id (for audit)

The HomecareNet User ID (from the Users list) that should be used to record audit data if auditing is enabled for tables affected by the HL7 interface.

Primary Patient ID

The field in the Patient Identification (PID) message HomecareNet should import as the unique patient ID. Options are:

00105 – Patient ID

00106 – Patient Identifier

00107 – Alternate Patient ID

Create Payer History

Options:

Checked: Patient payers imported for an existing patient will create a payer history set for the current date.

Not checked: No history will be created.

Imported Events

Pre Admit (ADTA05)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send A05 messages to HomecareNet.

Pt- Update (ADTA08)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send A08 messages to HomecareNet.

Allergies (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of allergies.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s allergy values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Language Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01

List Maintenance



(MFNM01) messages to define valid contents for the list of languages.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s language values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Living Arrangements (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of living arrangements.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s living arrangements values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Payer Plans (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of payer plans.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s payer plan values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Release Of Information (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of release of information values.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s release of information values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Religion (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of religions.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s religion values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Contact Types (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of contact types.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s contact type values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Disposition (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of dispositions.

The drop-down field is reserved for future use.

Employment Status (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of employment statuses.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s employment status values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Ethnic Origin (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of ethnic origins.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s ethnic origin values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Gender (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of genders.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s gender values to HomecareNet‘s values.

HL7 Admit Sources (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of HL7 admission sources.


Impairment Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01

List Maintenance



(MFNM01) messages to define valid contents for the list of impairments.


Marital Status (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of marital statuses.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s marital status values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Pt Rel to Insured (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of patient relationships to insured persons.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s patient relationship to insured values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Physician Roles (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of physician roles.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s physician role values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Relationship (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of relationships.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s relationship values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Specialties (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of specialties.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s specialty values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Town Codes (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of town codes.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s town code values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Organizations (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of organizations.


Referral Class (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of referral classes.

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s referral class values to HomecareNet‘s values.

States (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of states.


Practitioner (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of practitioners (physicians).

In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s practitioner (physician) values to HomecareNet‘s values.

Staff (MFNM01)

Click the checkbox to indicate that the subscribing system will send M01 messages to define valid contents for the list of staff.

List Maintenance



In the drop-down field, choose the translation table (from the Translations list) that maps the subscribing system‘s staff values to HomecareNet‘s values.

HomecareNet Intake Question Types

Not Used.

List Maintenance


Hospice Care Statuses

The Hospice Care Statuses list provides descriptions of the possible statuses for a hospice patient‘s case.


List Maintenance > Hospice Care Statuses


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Hospice Charge Rule Set > Hospice Charge Rules grid

Field definitions: New Hospice Care Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Hospice Care Status.


Description Describes this Hospice Care Status.



Checked: This Hospice Care Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Hospice Care Status is active.


List Maintenance


Hospice Charge Rule Set

The Hospice Charge Rule Set list contains rules that define which charge code to use to charge per diems for hospice patients. You may have more than one set if rules need to vary by payer.


List Maintenance > Hospice Charge Rule Set


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > Plans grid > Billing tab

Field definitions: New Hospice Charge Rule Set screen


Code (Required.) Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Hospice Charge Rule Set.


Description (Required.) Describes this Hospice Charge Rule Set.


System Code (View only.) If checked, this is a HomecareNet System Code.

Discontinued (View only.) Options:

Checked: This Hospice Charge Rule Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Hospice Charge Rule Set is active.

Hospice Charge Rules grid

Rules that specify which charge code to use for each of the possible hospice care statuses.

List Maintenance



Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Hospice Charge Rule Detail screen appears.

Hospice Status

Description (from the Hospice Care Statuses list) of the change in status for a patient‘s case. Options:

Continuous

General inpatient

Respite

Revoked

Routine

Charge Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) that is used when this rule applies. If no charge code is specified, no per diem charge is generated.

Room and Board Charge Complete the following boxes only if you need to generate daily room and board charges to bill the payer(s) who use this hospice charge rule set for patient living in a skilled nursing facility. In this case, both a per diem and a room and board charge will be created.

Note: You must set up a special room and board service in your Services list.

Service Code (from the Services list) of the service to which a patient must be admitted for HomecareNet to generate room and board charges for a Medicaid hospice patient who is living in a skilled nursing facility. If a hospice patient has a service with this service code, the patient will be billed for each day that the patient is on that service. Days that the service is interrupted will not generate the charge.

Charge Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) that is used when room and board charges apply.

List Maintenance


Hospitalization Outcomes

The Hospitalization Outcomes list represents possible clinical results of a hospitalization that interrupts a patient‘s home care services.


List Maintenance > Hospitalization Outcomes


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Reactivate button

Field definitions: New Hospitalization Outcome screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Hospitalization Outcome.


Description Describes this Hospitalization Outcome.



Checked: This Hospitalization Outcome has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Hospitalization Outcome is active.


List Maintenance


Impairments

The Impairments list represents disabilities or other conditions that patients referred for service may have.


List Maintenance > Impairments


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > PARs, Conditions, and Allergies tab > Impairments [NOT used in drug screening] grid

Field definitions: New Impairment screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Impairment.


Description Describes this Impairment.



Checked: This Impairment has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Impairment is active.


List Maintenance


Incident Types



List Maintenance > Incident Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Incident tab

Field definitions: Incident Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Incident Type.


Description Describes this Incident Type.



Checked: This Incident Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Incident Type is active.


List Maintenance


Infecting Organisms

The Infecting Organisms list identifies, for diagnoses that represent infections, the specific agents that may have caused the infection. These provide more detailed descriptions of a patient's condition than is given by the diagnosis code alone.


List Maintenance > Infecting Organisms

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents only if you do not subscribe to the SHP for Home Infusion outcomes reporting service. SHP will not recognize any additional codes you define.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Diagnoses > Diagnoses grid

Field definitions: New Infecting Organism screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Incident Type.


Description Describes this Incident Type.



Checked: This Infecting Organism has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Infecting Organism is active.


List Maintenance


Interrupt Reasons

The Interrupt Reasons list defines reasons for which a patient‘s service may be temporarily interrupted.


List Maintenance > Interrupt Reasons

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents only if you do not subscribe to the SHP for Home Infusion outcomes reporting service. SHP will not recognize any additional codes you define.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Interrupt button

Field definitions: New Interrupt Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Interrupt Reason.


Description Describes this Interrupt Reason.



Checked: This Interrupt Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Interrupt Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Inventory Adjustment Reason

The Inventory Adjustment Reason list defines reasons for inventory quantity changes and their associated G/L impact.

Complete the G/L rules for inventory adjustment reasons only if your organization prefers that HomecareNet create General Ledger Journal entries on which you can report and/or export to an external financial system. You will also need to enable the Create G/L Entries configuration option.

Required codes

HomecareNet requires the following adjustment codes; it uses them when posting various types of inventory adjustment batches. CMPD is used when confirming Compounding Sessions. DELV is used when confirming Delivery Slips. RECEIPT is used when posting receipt batches alone, or via a Purchase Order. COUNT is used when posting count sheet batches. The TRANSFER codes, and any additional codes that you define, are used in general-purpose inventory adjustment batches (Module > Materials > Search Batches).

Code Description Reduces QoH System Code

CMPD Compounding Usage

COUNT Physical Count

DELV Delivery Usage

RECEIPT Inventory Receipt

TRANSFER_TO Transfer into (another) warehouse

TRANSFER_FROM Transfer from (another) warehouse


List Maintenance > Inventory Adjustment Reason


Where it’s used Materials > New Adjustment Batch > Inventory Adjustment Batch screen >

Inventory Adjustment Item

Materials > New Adjustment Batch

Materials > New Receipt Batch

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Inventory Adjustment Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Inventory Adjustment Reason.


Description Describes this Inventory Adjustment Reason.



Checked: This Inventory Adjustment Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Inventory Adjustment Reason is active.


Reduces quantity on hand

Options:

Checked: This inventory adjustment reason reduces the quantity on hand.

Not checked: This inventory adjustment reason does not reduce the quantity on hand.

G/L Rules grid If you have enabled the Create G/L Entries configuration option, you must complete the G/L Rules grid.

G/L rules define the G/L accounts that should be debited and credited when a given inventory adjustment code is used. If you assign more than one G/L rule to an inventory adjustment code, HomecareNet will choose the most specific rule that applies to a given transaction. If your rules are specific to a site or service, take care to assign rules so that there is one to cover each possible transaction. Otherwise, users will be unable to post transactions for which no G/L rules apply.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The G/L Rule Adjustment screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: G/L Rule Adjustment screen


G/L Rule (Required.) Code (from the G/L Rules list) of a G/L rule that defines the G/L accounts that should be debited and credited when this inventory adjustment code is used.

List Maintenance


Lab Tests

The Lab Tests list defines types of laboratory tests for which field clinicians may need to record that a specimen was drawn.


List Maintenance > Lab Tests


Where it’s used HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > module 507 (Lab Specimen)

Field definitions: Lab Test screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Lab Test.


Description Describes this Lab Test.



Checked: This Lab Test has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Lab Test is active.


List Maintenance


Languages

The Languages list defines possible values for the primary language of patients referred for service, and of the language(s) that staff members speak.


List Maintenance > Languages



Field definitions: New Language screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Language.


Description Describes this Language.



Checked: This Language has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Language is active.


List Maintenance


Levels Of Care

The Levels Of Care list defines the severity of a patient‘s condition and/or the amount of care required.


List Maintenance > Levels Of Care


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Profile tab

Field definitions: New Levels Of Care screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Levels Of Care.


Description Describes this Level Of Care.



Checked: This Level of Care has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Level of Care is active.


List Maintenance


License Certification Types

The License Certification Types list defines professional licenses, certificates, or other activities that may be tracked for some or all staff members.


List Maintenance > License Certification Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Work/ Qualifications tab > Licenses/ Certifications grid

Field definitions: New License Certification Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this License Certification Type.


Description Describes this License Certification Type.



Checked: This License Certification Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This License Certification Type is active.

Required If checked, then this License Certification type becomes a global requirement for all Staff. If the License Certification is missing, HomcareNet warns you if you schedule a visit for that staff member, provided your Alert Action set mandates a warning.

Type

License If selected, this License Certification is a license.

Certification If selected, this License Certification is a certification.

Other If selected, this License Certification is of another type.


List Maintenance


Lines of Business

The Lines of Business list details user defined groups for segmenting revenue and costs for reporting purposes.


List Maintenance > Lines of Business


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Services > Service tab

Field definitions: New Lines of Business screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Line of Business.


Description Describes this Line of Business.


Business Type Type of business that applies to this Line of Business. Options:

Home Health/Hospice

Pharmacy

RT/DME

Taxonomy Code

The description of the taxonomy code that applies to this Line of Business, from the Taxonomy Codes list.


Checked: This Line of Business has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Line of Business is active.


List Maintenance


Living Arrangements

The Living Arrangements list defines types of locations in which the patient lives and/or the persons with whom the patient lives.


List Maintenance > Living Arrangements

The contents of this list are healthcare standards defined by HL7. You may optionally add to this list, but you may not delete or change the records that have a check mark in the System Code column because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality.


Field definitions: New Living Arrangement screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Living Arrangement.


Description Describes this Living Arrangement.



Checked: This Living Arrangement record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Living Arrangement record is active.


List Maintenance


Manufacturers

The Manufacturers list details information about manufacturers of drug, supply, and Durable Medical Equipment items. Since the manufacturer of a drug item is represented by the first 5 digits of the NDC number, HomecareNet tracks drug manufacturers according to that convention. However, for supply and DME items, HAI suggests establishing an alphabetic coding convention to prevent overlap with manufacturer codes already used in NDC numbers.


List Maintenance > Manufacturers


Since the manufacturer of a drug item is represented by the first 5 digits of the NDC number, HomecareNet tracks drug manufacturers according to that convention. However, for supply and DME items, HAI suggests establishing an alphabetic coding convention to prevent overlap with manufacturer codes already used in NDC numbers.

Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > DME Item

Field definitions: New Manufacturer screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Manufacturer.


Description Describes this Manufacturer.



Checked: This Manufacturer has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Manufacturer is active.


List Maintenance


Map Grids

The Map Grids list details geographical locations of where patients reside or deliveries are made.


List Maintenance > Map Grids


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Map Grid screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Map Grid.


Description Describes this Map Grid.




Checked: This Map Grid has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Map Grid is active.


List Maintenance


Marital Statuses

The Marital Statuses list defines possible marital statuses of patients referred for service.


List Maintenance > Marital Statuses You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list.


Field definitions: New Martial Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Marital Status.


Description Describes this Marital Status.



Checked: This Marital Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Marital Status is active.


List Maintenance


Medicaid Special Programs

The Medicaid Special Programs list defines programs that need to be reflected on claims to Medicaid when they are relevant.


List Maintenance > Medicaid Special Programs


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Referral tab

837 Professional electronic claims

Field definitions: Medical Special Program screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Medicaid Special Program.


Description Describes this Medicaid Special Program.



Checked: This Medicaid Special Program has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Medicaid Special Program is active.


List Maintenance


Medicare Condition Codes

The Medicare Condition Codes list defines patient insurance or payment conditions for a given billing period, as defined by CMS.


List Maintenance > Medicare Condition Codes


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Policy Details tab > Occurr‘s & Conditions button

837 Institutional electronic claims and UB-04 paper claims

Field definitions: Medicare Condition Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Medicare Condition Code.


Description Describes this Medicare Condition Code.



Checked: This Medicare Condition Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Medicare Condition Code is active.


List Maintenance


Medicare Occurrence Codes

The Medicare Occurrence Codes list defines occurrences (such as Auto Accident, or Insurance Denied) that need to be reflected on claims to Medicare part A when they are relevant.


List Maintenance > Medicare Occurrence Codes


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Policy Details tab > Occurr‘s & Conditions button

837 Institutional electronic claims and UB-04 paper claims

Field definitions: Medicare Occurrence Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Medicare Occurrence Code.


Description Describes this Medicare Occurrence Code.



Checked: This Medicare Occurrence Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Medicare Occurrence Code is active.


List Maintenance


Medicare Status Codes

The Medicare Status Codes list defines possible patient statuses that need to be reflected on claims to Medicare part A when they are relevant. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Medicare Status Codes


Where it’s used Values 06 (Transfer to other agency/discharge, readmit in episode) and 30 (Still patient) – along with the values in the Dispositions list – are used by the 837 Institutional electronic claims and UB-04 paper claims

Field definitions: Medicare Status Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Medicare Status Code.


Description Describes this Medicare Status Code.



Checked: This Medicare Status Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Medicare Status Code is active.


List Maintenance


Medispan Dose Form

The Medispan Dose Form list defines forms in which a drug may be dispensed.


List Maintenance > Medispan Dose Form


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug > MDDB Info tab

Field definitions: Medispan Dose Form screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Medispan Dose Form.


Description Describes this Medispan Dose Form.



Checked: This Medispan Dose Form has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Medispan Dose Form is active.


List Maintenance


Mobile Form State Change Reason

The Mobile Form State Change Reason list describes reasons that a supervisor might return a form to a

clinician using a mobile device.


List Maintenance > Mobile Form State Change Reason


Where it’s used Encounters > Search Encounters > search for and select an encounter > click Review > click an entry in the form tree > click Return > click Complete Form Review

Report > Encounters > HomecareNet Mobile Forms Return report

Field definitions: New Mobile Form State Change Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Mobile Form State Change Reason.


Description Describes this Mobile Form State Change Reason.



Checked: This Mobile Form State Change Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Mobile Form State Change Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Modifier

The Modifier list defines codes that can be included with billing codes on claims to further describe a provided service.


List Maintenance > Modifier


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Billing Code Sets

Field definitions: New Modifier screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Modifier.


Description Describes this Modifier.



Checked: This Modifier has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Modifier is active.


List Maintenance


MSA Codes

The MSA Codes list details the Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Areas and Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs), defined by the U.S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and used for Medicare PPS billing.

The MSA Codes list also contains Wage Indices that are used in the calculation of PPS episode rates. These values are published by CMS whenever rates change; Mediware provides updates to load them into your system automatically.


List Maintenance > MSA Codes


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Demographics > Profile tab

Field definitions: MSA Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this MSA Code.


Description Describes this MSA Code.



Checked: This MSA Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This MSA Code is active.

http://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/inforeg/statpolicy.html

List Maintenance




PPS Wage Factors grid

Contains the Wage Indices that are used in the calculation of PPS episode rates.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add a MSA Wage Factor screen appears.

MSA Areas grid

Contains the Wage Indices that are used in the calculation of PPS episode rates.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add a MSA Area screen appears.

Field definitions: MSA Code > Add a MSA Wage Factor screen


Wage Factor The Wage Index that is used in the calculation of PPS episode rates for this MSA Code.

Rate Differential

The Rate Differential, if any, that is used in the calculation of PPS episode rates for this MSA Code.

Effective Date

(Required.) The date on which the Wage Factor and Rate Differential become effective.

Field definitions: MSA Code > Add a MSA Area screen


Type (Required.) The type of area: Home Health or Hospice.

Description (Required.) A description of the MSA/CBSA area.

State (Required.) The state to which the MSA/CBSA area belongs.

List Maintenance


Narrative Categories

The Narrative Categories list is used for grouping Narrative Phrases so that they can be located more quickly in HomecareNet Mobile. For example, phrases that have a Narrative Type of DME and Supplies (485) might have a Category such as Wound Care, Tube Care, etc.


List Maintenance > Narrative Categories


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Narrative Phrases

HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > DME and Supplies

Field definitions: New Narrative Category screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Narrative Category.


Description Describes this Narrative Category.



Checked: This Narrative Category has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Narrative Category is active.


List Maintenance


Narrative Phrases

The Narrative Phrases list contains standard text used in narrative comments about patients, on 485 text (other than Order Text), and in patient forms. HomecareNet provides standard phrases for the 485 form for nursing and physical therapy. You may wish to modify these phrases, add phrases for other disciplines, and/or add phrases for the Medical Necessity Form or ABN.


List Maintenance > Narrative Phrases


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Narrative tab

Patients > select a patient > Options > Documents > Enter Document Data

HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > Module 128 Functional Limitations locator 18a

Field definitions: New Narrative Phrase screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Narrative Phrase.


Description Describes this Narrative Phrase.


Narrative Type

Select an entry from the Narrative Types list. This selection narrows the search for the Narrative Phrase for placement within HomecareNet forms.

Narrative Category

Select an entry from the Narrative Category list. This selection narrows the search for the Narrative Phrase for placement within HomecareNet forms. ???

Discipline Select a Discipline from the Disciplines list. This selection narrows the search for

List Maintenance



the Narrative Phrase for placement within HomecareNet forms.

Narrative Text Enter the text to be placed into the associated HomecareNet form.


Checked: This Narrative Phrase has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Narrative Phrase is active.



List Maintenance


Narrative Types

The Narrative Types list represents classifications of narratives, which contain textual information for a specific patient. It includes an entry for each free text box on the 485 (DME and Supplies, Safety Measures, etc.), for other patient forms (Medical Necessity Form, ABN), and for other general medical history classifications (Family History, Past Medical History, etc.).

Note: There is no entry for Box 21 on the 485 (Orders for Discipline and Treatments) because that information is entered as Order Text in the Orders module.


List Maintenance > Narrative Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Narrative tab

Patients > select a patient > Options > Documents > Enter Document Data

List Maintenance > Narrative Phrases

Field definitions: New Narrative Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Narrative Type.


Description Describes this Narrative Type.



Checked: This Narrative Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Narrative Type is active.


List Maintenance


NCPDP Dosage Forms

The NCPDP Dosage Forms list defines forms in which a drug may be dispensed.


List Maintenance > NCPDP Dosage Forms


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select an Rx order > Order Data tab

NCPDP electronic claims

Field definitions: NCPDP Dosage Form screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this NCPDP Dosage Form.


Description Describes this NCPDP Dosage Form.



Checked: This NCPDP Dosage Form has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This NCPDP Dosage Form is active.


List Maintenance


NCPDP Rejection Codes

The NCPDP Rejection Codes list defines reasons that an NCPDP electronic claim may be rejected by the payer.


List Maintenance > NCPDP Rejection Codes


Where it’s used Bills > Electronic Claims > Search NCPDP Claims > select a claim > View Response button

Field definitions: NCPDP Rejection Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this NCPDP Rejection Code.


Description Describes this NCPDP Rejection Code.




Checked: This NCPDP Rejection Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This NCPDP Rejection Code is active.

Field Number Possibly In Error

The number of the field in the NCPDP claim that is likely to have caused the error described by this rejection code.

List Maintenance


NCPDP Submit Clarification Codes

The NCPDP Submit Clarification Codes list defines values that you can include on an NCPDP electronic claim to provide clarifying information to the payer. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > NCPDP Submit Clarification Codes


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select an Rx order > Fill Data tab

Bills > Electronic Claims > Search NCPDP Claims > select a rejected claim > Edit Denial Info button > double-click a rejection response

Field definitions: NCPDP Submit Clarification Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this NCPDP Submit Clarification Code.


Description Describes this NCPDP Submit Clarification Code.



Checked: This NCPDP Submit Clarification Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This NCPDP Submit Clarification Code is active.


List Maintenance


Note Action Types

The Note Action Types list defines activities that might result from the entry of a note. Possible entries could be as simple as ―follow-up‖ or they could be more specific.


List Maintenance > Note Action Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Progress Notes

Documents > Document Tracking > Notes tab

Receivables > A/R Inquiry > Notes tab

Field definitions: New Note Action Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Note Action Type.


Description Describes this Note Action Type.



Checked: This Note Action Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Note Action Type is active.


List Maintenance


Note Phrases

The Note Phrases lists shows standard text used in creating notes throughout HomecareNet, such as Document Followup Notes; Visit Order Text; Progress Notes; SIG Codes; Compounding Instructions; and Collection Notes.


List Maintenance > Note Phrases


Where it‘s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Progress Notes

Documents > Document Tracking > Notes tab

HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > Module 129 Activities permitted

Orders > Visit Orders > Order Text tab

Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > Rx orders (for use with SIG codes and Compounding Instructions)

Receivables > A/R Inquiry > Notes tab

Field definitions: New Note Phrase screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Note Phrase.


Description Describes this Note Phrase.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use

List Maintenance



a master list.

Note Type Type of note (from the Note Types list). Options:

Collection

Document

Inventory

Orders

Progress

Rx Order

Scheduling (reserved for future use)

Note Sub Type

Additional description (from the Note Sub Types list) of the classification of the note, depending upon its note type. The options vary depending on the note type you selected.

Discipline Discipline (from the Disciplines list) of the discipline associated with this note phrase.

Service (Available only when Note Type is Rx Order and Note Sub Type is SIG Code.) Code (from the Services list) of the service associated with this note phrase. (Users in Rx Order Entry will receive a warning if they use this code for an Rx with a service that does not match.)

Frequency (Available only when Note Type is Rx Order and Note Sub Type is SIG Code.) Code (from the Administration/Visit Frequencies list) of the administration frequency associated with this note phrase. (Users in Rx Order Entry will receive a warning if they use this code for an Rx with a frequency that does not match.)

Device (Available only when Note Type is Rx Order and Note Sub Type is SIG Code.) Code (from the Devices list) of the device. (Users in Rx Order Entry will receive a warning if they use this code for an Rx with a device that does not match.)



Checked: This Note Phrase has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Note Phrase is active.

Note Text (Required.) Text that will appear for this note phrase.

When Note Type is Rx Order and Note Sub Type is Compounding Instruction, you can design the note phrase to include variables (placeholders) for the following data items, which HomecareNet will fill in for each prescription:

Variable Description

&DQ& Quantity added (ordered) per bag of the primary drug.

&DU& UoM (ordered) of the primary drug.

&SC& Standard Concentration (defined in the Drug list) for the primary drug.

&TR& Quantity of water or other reconstitution fluid required to reconstitute the drug to its standard concentration.

List Maintenance



&RA& Amount of the reconstituted solution to add to the bag to achieve the ordered quantity.

When you select a Compounding Instruction note phrase and add it to an Rx order in Module > Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders, HomecareNet will replace any variables in the Note Text box with their actual values for that Rx. See the Using Variables in Compounding Instructions HomecareNet Ideas document for more information.


http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/using_variables_in_compounding_instructions.pdf

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/using_variables_in_compounding_instructions.pdf

List Maintenance


Note Sub Types

The Note Sub Types list contains user defined classifications of notes and narratives for reporting.


List Maintenance > Note Sub Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Note Phrases

Patients > select a patient > Options >:

o Orders > Physician Orders screen > Physician Order screen > Visits tab > Visit Orders screen > Order Text button > Note for Visit Order screen

o Orders > Physician Orders screen > Physician Order screen > Order Text tab > Note for Visit Order screen

o Documents > Track Documents > Notes tab

o Progress Notes > Notes screen

Receivables > A/R Inquiry > select a claim > Notes tab > Notes grid

Field definitions: New Note Sub Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Note Sub Type.


Description Describes this Note Sub Type.


Note Type Type of note (from the Note Types list). Options:

Collection

Document

List Maintenance



Inventory

Orders

Progress

Rx Order

Scheduling (reserved for future use)

Prompt for Follow Up

If checked, the entry of a note of this Sub Type will prompt the user to enter a Follow Up action.


Checked: This Note Sub Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Note Sub Type is active.



List Maintenance


Note Types

The Note Types list represents classifications of notes that can be recorded in HomecareNet. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Note Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Note Phrases

Field definitions: Note Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Note Type.


Description Describes this Note Types.



Checked: This Note Sub Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Note Sub Type is active.


List Maintenance


Organization Types

The Organizations Types list offers classifications of different types of organizations recorded in the Organizations list.


List Maintenance > Organization Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab > Organizations grid

List Maintenance > Organizations > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Organization Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Organization Type.


Description Describes this Organization Type.



Checked: This Organization Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Organization Type is active.


List Maintenance


Organizations

The Organizations list describes an organization (normally another health care provider) that provides services to or is otherwise relevant to patients serviced by your company; and/or refers patients to your company. Your list should include hospitals, physician practices, skilled nursing facilities (SNFs), DME companies, laboratories, pharmacies, etc. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Organizations


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab > Organizations grid

HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > module 507

Field definitions: New Organization > Primary tab


ID Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Organization.


Name Describes this Organization.


Discontinued (View Only). Options:

Checked: This Organization has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Organization is active.

Organization Code (from the Organization Types list) of the classification of this organization to

List Maintenance



Type identify the relationship to the patient or role in the patient‘s care.

Referral Type (Required.) Description (from the Referral Types list) of the classification of this organization for reporting purposes. A referral type may be more specific than an organization type. For example, an organization type may be payer, but a referral type may be HMO, PPO, etc.

Manufacturer #

Not used.

Service Partner

Options:

Checked: This organization is a service partner (that is, services your patients and has a financial relationship) to your organization.

Not checked: This organization is not a service partner to your organization.

Address Address line of this organization‘s address.

City City of this organization‘s address.

State State (from the States list) of this organization‘s address.

Zip Zip code of this organization‘s address.

Country Country of this organization‘s address.

E-mail address grid A collection of email addresses for the organization.


E-mail address

Organization's e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid A collection of phone numbers for the organization.


Number Organization's phone number.


Type Type of telecommunication device (from the Phone Number Types list) to which the phone number is assigned.




List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Organizations > Contacts tab



Buttons


1. If you enter more than one contact, highlight the desired one from the list.

2. Select the Set Primary button. A check mark appears in the Primary column.


Discontinue Use the Discontinue button to discontinue a contact. When you discontinue a code, its status changes to "inactive."

List Maintenance




Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Organization.







Checked: This contact is the primary administrative contact for the organization.


Contact Info




Last Name (Required.) Contact's last name.

Suffix Suffix (Jr., Sr., III, and so forth) that applies to this contact's name.

E-mail Addresses grid A collection of email addresses for the contact.


E-mail Address

Contact's e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid A collection of phone numbers for the contact.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut

List Maintenance



menu. The Phone screen appears.

Number Phone number(s).






List Maintenance


Other Services

The Other Services list represents organizations that will provide services to a patient after his or her discharge from home care.


List Maintenance > Other Services


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Interrupt or Discharge button

Field definitions: New Other Service screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Other Service.


Description Describes this Other Service.



Checked: This Other Services record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Other Services record is active.


List Maintenance


Outcome Interfaces

Not Used.

List Maintenance


Oxygen Delivery Devices

Not Used.

Oxygen Systems

Not Used.

List Maintenance


Patient Relationship To Insured

The Patient Relationship To Insured list describes, to the payer, the patient‘s relationship to the policyholder. If the patient is NOT the subscriber in the Subscriber tab of the Policy dialog, this list is invoked.



List Maintenance > Patient Relationship To Insured


Where it’s used Patient > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Subscriber tab

Field definitions: New Patient Relationship To Insured


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Patient Relationship To Insured.


Description Describes this Patient Relationship To Insured.


Relationship The complimentary code from the Relationships list. Example: If the Patient Relationship to Insured describes a Child, then the Relationship value should be Parent.


Checked: This Patient Relationship to Insured record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Patient Relationship to Insured record is active.


List Maintenance


Patient Statuses

The Patient Statuses list defines status values that reflect a patient‘s current level of home care services. Valid values are: Active, Inactive, and Deceased.


List Maintenance > Patient Statuses

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. However, you may not discontinue, delete or change any records that are marked as System Codes, because HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality. (HomecareNet will use only the values that are System Codes.)

Where it’s used Patients > Search grid

Field definitions: New Patient Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Patient Status.


Description Describes this Patient Status.



Checked: This Patient Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Patient Status is active.


List Maintenance


Pay Cycle

The Pay Cycle list describes frequencies with which staff may be paid.


List Maintenance > Pay Cycle


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payroll Group

Field definitions: New Pay Cycle screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Pay Cycle.


Description Describes this Pay Cycle.



Checked: This Pay Cycle has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Pay Cycle is active.


List Maintenance


Pay Rate

The Pay Rate list describes the Pay Rates that are used for visits to a patient or other staff activities.


List Maintenance > Pay Rate


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Schedule > Visit tab

List Maintenance > Charge Codes

Field definitions: New Pay Rate screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Pay Rate.


Description Describes this Pay Rate.


Time Based Options:

Checked, the Pay Rate is charged based on time/duration of visits or other activity.

Not checked, the Pay Rate is charged based on an occurrence, such as a visit.


Checked: This Pay Rate has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Pay Rate is active.


List Maintenance


Payer Classes

The Payer Classes list represents groupings of payers, used to select payers for processes (such as billing) and for summarized reporting.


List Maintenance > Payer Classes


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Payer Class screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Payer Class.


Description Describes this Payer Class.


SHP The value from the list of SHP Payer Types that most closely describes this Payer Class.



Checked: This Payer Class has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Payer Class is active.


List Maintenance


Payer ID Types

The Payer Id Types list represents types of identifiers for payers.


List Maintenance > Payer ID Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > ID Numbers tab > Payer IDs grid

Field definitions: New Payer Id Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Payer ID Type.


Description Describes this Payer ID Type.



Checked: This Payer ID Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Payer ID Type is active.


List Maintenance


Payer Other ID Types

The Payer Other ID Types list contains types of identifiers that payers use to designate your organization by site.


List Maintenance > Payer Other ID Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers

Field definitions: New Payer Other ID Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Payer Other ID Type.


Description Describes this Payer Other ID Type.



Checked: This Payer Other ID Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Payer Other ID Type is active.


List Maintenance


Payers

The Payers list contains organizations that pay claims for services to home care patients. A payer's record contains contacts, claims offices, and plans. You can set up contracts, restrictions, verifications, billing information, authorization requirements, system alerts, payer ID numbers, and claim forms within each plan. If you need to bill to multiple addresses for a payer, you should set up the payer only once and assign multiple claims offices to it.

A payer's record contains contacts, claims offices, and plans. You can set up contracts, restrictions, verifications, billing information, authorization requirements, system alerts, payer ID numbers, and claim forms within each plan. If you need to bill to multiple addresses for a payer, you should set up the payer only once and assign multiple claims offices to it.

Before you set up payers, build the following HomecareNet lists so that you can assign list entries to each payer plan as appropriate:

Contracts (for help, see Contracts list)

Configured Claims (for help, see Configured Claims list)

Pharmacy charge rule sets (for help, see Pharmacy Charge Rule Set list)

Per diem charge rule sets (for help, see Per-Diem Charge Rule Set list)

DME charge rule sets (for help, see DME Charge Rule Set list)

Visit charge rule sets (for help, see Visit Charge Rule Sets list)


List Maintenance > Payers


Where it’s used Patient > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Profile tab

Field definitions: New Payer screen > Primary tab

http://od-appssrv1/infusionsolutionstest/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Contracts_list.htm

http://od-appssrv1/infusionsolutionstest/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Pharmacy_Charge_Rule_Set_list.htm

http://od-appssrv1/infusionsolutionstest/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Per-Diem_Charge_Rule_Set_list.htm

http://od-appssrv1/infusionsolutionstest/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/DME_Charge_Rule_Set_list.htm

http://od-appssrv1/infusionsolutionstest/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Visit_Charge_Rule_Sets_list.htm

List Maintenance



Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Payer.


Name The name of this payer (ex: Aetna, BCBS, United Healthcare, Medicaid RI)

Class Classification into which this payer falls, used to group payers in reports.

Site The site for which this payer record should be available. If left blank, the record will be available for all sites.


Checked: This Payer has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Payer is active.

Organization Type

(View only). Classification of this payer, used to identify the payer‘s relationship to the patient or the role in the patient‘s care. Is always ―Payer.‖

Referral Type (Required.) Description (from the Referral Types list) of the classification of this payer for reporting purposes. You may simply assign all payers a single referral type (e.g. ‗Payer‘), or you may set up multiple types.

Address Payer‘s address for the central or corporate office. (If plans associated with this payer have different addresses, you will need to add claims offices on the Claims Offices tab.)

City The city of the primary address for this Payer. Note that each Plan‘s address will be entered separately at the Plan level.

State The state of the primary address for this Payer. Note that each Plan‘s address will be entered separately at the Plan level.

Zip The zip code of the primary address for this Payer. Note that each Plan‘s address will be entered separately at the Plan level.

Country The country of the primary address for this Payer. Note that each Plan‘s address will be entered separately at the Plan level.

E-mail address grid A collection of email addresses for the payer.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and select the New option on the shortcut menu. The E-mail Address screen appears.

E-mail address

Payer's e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid A collection of phone numbers for the central or corporate office. You can record phone numbers for specific people or departments on the Contacts tab, or for different offices on the Claims Offices tab.


Number Payer's phone number(s).



List Maintenance






Field definitions: New Payer screen > Additional button


Other Policy ID Label

Description of an identifier (other than policy number, group name, and group number) required by this payer for each policy. This label replaces, for this payer, the Other Policy Id label on the Profile tab in Module > Patients > select a patient > Payers > select a payer.

Accept AOB Indicates whether this payer accepts assignment of benefits from the patient, enabling the provider to bill and collect funds for healthcare services provided to him or her. Options:

Yes

Yes, Clinical Lab Services Only

No

Unknown

OOP Incl Deductible

Indicates whether, for this payer, policyholders‘ out-of-pocket expenses include the deductible. Options:

Yes

No

Unknown.

Cover CoPayment

Indicates whether this payer covers the co-payments remaining from a primary payer‘s payments. Options:

Yes

No

Unknown.

Pay Source Reserved for future use.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Payer screen > Contacts tab

Use the Contacts tab to record contact information for specific people or departments (such as Eligibility, Verification).

If you enter more than one payer contact, highlight the primary administrative contact from the list and then select the Set Primary button, if applicable.

To discontinue a contact (make the contact inactive), highlight the contact and then select the Discontinue button; to reactivate the contact, select the Reactivate button.



Buttons



2. Click Set Primary. A check mark appears in the Primary column.



List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Payer screen > Contacts tab > Contacts grid > Organization Contact screen


Code Organization by which the contact person is employed or which the contact person represents. This box is not applicable for all contacts.


Checked: This Payer has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Payer is active.





Contact Info




Last Name Contact‘s last name.




E-mail Address


List Maintenance





Number Payer's phone number.






List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Payer screen > Claims Offices tab

Use the Claims Offices tab to enter each location to which you may send paper claims to this payer. When you assign this payer to a patient, you will be asked to choose which claims office is appropriate for that patient's claims. Each claims office can be associated with one or more plans, and each plan can be associated with one or more claims offices.


Claims Offices grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Payer Claims Office screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Payer screen >Claims Offices tab > New Payer Claims Office screen > Primary tab


Code (View only). Code of the name of this claims office.

Discontinued (View only.) Is this claims office discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This claims office is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This claims office is active.

Name (Required.) Name of this claims office.

Address (Required.) Address of this claims office.

City (Required.) City in which this claims office is located.

State (Required.) State (from the States list) in which this claims office is located.

Zip (Required.) Claims office zip code.

Country Country in which this claims office is located.

E-mail Address grid A collection of email addresses for the claims office.


E-mail Address

Claims office e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid A collection of phone numbers for the claims office.


Number Claims office phone number.

Ext. Claims office phone number extension.

List Maintenance






Comments Additional free text you may have about billing to this claims office.

Field definitions: New Payer screen > Claims Offices grid > New Payer Claims Office screen > Contacts tab


Contacts grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Select Contact screen appears. When you add an item to this grid, HomecareNet enables you to choose the contacts from the payer‘s list of contacts that are relevant to this claims office.

Attention Of

(View only.) Specific person‘s name (or other information) that is to appear along with the claims office address on printed claims to assist in the routing of those claims.

Buttons

Select Choose the Select button to identify which contact should be listed as the ―Attention:‖ name on claims.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Payer screen > Claims Offices grid > New Payer Claims Office screen > Select Contact screen > Contacts grid


Organization (View only). Code and description of the organization.

Contacts grid A list of contacts defined for the Payer.

Code (View only). Code of the contact.

First Name

(View only). First name of the contact (from the Payers list relevant to this claims office.

Last Name (View only). Last name of the contact (from the Payers list relevant to this claims office.

Primary (View only). If checked, this contact is the primary one.

Status (View only). Status of this contact. Options:

Active (This status appears when you add or reactivate a contact.)

Inactive (This status appears when you discontinue a contact.)

Buttons

Select Use the Select button to assign the highlighted contact to the Claims Office. You can assign a contact only once.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Payer screen > Claims Offices grid > New Payer Claims Office screen > Plans tab

View the plans for which claims can be sent to this claims office. You can change these associations in the Associated Claims Offices section of the Plans grid.

Field definitions: New Payer screen > Plans tab


Plans grid A list of Plans assigned to the Payer.

Use the Plans tab to enter each insurance coverage plan that the payer offers. A plan is typically designed for a different population (e.g. a Senior Plan) or a

List Maintenance



different coverage format (e.g. Health Maintenance Organization, or HMO, versus Preferred Provider Organization, or PPO).

Some payers may have only one plan; if so, when adding those payers, you can assign a default plan name of ―universal plan‖ and continue supplying the remaining data. You need not add any additional plans.

In HomecareNet, much of the payer information you provide is actually specific to each plan. Contracts, authorization rules, billing codes, and more can be associated with each of a payer's plans.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Plan screen appears.

Buttons

Set Default Use the Set Default button to indicate the default plan for the payer. The default plan is automatically assigned to a patient when you assign this payer. You may then select an alternate plan.

1. If you enter more than one plan, highlight the desired one from the list.

2. Click Set Default. A check mark appears in the Is Default column.

Copy (Available only when an existing plan is highlighted.) Make a copy of the highlighted plan.

When you click the Copy button, HomecareNet will display the New Plan screen, with all information other than the Plan Name and Code copied from the highlighted plan.

Information copied includes: All other fields on the Primary tab The entirety of the remaining tabs: Auth Profiles, Auth Rules, Billing, Claims,

ID Numbers, and System Actions The contents of the buttons: Contracts, Restrictions, and Verification. If Auto-Generate is enabled for Payer Plans, HomecareNet will generate the next available Code. You must enter a Plan Name. If Auto-Generate is not enabled for Payer Plans, you must enter a Code and a Plan Name.

Copy From Copy a plan from another payer.

When you click the Copy From button, HomecareNet will display a dialog that allows you to choose an entry in the Payers list from which to copy. A drop-down list will then display the active plans for that payer. Choose a plan and click OK. HomecareNet will copy the selected Plan into the Payer in which you are currently working.

Information copied includes: All fields on the Primary tab except for Claims Offices (because they are tied

to the original payer) The entirety of the remaining tabs: Auth Profiles, Auth Rules, Billing, Claims,

ID Numbers, and System Actions The contents of the buttons: Contracts, Restrictions, and Verification. If Auto-Generate is enabled for Payer Plans, HomecareNet will generate the next available Code. If Auto-Generate is not enabled for Payer Plans, you must enter a Code.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Plan screen > Primary tab


Plan Name Name of the plan as defined by the payer.

Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Plan.

Policy Type Type of insurance policy; used to default the Policy Type field in the Patient Payers screen. Can be overridden at the Patient Payer level.

Claim Filing Ind:

The Claim Filing Indicator must be filled out on all electronic claims, using a standard set of values. The claim filing indicator:

Identifies a Medicare A payer(s) that HomecareNet uses when applying special logic for episodes and PPS billing.

Is used on electronic claims, namely the HIPAA-approved ANSII ASC X12N 837 format (Loop ―L2000B‖ Segment ―SBR‖).

Options are:

Automobile Medical

Blue Cross/Blue Shield

Central Certification

Champus

Commercial Insurance Co.

Disability

Exclusive Provider Org(EPO)

Health Maintenance Org.

HMO-Medicare Risk

Indemnity Insurance

Liability

Liability Medical

List Maintenance



Medicaid

Medicare Part A – Hospice

Medicare Part A – Other

Medicare Part A – PPS

Medicare Part B

Mutually Defined

Other Federal Program

Other Non-Federal Programs

Point of Service (POS)

Preferred Provider Org (PPO)

Self Pay

Title V

Veteran Administration Plan

Workers Comp. Health Claim

Excl Pre-Existing

Does this payer delay or refuse coverage for pre-existing conditions? The exclude pre-existing setting can be overridden at the Patients > Payers level. Options are:

Yes

No

Unknown


Checked: This drug has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This record is active.

Default Plan

Is this the most common plan for this payer? Options:

Checked: This is the most common plan for this payer.

Not checked: This is not the most common plan for this payer.

The default plan is automatically assigned to a patient when you assign this payer. You may then select an alternate plan.

Associated Claims Offices grid

Add associated claims offices only if you need to bill to addresses other than the main address you entered for the payer on the payer‘s Primary tab.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Relate Claims Offices to Payer Plans screen appears.

Buttons

Set Default Use the Set Default button to indicate the default associated claims office for the payer. If you enter more than one claims office, highlight the desired one from the list. Select the Set Default button. A check mark appears in the Default column.

Contracts To assign one or more contracts to a plan, select the Contracts button. The Payer Plan Contracts screen appears.

Restrictions Use the Restrictions button to enter service and diagnoses restrictions under a plan. The Payer Plan Restrictions screen appears.

Verification To enter procedures for re-verifying patients' coverage under a plan, select the Verification button. The Payer Plan Verification screen appears. Note that this is only verification of coverage, not authorizations.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Plan screen > Primary tab > Relate Claims Offices to Payer Plans screen


Payer (View only.) Name of the payer.

Plan (View only.) Name of the plan as defined by the payer.

Claims Offices for Plan

List of claim offices to which claims for this plan may be sent. To remove a claims office, under the Claims Offices for Plan column, remove the claims office to the All Claims Offices for Payer column.

To remove a claims office from the payer plan, highlight the claims office and then select the Remove button; to remove all claims offices, select the Remove All button.

All Claims Offices for Payer

List of claims offices not assigned to this plan. To add a claims office, under the All Claims Offices for Payer column, add the claims office to the Claims Offices for Plan column. To relate a claims office to the payer plan, highlight the claims office and then select the Add button; to relate all claims offices, select the Add All button.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > Primary tab > Contracts button

List Maintenance



Payer Plan Contracts grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan Contract screen appears.

Code Code of the contract that may be used (or is always used) for pricing charges to this payer and plan.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Plan screen > Primary tab > Restrictions button

Use the Restrictions button to enter service and diagnoses restrictions under a plan. For details, see Payer Plan Restrictions screen > Services tab and Payer Plan Restrictions screen > Diagnoses tab.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > update Plan > Restrictions button > Services tab

Use this section to assign non-covered (restricted) services to the plan. Any restricted services will also display in the patient payer record.


Services grid Services that are restricted under this payer plan‘s coverage.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan Restricted Service screen > Restriction tab appears.

Comments Additional free text that describes these restrictions.

Applies to: Select one or both options:

Medicare certified agencies: Coverage applies to Medicare certified agencies.

Home health agencies: Coverage applies to home health agencies.

http://od-appssrv1/train/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/Payer_Plan_Restrictions_scrn_Services_tab.htm

http://od-appssrv1/train/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/Payer_Plan_Restrictions_scrn_Services_tab.htm

http://od-appssrv1/train/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/Payer_Plan_Restrictions_scrn_Diagnoses_tab.htm

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Payer Plan Restricted Service screen > Restriction tab


Service Code (from the Services list) of the service that has any of the following restrictions:

Is not covered.

Has a coverage limit.

Is reimbursed only when provided in conjunction with Supervising Services. (If the service is a paraprofessional service, such as Home Health Aide, which is not reimbursable unless there is supervision by staff of another service, the Supervising Service(s) describe which staff are qualified to perform that supervision.)

If RN visits are covered and LPN visits are not, this differentiation can be reflected in different services OR different charge classes, based on your preference.

Comments Additional free text you may have about this payer‘s service restrictions.

Charge Classes (covered) grid

Charge Classes that are not covered for this Service, or for which a coverage limit exists.

If you add a service to the Services grid and do not check the Covered restrictions apply box, HomecareNet will take that as an instruction that the service is not covered at all by the payer and plan.

If you add a service to the Services grid and do check the Covered restrictions apply box, HomecareNet will take that as an instruction that the service is covered by the payer and plan.

If you specify charge classes in the Charge Classes (covered) grid, the service will be covered only for the charge classes that you specified.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Class screen appears.

Charge Class code

Code (from the Charge Classes list) of the charge class that is not covered, or for which a coverage limit exists.

List Maintenance



Covered restrictions apply checkbox

Options:

Checked: This payer does cover this service and any charge classes specified with some restrictions. When you select this check box, the Payer Plan Restricted Service screen > Covered Restrictions tab appears.

Not checked: This payer does not cover this service and charge classes at all.

Field definitions: Payer Plan Restricted Service screen > Covered Restrictions tab


Service Code (from the Services list) of the service that has any of the following restrictions:

Is not covered.

Has a coverage limit.

Is reimbursed only when provided in conjunction with Supervising Services. (If the service is a paraprofessional service, such as Home Health Aide, which is not reimbursable unless there is supervision by staff of another service, the Supervising Service(s) describe which staff are qualified to perform that supervision.)

If RN visits are covered and LPN visits are not, this differentiation can be reflected in different services OR different charge classes, based on your preference.

Yearly Maximum Benefit Allowed

Maximum amount the payer will pay each year for a patient for the specified service and charge classes.

Supervisory Services (required) grid

Use this grid to assign the type of staff that is qualified to supervise a paraprofessional service (such as Home Health Aide) that is not reimbursable

http://192.168.1.197/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/Payer_Plan_Restricted_Service_scrn_Covered_Restrictions_tab.htm

List Maintenance



without supervision.

Right-click in the grid's white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Service screen appears.

Service Code Code (from the Services list) of the type of staff that is qualified to perform that supervision.

Visit Limits

Hours Per Visit

Maximum number of hours that a single visit under this service may last. After this maximum is met, HomecareNet will create a second charge for the remaining time; contact pricing, visit limits, and authorizations limits may be affected.

Daily Visits Maximum number of visits allowed per day.

Monthly Visits Maximum number of visits allowed per month.

Yearly Visits Maximum number of visits allowed per calendar year or policy anniversary. Must be greater than or equal to the Daily Visits limit.

Lifetime Visits Maximum number of visits allowed over the patient‘s lifetime. Must be greater than or equal to the Yearly Visits limit.

Effective Every

When do the monthly and yearly visit limits apply? Options:

Calendar Year (Beginning on January 1)

Anniversary (Beginning on the policy anniversary effective date)

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Payer Plan Restrictions screen > Diagnoses tab

Use this section to assign a plan-restricted range of diagnosis codes.


Follow CMS Diagnosis Restriction Rules

Does the payer follow CMS diagnosis restriction rules for reimbursement? Options:

Checked: HomecareNet will evaluate the CMS Approved setting in the Diagnoses list. If you use a non-CMS Approved diagnosis for a patient, HomecareNet will warn you.

Not checked: HomecareNet will not use the CMS Approved setting in the Diagnoses list. You can specify ranges of diagnoses that are not valid for this payer/plan. If an invalid diagnosis is used for a patient, HomecareNet will warn you.

The warnings appear:

when adding a new Payer to a patient (Patient > Payers)

when adding a Diagnosis code to a patient service (Patient > Services > Diagnoses tab)

when defining payer Responsibilities (Patient > Responsibilities)

when compiling a claim (Bills > Search Batches > select a batch > Billing Batch menu or Queues menu > Compile)

Diagnoses Ranges grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis Code Range screen appears.

Beginning Beginning value in a range of diagnosis (ICD9) codes (from the Diagnoses list) which are not reimbursed by this payer.

Ending Ending value in a range of diagnosis (ICD9) codes (from the Diagnoses list) which are not reimbursed by this payer.

Comments (Available when the Follow CMS Diagnosis Restriction Rules check box is cleared.) Additional free text you may have about this payer‘s diagnosis restrictions.

Disallow (Available when the Follow CMS Diagnosis Restriction Rules check box is cleared.) Options:

V Codes: Payer does not reimburse for diagnoses/procedures that have a

List Maintenance



‗V‘ as their first character.

E Codes: Payer does not reimburse for diagnoses/procedures that have an ‗E‘ as their first character.

3 Digit Codes: Payer does not reimburse for non-specific diagnosis codes, which are codes that contain 3 digits only (such as "100").

Field definitions: New Plan screen > Plans tab > Verification button > Payer Plan Verification screen

To enter procedures for reverifying patients' coverage under a plan, select the Verification button. The Payer Plan Verification screen appears. Complete the Payer Plan Verification screen. Set verification requirements only if you plan to use the report that shows you when coverage verification is due. Note that this is only verification of coverage, not authorizations.


ReVerify Frequency

With what frequency should policies under this payer be reverified? (Used to generate reminders for insurance verification coordinators.)

Note: if this payer has already been assigned to patients, you will also need to assign the verification frequency and cycle start date in Module > Patient > Payers > select a payer > Verification tab.

Cycle Reverifications should be scheduled based on:

Calendar Date

Policy Expiration

Start of Care Date

Start Date When Cycle is Calendar Date, the date on which the re-verification cycle should be based. This option is applicable for payers who have open enrollment at a specific time each year.

Eligibility Verification

Right-click in the grid‘s white space to select the electronic eligibility verification format (usually NCPDP).

http://od-appssrv1/train/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/Payer_Plan_Verification_db.htm

List Maintenance



grid

Field definitions: New Plan screen > Auth. Profiles tab

An Authorization Contact Profile identifies the organization, person, and method with which to obtain an authorization for patients covered by this plan. Enter the authorization contact profile information as many times as necessary to define the different authorization contacts and related information that exist for the plan. Many payers may have only one authorization contact profile, but there are some who require providers to contact different organizations to gain authorizations for different types of services.


Auth Profiles grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Authorization Contact Profile Screen appears. Complete the New Authorization Contact Profile screen.

Comments Additional free text you may have about this authorization contact.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Authorization Contact Profile screen > Profile tab


Profile ID Enter a unique identifier for this authorization profile.

Description Enter a unique description for this authorization profile. This may describe the circumstance for which you would use this profile (such as "Supplies/Pumps/Enteral").


Checked: This Authorization Contact Profile has been discontinued.

Not checked: This Authorization Contact Profile is active.

Default Is this the default authorization contact profile for this payer? You can have only one default profile for each plan. Options:

Checked: This is the default authorization profile for this payer.

Not checked: This is not the default authorization profile for this payer.

Authorization

Time Frame within ___ days of Service

Time frame within which a payer requires that authorizations occur, expressed as: ―within ___ days of service‖ (zero implies that the authorization must be prior to service).

Method Manner in which initial authorizations are to be obtained. Options:

Written

Verbal

Form Authorization form which is to be used to obtain authorizations. Available only when Method is Written.

Reauthorization

Time Frame within ___

Time frame within which a payer requires that renewals of existing authorizations occur, expressed as: ―within ___ days of service‖ (zero implies that the

http://192.168.1.197/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/New_Auth_Contact_Profile_scrn_Profile_tab.htm

List Maintenance



days of Service

reauthorization must be prior to service).

Same as Authorization

Is the reauthorization information (method, form, and time frame) the same as the authorization information? Options:

Checked: Reauthorization information is the same as the authorization information.

Not checked: Reauthorization information is not the same as the authorization information.

Method Manner in which reauthorizations are to be obtained. Options:

Written

Verbal

Form Authorization form which is to be used to obtain reauthorizations. Available only when Method is Written.

Comments Circumstances in which this contact (if not the default) should be used in place of the default authorization contact.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Authorization Contact Profile screen > Contact tab


Authorizing Organization

Code of the organization responsible for granting authorizations on behalf of the payer. This setting defaults to the payer, but is sometimes a case management company or Pharmacy Benefits Manager (PBM).

Contact (View only). Code of the individual at the authorization organization who should be contacted for authorizations. Click the Search button to add telephone numbers for any Authorizing Organization contacts. These must first be listed as Contacts in the payer record for the Authorizing Organization.

Phones (View only). Populates automatically when a Contact is selected above.

Buttons

Search To enter a contact and phone number, select the Search button; the Organization Contacts screen appears. Select a contact in the Contacts grid.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > Auth. Rules tab

Right-click in the grid to enter an Authorization Rule for this plan. You can enter the following information as many times as needed to establish the payer‘s rules for the circumstances that require authorizations. By requiring authorizations, you can send the HomecareNet user a warning message when he or she tries, for example, to create or bill an order. Note that duplicates of the same service, charge class, and charge code are not permitted.

After you create authorization rules, create an alert action set to specify action points in HomecareNet and which points will allow, warn, and prevent a user from performing certain functions in HomecareNet. For details, see Alert Action Sets list.

http://192.168.1.197/help/List_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/New_Auth_Contact_Profile_scrn_Profile_tab.htm

List Maintenance



Auth Rules grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Authorization Rule screen appears.

Services grid

Charge Classes grid

Charge Codes grid

Once you define a rule, these three grids provide more information about the types of goods and services for which the rule applies.

Field definitions: New Authorization Rule screen

List Maintenance



Rule Description

A brief summary (free form text) of the products/services covered by this rule.

Auth Req‘d for all Services/Charges

Is authorization required for all services and charges? Options:

Checked: Authorization is required for all services and charges.

Not checked: Authorization is not required for all services and charges. Specify the service types, charge classes, and/or charge codes below.

Services Types grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Services dialog box appears.

Service Code

Code of a service (from the Services list) for which an authorization is required.

Charge Classes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Classes dialog box appears.

Charge Class

Code of a charge class (from the Charge Classes list) for which an authorization is required.


Charge Codes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Codes dialog box appears.

Charge Code Code of a charge code (from the Charge Classes list) for which an authorization is required.


Comments Additional free text you may have about this payer‘s authorization rules.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Plan screen > Billing tab

The Billing tab contains billing instructions and rules that are specific to a payer and plan.


Filing Deadline

Number of days after beginning service date within which claims must be filed with the payer.

Print Patient Statement

Does this payer require that patient statements be sent on a regular basis? Select this option only if you intend to print a statement for the patient based on what you bill the payer. It is not a patient's invoice; it only lets the patient know what the payer has been billed for.

Prior Route to Employer

Should claims be routed to the subscriber‘s employer prior to being sent to the payer? Can be overridden at the Patient > Payer level.

Bill DME at end of period

Check this box only if the payer requires that you bill DME retrospectively. Note: This is checked by default.

Terms

Bill Frequency Frequency (from the Bill Frequencies list) with which claims should be sent to this payer. Can be overridden at the Patient Payer level.

Payment Terms

Within how many days after a claim is mailed is this payer expected to remit payment?

Prompt-Pay Disc Pct.

Percentage discount that the payer will receive for payment received within the Prompt-Pay Discount Days.

Prompt-Pay Disc Days

Number of days (from the invoice date) within which the payer must remit payment in order to receive a prompt-pay discount.

Pharmacy

Default Rx Exp Period

Does the payer have a specific expiration policy for Rx's? Enter the number of days.

List Maintenance



Maximum Refills

Maximum number of refills for all Rx's.

Partial Vials Options:

Checked: Payer must be billed in partial vials.

Not checked: Payer will be billed for whole vials.

Charges

Visit Charge Rule Set

Code (from the Visit Charge Rule Sets list) of the set of rules that describe which charge codes the system should use to bill visits to this plan. If you do not specify a visit charge rule set, the default visit charge rule set (if available) will be used.

Hospice Charge Rule Set

Code (from the Hospice Charge Rule Set list) of the set of rules to specify a charge code for a patient‘s hospice care status.

Per Diem Charge Rule Set

Code (from the Per-Diem Charge Rule Set list) of the set of rules that describe which charge codes the system should use to bill per diems.

DME Charge Rule Set

Code (from the DME Charge Rule Set list) of the set of rules that will be used to appropriately generate DME charges according to the plan's rules. If you do not specify a DME charge rule set, the default DME charge rule set (if available) will be used.

Pharmacy Charge Rule Set

Code (from the Pharmacy Charge Rule Set list) that specifies whether the payer prefers for you to bill drugs and supplies in ACTUAL or HCPCS units, and how to bill in TPNs (liters, liter ranges, or gram ranges).

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Plan screen > Claims tab

The Claims tab contains the billing codes (and modifiers, if applicable) that need to be included on claims for the selected payer. You can establish a set of billing codes, name the set, and associate it with multiple payers, rather than re-establishing the set for each and every payer.


Remit to Choose one of the following three options to identify the location to which remittances billed to this plan should be sent:

Billing Site: Site that produces and sends the claim (in some cases, this will be the same as the service site).

Service Site: Site that provides service to the patient.

Other Address: Code (from the Provider Information list) of the alternate provider or other Remit To address (e.g. a Lockbox).

Billing Period Code (from the Billing Period list) of the billing period for this payer plan, for use with UB04 and 837 Institutional claims.

Receiver‘s ETIN

Electronic transmitter identification number of the entity that receives your electronic claims. Enter the number provided by the intermediary‘s Companion Guide (Loop 1000B; segment NM109).

If you submit claims through ZirMed, this number is not used. Enter 9999.

Crossover on E-Claims

Options

Checked: HomecareNet will include secondary and tertiary payer information in the 837 claim file (if said configured claim form is present).

Not checked: HomecareNet will not include secondary and tertiary payer information in the 837 claim file.

Physician ID Type to Use

Description (from the Physician Id Types list) of the physician ID type to use on claims.

Separate Claims by

Options

List Maintenance



Case Checked: When the patient is admitted multiple times within the same month, HomecareNet will separate claims by Case (admission).

Not checked: When the patient is admitted multiple times within the same month, HomecareNet will not separate claims by Case (admission).

Auto-split Charges grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add/Update Auto-split Charges screen appears.

Charge Class(es)

Click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more Charge Classes. Charge items belonging to these Charge Classes will automatically be split into multiple charges per the chosen Split By option (below).

You can leave this column blank if you wish to indicate that all charges for all Charge Classes should be split.

Auto-Split Type

(Required for each record in the grid.) When you Confirm/Charge a Delivery Slip or save an order and send it via Real-Time Adjudication (NCPDP), HomecareNet will automatically split each charge into multiple charges. Split By options are:

Maximum Length 3

Maximum Length 2, decremented

None

Single Date

You may choose ‗Single Date‘ only for Charge Classes that are assigned in the Charge Classes list to a Charge Type of Per-Diem.

Billing Code Sets grid Use this grid to add the set(s) of billing codes that the payer uses for identifying charges on claims. Usually, you need assign only one set, though Medicare Part A requires two: revenue and HCPCS codes. If you do not enter any billing code sets, HomecareNet will use the default billing codes entered in your Charge Codes list.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add/Update Billing Code Set screen appears.

Billing Code Set

Code of the billing code set that should be used for this payer and plan.

Comments Additional free text about claims for this payer/plan.

Buttons

Forms & Chg Class Sets

To assign configured claims to the payer plan and define the circumstances under which they should be used, select the Forms & Chg Class Sets button. The Payer Plan Charge Class Sets and Configured Claims screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Payer Plan Charge Class Sets and Configured Claims screen


Charge Class Sets grid Important: Use this grid to create Charge Class Sets only if you need to separate different types of charges (Charge Classes) onto different claim types for submission to the same payer plan.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan Charge Class Sets screen appears.

Configured Claims grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan Configured Claim screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Payer Plan Charge Class Sets screen


Name Name of this payer plan charge class set. Create a name for this set of Charge Classes, then right-click in the accompanying Charge Classes grid to select Charge Class(es) to include in this set for billing together on the same claim.

Charge Classes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Class screen appears.

Code Code (from the Charge Classes list) of a charge class to include in the set.

Field definitions: Payer Plan Configured Claim screen


Configured Claim

Code (from the Configured Claims list) of the configured claim assigned to this payer plan.

Billing Condition

Circumstances under which this configured claim will be used. Billing condition must be unique within a payer plan by charge class set. Options:

(blank)

Default: use on all claims that do not meet any of the other conditions

Initial: use only on initial claims

Resubmit: use only on initial claims

List Maintenance



Secondary: use only on initial claims

Charge Class Set

The charge class set (from the Charge Class Sets grid above) with which this configured claim is associated.

Supplemental Claim

Code (from the Configured Claims list) of the supplemental configured claim that should be assigned to all claims in addition to the claim in the Configured Claim field.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > ID Numbers tab


Single Payer ID A single Provider Number that is not linked to any specific Organization, for use with payers that assign one number that applies to all of your sites. Used in 837P electronic claims.

Payer IDs grid Payer IDs are assigned to the payer plan by another payer (i.e., Medicare or Medicaid).

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan Payer ID screen appears.

EMC Payer IDs grid EMC Payer IDs are assigned by the EMC Intermediary to the payer plan.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan EMC Payer ID screen appears.

Provider Numbers grid Provider numbers are assigned to your organization by the payer or the state.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Plan Provider Number screen appears.

Other Payer Assigned IDs grid

Other Payer Assigned IDs include the ETIN (Electronic Transmitter Identification Number) indicated in the Companion Guide provided by the Intermediary.


List Maintenance



menu. The Payer Plan Other Payer Assigned ID screen appears.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > ID Numbers tab > Payer Plan Payer ID screen


Payer ID Enter the Payer ID number. Payer IDs are assigned to the payer plan by another payer (i.e., Medicare or Medicaid). For example, Medicare assigns an OCNA# to Blue Cross/Blue Shield. When Blue Cross/Blue Shield is the secondary payer on a Medicare claim, the OCNA# will be included in the electronic claim.

Payer ID Type Designate what type of Payer ID is represented. Options are defined in the Payer ID Types list.

Payer Organization

Select the payer whose ID this entry represents.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > ID Numbers tab > Payer Plan EMC Payer ID screen


EMC Select the EMC Intermediary for this payer plan.

List Maintenance



Intermediary

EMC Payer ID Enter the EMC Payer ID. EMC Payer IDs are assigned by the EMC Intermediary to the payer plan. The intermediary may handle claims for many payers, and this ID is how it identifies the payer for which the claim is intended.

If you use ZirMed‘s Payer Name Matching feature, this is ZirMed‘s preferred EMC Payer ID. If not using ZirMed‘s Payer Name Matching, this should be ZirMed‘s ID for the payer.

Bin Number Enter the Bin Number (for NCPDP claims).

Processor Control Number

Enter the Processor Control Number (PCN) for NCPDP claims.

Configured Claims grid

Right-click in the Configured Claims grid, then use the drop-down menu to select the configured claim that is associated with this EMC Intermediary.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > ID Numbers tab > Payer Plan Provider Number screen


Provider Number

Enter the payer plan Provider Number. Provider numbers are assigned to your organization by the payer or the state.

Non Participating

Check this box to indicate that you are a non-participating provider with this plan.

Provider Number Type

Select the Provider Number Type from the Provider Number Types list.

Provider Organization

Select the Provider Organization from the Provider/Service Partners list to describe the entity to which the Provider Number is assigned. If the Provider Number is assigned to a Site that is defined in HomecareNet, choose the entry that is the site

List Maintenance



code plus ‗*HAI‘.

Line of Business

A Line of Business (from the Lines of Business list) for which this Provider Number should be used.

Field definitions: New Plan screen > ID Numbers tab > Other Payer Assigned ID screen


Payer ID Enter the Payer ID number. Other Payer Assigned IDs should include the ETIN (Electronic Transmitter Identification Number) indicated in the Companion Guide provided by the Intermediary (Loop 1000A; segment NM103).

For NY Medicaid ONLY – Other Payer Assigned IDs must include a Locator # of ―LU‖.

Payer Other ID Type

Designate what type of Payer ID is represented. Options are defined in the Payer ID Types list.

Provider Select the provider (from the Sites list) whose ID this entry represents.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Plan screen > System Actions tab


Process Requirements Use this section to document the level and timing of alerts for Missing Authorizations, Missing Visit Orders, and Non-Covered Services.

Several fields reference the Alert Action Sets list. Alert Action Sets are based on the following Action Points:

Add/Update Visit

Batch Visit

Add/Update Rx/Supply/DME Order


Add/Update Charge Item

Post Charge Item

Build Billing Batch

Compile Claim

And the following Actions:

Allow

Warn

Prevent

Missing Authorizations

Search for and enter an Alert Action Set if this plan requires that you are notified of missing authorizations.

Missing Visit Orders

Search for and enter an Alert Action Set if this plan requires that you are notified of missing visit orders.

Non Covered Services

Search for and enter an Alert Action Set if this plan requires that you are notified of non-covered services.

List Maintenance



Document Requirements grid

Use this section to record documentation requirements for claims submission to this payer plan. Right-click in the grid to add a Document Requirement Set. The Payer Plan Document Requirements screen appears.


List Maintenance


Field definitions: Payer Plan Document Requirements screen


Doc Requirement Set

Choose a Document Requirement Set (from the Document Sets list) to reflect the documents that are required for claim submission.

Missing / Unsigned Documents

Select the Alert Action Set to invoke when required documents are missing for claim submission. Alert Action Sets are based on the following Action Points:

Add/Update Visit

Batch Visit

Add/Update Rx/Supply/DME Order


Add/Update Charge Item

Post Charge Item

Build Billing Batch

Compile Claim

And the following Actions:

Allow

Warn

Prevent

Services grid Indicates that the documents in the Doc Requirement Set apply only to certain services.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. Choose a service.

List Maintenance


Payroll Group

The Payroll Group list contains entries for payroll groups assigned to staff members.


List Maintenance > Payroll Group


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Work/ Qualifications tab

Field definitions: New Payroll Group screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Payroll Group.


Description Describes this Payroll Group.


Pay Cycle A cycle (from the Pay Cycles list) that describes the frequency with which staff in this Payroll Group are paid.

Default Pay Rate

The pay rate code (from the Pay Rate list) that describes the normal rate that staff in this Payroll Group are paid.

Overtime Allowed

Options:

Checked: Staff assigned to this Payroll Group can earn overtime pay.

Not checked: Staff assigned to this Payroll Group cannot earn overtime pay.

List Maintenance



Daily over (hrs)

If overtime pay becomes effective after a staff person works a certain number of hours in a day, select the circle next to Daily over and specify the number of hours that must be worked to trigger overtime.

Weekly over (hrs)

If overtime pay becomes effective after a staff person works a certain number of hours in a week, select the circle next to Weekly over and specify the number of hours that must be worked to trigger overtime.

Visit over (visits)

If overtime pay becomes effective after a staff person works a certain number of visits in a pay period, select the circle next to Visit over and specify the number of visits that must be performed to trigger overtime.

Available only if the Default Pay Rate is not time-based (i.e. staff are paid per visit).


Checked: This Payroll Group has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Payroll Group is active.


Pay Rate Rule grid Use this grid to specify circumstances in which staff assigned to this Payroll Group are paid a rate other than the Default Pay Rate.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Pay Rate Rule screen appears.

Field definitions: New Payroll Group screen > Pay Rate Rule screen


Description A description for this exception rule.

Rule Type The type of pay that this rule applies to: Overtime, Exclusion, or Bonus.

Shift The shift (from the Visit Shifts list) to which this rule applies.

Pay Rate The pay rate (from the Pay Rates list) that should be used for the specified Rule Type circumstance and Shift.

Rule Trigger The criterion that triggers this Pay Rate Rule to become effective. Options:

Hours: specify a number of hours

Visits: specify a number of visits

List Maintenance


Per- Diem Charge Rule Set

The Per-Diem Charge Rule Set list works hand-in-hand with the Contracts list, representing the agreements you have with payers so that HomecareNet can apply those terms automatically to charges that you generate and bill. The Per-Diem Charge Rule Set list allows you to define when and how per diem charge codes should be used. It supports:

Per diems that vary by frequency, dose amount, or other criteria

Excluding certain items from a per diem, such as drugs, or specific items such as lipids

Setting "outliers," or items that are included in a per diem up to a limit (such as 2 visits per week)

Per diem charges are supported by charge codes; therefore, before you establish per diem charge rule sets, you should define Charge Codes for each per diem that may have a different rate or billing code, such as Antibiotics Q24 Hours (S9500), Antibiotics Q12 Hours (S9501), etc. Though per diem literally means "daily," per diems can be charged for different periods of time, including by dose, by week, or by month. Set up your charge codes accordingly. For more information about charge codes, see Charge Codes list.

HomecareNet will automatically generate a per diem charge when a delivery slip is confirmed (in Module > Orders > Delivery). For any items that are provided within the scope of the per diem — usually ancillary prescriptions, supplies and equipment, and sometimes visits — HomecareNet generates charges but marks them as "Subject to per diem" so that the total cost of those items can still be captured.

You should assign a per diem charge rule set to each payer plan that uses per diem pricing.


List Maintenance > Per- Diem Charge Rule Set


Where it’s used Patient > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Policy Details tab

List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Billing tab

Note that per diem charge rule sets apply primarily to infusion contracts. Hospice per diems should be set up in the Hospice Charge Rule Set list.

About the per diem charge rule "basis"

A fundamental concept of per diem charge rules is that of "basis." By reading the terms of your contracts, you will likely notice that per diem rates for a given service (therapy) vary based on some aspect of the patient‘s prescription or the way in which it is administered. For example, per diem rates for antibiotic therapy usually vary based on the frequency of administration (Q24H, Q12H, etc.) or duration of therapy (the rate will go down several days into the therapy, after the patient has been trained in its administration). You can set up per diem charge rule sets with one or more bases.

You may only need one set that you can associate with multiple payers. Set up additional sets only when you encounter a payer that bases per diem rates on criteria different than the standard. The pricing for per diems is set up in the payer‘s respective contract.

Tips on setting up per diem charge rule sets

As you build the Per-Diem Charge Rule Set list, consider the following:

Start by building a single, standard per diem charge rule set based on your dominant commercial payer. Set up additional sets only when you encounter a payer that bases per diem rates on criteria different than the standard.

If two payers reimburse different dollar amounts for per diems, they do not necessarily need different per diem charge rule sets. An additional set is required only if the logic for selecting the rate is based on different bases for a given type of service. For example, if one payer determines antibiotic per diem rates based on frequency of administration, and another based on duration of therapy, two different per diem charge rule sets are required.

List Maintenance


If the bases are the same but reimbursement rates are different, set up different contracts.

Always ensure that the Required check box for the per diem charge rule set is selected.

Take advantage of the set's Items tab to have HomecareNet automatically mark charges as being included in or excluded from a per diem. The outlier options for the set are especially useful in finding revenue that might otherwise be overlooked.

Field definitions: New Per-Diem Charge Rule Set screen

First, name your per diem charge rule set and assign the services.


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Per Diem Charge Rule Set.


Description Describes this Per- Diem Charge Rule Set.



Checked: This Per Diem Charge Rule Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Per Diem Charge Rule Set is active.

System Code (View only.) If checked, this is a HomecareNet System Code.

Services grid This grid lists the services for which rules exist within this per diem charge rule set. Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Per-Diem Charge Rule Service screen appears.

Buttons

Copy (Available only for a saved per diem charge rule set.) To copy an existing per diem charge rule set, select the Copy button and then enter a code and description for the new set.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service Screen > header


Per-Diem Charge Rule Set

(View only.) Code and description of this per diem charge rule set.

Service Code (from the Services list) of the service for which this per diem charge rule service applies.

Note: Each entry in the Services grid within a per diem charge rule set must have a unique service code.

Required Are per diems required for this service? Options:

Checked: Per diems are required for this service (recommended setting).

Not checked: Per diems are not required for this service.

This setting takes effect when you generate pharmacy charges and produce claims.

Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service Screen > Basis tab

Within each service that is billed using a per diem, you will begin by assigning the basis. The bases (Catheter, Device Type, Dose Amount, Duration, Frequency, Qualifier, and Route) identify the factors by which per diem charge codes are determined.

Within a per diem charge rule service, each basis must have a unique circumstance (a per diem factoring mechanism). A service may also have an ordered set of circumstances by which it is factored.

Example: If the per diem for a service changes based on the frequency of the primary prescription, then that service is factored by frequency. If the per diem changes based on the frequency and the route of administration, then the service would be factored by two circumstances (Frequency and Route).

You can set up a rule for every possible combination. HomecareNet uses the ordering of the factoring circumstances to select which rule to use when more than one rule matches the circumstances.

List Maintenance



Basis grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Circumstance screen appears.

Priority buttons

Set the importance of the factoring circumstances. This ordering is used to select which rule to use when more than one rule matches the circumstances. The highest-ranked circumstance field has a value of 1, the next highest is 2, etc.

To move a basis to a lower priority, highlight the basis in the grid and then

click .

To move a basis to a higher priority, click .

Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service Screen > Basis tab > Circumstance screen


Circumstance screen Use the Circumstance screen to specify the conditions under which the per diem rate is applicable.

Circumstance (Required.) Description of the per diem factoring mechanism. Options:

Catheter: Type of catheter assigned to the patient‘s service.

Device Type: Type of device assigned to the patient‘s service.

Dose Amount: Ordered amount of the primary component of the primary order for the patient‘s service.

Duration: Number of days that have passed since the admission date of

List Maintenance



the patient‘s service.

Frequency: Administration frequency of the primary order for the service.

Qualifier: Qualifier assigned to the patient‘s policy.

Route: Route of administration of the primary order for the service.

Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service > Rules tab

Use the Rules tab to attach a description, charge code, and period to the service for the charge rule set. Each per diem charge code for the selected service will have its own rule. There may be multiple rules within a service. These rules are based on the circumstances of the patient, prescription, and so forth.


Rules grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Per-Diem Rule screen appears.

Circumstances grid

Code (View only.) Type of circumstance whose rules are being described.

Value (View only.) Code, or minimum and maximum values, of the circumstance whose rules are being described.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service > Rules tab > Per-Diem Rule screen

The Per-Diem Rule screen specifies which charge code will be associated with the per diem charge item. There may be multiple rules within a service based on the circumstances of the patient, prescription, etc. Each rule has a number of circumstance values.


Description Description of this per diem rule.

Charge Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) of the appropriate charge code (based on the Basis) for the per diem charge item.

Period Period on which the per diem charges will be generated. Options:

Rx Service Days: Number of days on which doses are administered, based on the service calendar in Rx Order Entry.

Rx Doses: Number of doses that are provided.

Rx Date Range: Number of days in the Rx's range of service dates.

Rx Service Days, Rx Doses, and Rx Date Range per diems are order-based because they are generated due to the delivery of the primary prescription or supply order for a service. HomecareNet will automatically generate these per diem charges when a packing slip is confirmed (in Module > Orders > Delivery).

Circumstances grid (Available only when a circumstance has been entered on the Basis tab.) This grid displays the conditions under which the per diem rate is applicable for the basis you assigned earlier (on the Basis tab); note that this grid is available only when you have assigned one or more bases.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Circumstance screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service > Rules tab > Per Diem Rule screen > Circumstance screen

Use the Circumstance screen to specify the conditions under which the per diem rate is applicable.


Circumstance (Required.) Basis circumstance for this per diem rule. The options are displayed from the values chosen on the Basis tab and will include one or more of these choices:

Catheter: Type of catheter assigned to the patient‘s service.

Device Type: Type of device assigned to the patient‘s service.

Dose Amount: Ordered amount of the primary component of the primary order for the patient‘s service

Duration: Number of days that have passed since the admission date of the patient‘s service.

Frequency: Administration frequency of the primary order for the service.

Qualifier: Qualifier assigned to the patient‘s policy.

Route: Route of administration of the primary order for the service.

Catheter (Appears only when Circumstance is Catheter.) Description (from the Catheters list) of the catheter.

Device Type (Appears only when Circumstance is Device Type.) Code (from the Devices list) of the type of device.

Minimum Value

(Appears only when Circumstance is Dose Amount or Duration.) Minimum value that the circumstance may have for this to be a match. For a Dose Amount circumstance, this value will be compared to the option you select for Test Against:

Dose amount of the primary drug in an Rx (for TPNs, this is the amino acid)

Total volume of a TPN

<unit of measure>

(Appears only when Circumstance is Dose Amount.) Description (from the Units of Measure list) of the UoM. (For a Duration circumstance, the UoM is view-only and is set to Days or Service Days.)

Maximum (Appears only when Circumstance is Dose Amount or Duration.) Maximum value

List Maintenance



Value that the circumstance may have for this to be a match. For a Dose Amount circumstance, this value will be compared to one of the following:

Dose amount of the primary drug in an Rx

Total volume of a TPN

Frequency (Appears only when Circumstance is Frequency.) Code (from the Administration Frequencies list) of the administration frequency.

Qualifier (Appears only when Circumstance is Qualifier.) Description (from the Qualifiers list) of the qualifier.

Route (Appears only when Circumstance is Route.) Code (from the Administration Routes list) of the administration route.

Test Against

Primary Drug (Appears only when Circumstance is Dose Amount.) Choose this option for all non-TPN services. For per diems that apply to TPNs, select this option if the Dose test should be against the primary drug (amino acid).

TPN Total Volume

(Appears only when Circumstance is Dose Amount.) For per diems that apply to TPNs, select this option if the Dose test should be against the total volume.

Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Service > Items tab

Use the Items tab to specify which charge items are subject to (that is, rolled up into) the per diem or which ones are excluded (that is, charged separately from). This can be done based on the item's charge class or charge code.


Items grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Per-Diem Charge Rule Item screen appears.

Services grid

Charge Classes grid

The three grids at the bottom describe the kinds of items subject to (or excluded from) the highlighted rule.

List Maintenance



Charge Codes grid

Field definitions: Per-Diem Charge Rule Item screen

Each per diem charge rule service defines which charge items for that service will be part of the per diem. You can use the Per-Diem Charge Rule Item screen to specify this based on the charge class or charge code of the charge item. You can also specify outlier information (units/dollars and period) to place limits on the units, dollars, and/or period.

If almost all of your drugs are subject to the per diem rate except for a few (such as amino acids and lipids), you would set up two per diem charge rules. For the first rule, you would enter the charge classes for the drugs that are subject to the per diem rate, and select the Subject to Per-Diem check box. For the second rule, you would enter the charge codes for the drugs that can be billed, and clear the Subject to Per-Diem check box so that these charge items will not be included in the per diem.


Service Types grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Services dialog box appears.

Service Code Code of a service (from the Services list) for which this outlier rule applies.

Charge Classes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Classes dialog box appears.

Charge Class Code of a charge class (from the Charge Classes list) for which this outlier rule applies.


Charge Codes grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Codes dialog box appears.

Charge Code Code of a charge code (from the Charge Classes list) for which this outlier rule applies.


Subject to Per-Diem Options:

List Maintenance



Checked: Charges covered by this rule will be marked as subject to the per diem.

Not checked: Charges covered by this rule will not be marked as subject to the per diem.

Allow Override Options:

Checked: Subject to Per-Diem setting can be overridden for a charge item in the Charges module (recommended setting).

Not checked: Subject to Per-Diem setting cannot be overridden for a charge item in the Charges module.

Outlier Information

Units Limit on the number of units for the charge class or charge code to be subject to the per diem. When this outlier is exceeded, the remaining units will be billed separately from the per diem; a separate charge item is generated.

Dollars Limit on the dollar amount for the charge class or charge code to be subject to the per diem. When this outlier is exceeded, the remaining dollars will be billed separately from the per diem; a separate charge item is generated.

Period Limit applies to a specific period. Options:

Days

Weeks

Months

Calendar Weeks

Calendar Months

List Maintenance


Pharmacy Charge Rule Set

The Pharmacy Charge Rule Set list defines rules for choosing which charge code to use in billing drugs and supplies. Use this list to:

Define a default charge method

Choose to bill TPNs by liters

Define charge method overrides (the conditions under which HomecareNet should use various charge methods)


List Maintenance > Pharmacy Charge Rule Set



Tips on setting up pharmacy charge rule sets

Most payers will follow one of two default charge methods: Actual or HCPCS. Actual is for payers who want you to bill based on the actual sizes of inventory dispensed or used in compounding. HCPCS is for payers who want you to bill in the units of measure defined by HCPCS codes.

Pharmacy charge rule sets enable you to set up exceptions based on Charge Groups. An example is Medicare; Medicare uses the HCPCS method for most drugs (such as chemotherapy, pain management, and lipids), but TPNs (Charge Group = TPN Solutions) should be charged by range of grams of amino acid.

The Range Set list is referenced by Pharmacy Charge Rule Sets for any scenario in which you want HomecareNet to select a different charge code based on a dose or other range. For details about this list, see Range Set list.

Use the matrix below to determine how a payer should be billed for drugs, enterals, and TPNs. Assign the appropriate pharmacy charge rule set to each payer on the Billing tab for the payer plan in the Payers list.

If drugs need to be billed in the exact vial/package size provided to the patient or used in compounding, choose a rule set that uses the Actual rule. If drugs need to be billed based on the unit of measure specified by HCPCS codes (e.g. 250 ml units for Rocephin using HCPCS code J0696), choose a rule set that uses HCPCS.

If TPNs are subject to a per diem for a payer, choose a rule set that generates TPN charges in liters.

If a payer does not fit in one of the following rule sets, contact Mediware for further setup instructions.

Pharmacy Charge Rule Set Code

1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8

Drugs Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual HCPCS (J Code Unit)

HCPCS HCPCS HCPCS

Enteral Cans Cans Calories Calories Calories Cans Cans Calories Calories

TPN Liters Gram Range

Liters Gram Range

Gram Range / Lipids

Liters Gram Range

Liters Gram Range

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Pharmacy Charge Rule Set screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Pharmacy Charge Rule Set.


Description Describes this Pharmacy Charge Rule Set.


Charge TPNs By Liter

Charge base for TPNs. Options:

Checked: All TPN solutions for the payer are charged according to one of the following:

1. The liter, using the charge code specified for the TPN By Liter Charge Code configuration option in the System Administration program.

2. The appropriate charge code specified in the Range Set list.

Not checked: All TPN solutions for the payer are charged based on their grams of amino acid.

Default Charge Method

(Required.) Description (from the Charge Methods list) of the preferred method for selecting charge codes for drug and supply charges. The charge method you select is the default method; you can override it for charge groups in the Charge Method Overrides grid.


Checked: This Pharmacy Charge Rule Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Pharmacy Charge Rule Set is active.


Charge Method Overrides grid

Use this grid to specify the conditions under which HomecareNet should use various charge methods. You do not need to use this grid for payers who consistently use the same pricing method. However, some payers vary their pricing method based on the type of service or drug (a ―charge group‖). You can add one condition for each charge group with a charge method that differs from

List Maintenance



the payer‘s default method.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Charge Method Overrides screen appears.

Buttons

Copy (Available only for a saved Pharmacy Charge Rule Set.) To copy an existing

Pharmacy Charge Rule Set, select the Copy button and then enter a code and description for the new set.

Field definitions: Pharmacy Charge Rule Set > Charge Method Overrides screen


Charge Group (Required.) Code (from the Charge Groups list) of the charge group for which charges should be based on a charge method other than the default.

Charge Method (Required). Description (from the Charge Methods list) of the charge method.

Range Set (Available only when the charge method is Range). Code (from the Range Sets list) of the set of ranges on which the charge is based.

List Maintenance


Phone Number Locations

The Phone Number Locations list represents the location of the phone number recorded in a phone number field.


List Maintenance > Phone Number Locations

You may not add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. Because all list entries are standards defined by HL7, all are System Codes.

Where it’s used This list is used in the definition of all phone numbers for patients, staff, organizations, etc.

Field definitions: Phone Number Location screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Phone Number Location.


Description Describes this Phone Number Location.



Checked: This Phone Number Location has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Phone Number Location is active.


List Maintenance


Phone Number Types

The Phone Number Types list represents types of telecommunication devices for which a number needs to be captured for patients, staff, and external organizations.


List Maintenance > Phone Number Types

You may not add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. Because all list entries are standards defined by HL7, all are System Codes.

Where it’s used This list is used in the definition of all phone numbers for patients, staff, organizations, etc.

Field definitions: Phone Number Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Phone Number Type.


Description Describes this Phone Number Type.



Checked: This Phone Number Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Phone Number Location is active.


List Maintenance


Physician ID Types

The Physician ID Types list represents the identifiers for physicians that are used on claims and pharmacy forms.


List Maintenance > Physician Id Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Physicians > Primary tab > Id Numbers grid

Field definitions: Physician ID Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Physician Id Type.


Description Describes this Physician Id Type.



Checked: This Physician ID Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Physician ID Type is active.


List Maintenance


Physician Roles

The Physician Roles list describes the physician‘s role in a patient‘s care.


List Maintenance > Physician Roles


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab > Physicians grid

Field definitions: New Physician Role screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Physician Role.


Description Describes this Physician Role.



Checked: This Physician Role has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Physician Role is active.


List Maintenance


Physicians

The Physicians list represents the physicians who treat/prescribe for patients referred for your service or who refer patients for home care.


List Maintenance > Physicians


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab > Physicians grid

Field definitions: New Physician > Primary tab


Physician ID (Required.) ID of the physician.


Checked: This Physician has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Physician is active.

Last Name (Required.) Physician‘s last name.

UPIN Enter the physician‘s name (or an *) in the Last Name box and then select the UPIN button to search for this physician‘s UPIN number. The Search for UPIN screen appears. Highlight the desired physician and then choose the Select button. The following boxes are automatically filled:

Last Name

First Name

Middle

Specialty

Degree

ID Numbers grid (The Description, State, and Id Number appear, but you may need to add the Expiration.)

List Maintenance



First Name Physician‘s first name.

Middle Name Physician‘s middle name.

Suffix Suffix (Jr., Sr., III, and so forth) that applies to the physician‘s name.

Salutation Salutation to be used when addressing the physician in correspondence.

Referral type (Required.) Description (from the Referral Types list) of the classification of this physician for reporting purposes. You may simply assign all physicians a single referral type (e.g. ‗Physician‘), or you may set up multiple types, such as to differentiate physicians who are part of an affiliated hospital system from those who are not.

Credentials

Specialty The specialty information appears in the 837 as a taxonomy code.

Degree

ID Numbers grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Physician Id Number screen appears.

Phones grid A collection of phone numbers for the physician.


Number Physician's phone number(s).





Affiliations grid Use this grid to specify a physician‘s address (his or her primary affiliation) and any other organizations to which he or she is affiliated.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Physician Affiliation screen appears.

Email grid A collection of email addresses for the physician.


Email address Physician‘s e-mail address.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Physician > Physician ID Number screen


ID Type Code of this Physician ID type.

State State (from the States list) that issued the ID, if any, in the ID Number field. This especially applies to the Medicaid ID and the DPS number.

ID Number Physician‘s ID number for this physician ID type.

Expiration Date

Expiration date of this ID, if any. This especially applies to license numbers.

Affiliation The organization, if any, to which this ID number applies (from the list of organizations in the Affiliations grid). If a physician practices medicine from more than one location, he may have more than one of a given type of ID.

Field definitions: Physician > Physician Affiliation screen


Org Code (from the Organizations list) of an organization with which this physician is affiliated, other than the one to which he or she is primarily associated. For example, a physician might be primarily associated with his or her group practice, and additionally affiliated with one or more hospitals or clinics. Also, competitive affiliations that the physician has with other home care agencies may be listed here.

Title Physician‘s title or role at the organization listed in the Affiliations grid.

List Maintenance



Primary Is this the organization to which the physician is primarily affiliated? Options:

Checked: This is the organization with which the physician is primarily affiliated.

Not checked: This is not the organization with which the physician is primarily affiliated.

Address (View only.) Organization's address to which this physician is affiliated.

City (View only.) Organization's city to which this physician is affiliated.

State (View only.) Organization's state to which this physician is affiliated.

Zip (View only.) Organization's zip code to which this physician is affiliated.

Country (View only.) Organization's country to which this physician is affiliated.

Field definitions: New Physician > Additional tab


Non Compliance

Alert Has this physician been non-compliant (such as with signing documents on a timely basis)? Options:

Checked: The physician has been non-compliant.

Not checked: The physician has not been non-compliant.

Comments Explanation of the reason for the non-compliance alert (for example, the physician is slow to sign documents).

Comments Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes about this physician.

List Maintenance


Policy Types

The Policy Types list contains types of insurance policies, as defined by CMS.


List Maintenance > Policy Types


Where it’s used

List Maintenance > Payer > select a payer > Plan > Primary tab

837 Professional electronic claims and CMS 1500 paper claims

Field definitions: Policy Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Policy Type.


Description Describes this Policy Type.



Checked: This Policy Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Policy Type is active.


List Maintenance


Price Types

The Price Types list defines types of prices that can be assigned to a Charge Code, such as: List Price, MediSpan AWP, CMS ASP, or Medicare Allowable.


List Maintenance > Price Types


Where it’s used Prices > Charge Codes > General tab > Price/Cost History grid

Field definitions: New Price Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Price Type.


Description Describes this Price Type.


Honor Partial Vials

Prices for this Price Type are generated when you confirm a delivery slip and will calculate for a partial vial if the Payer / Plan is set to Use Partial Vials; otherwise will calculate for a full vial.

Typically applies to AWP prices.

Uses State Prices for this Price Type vary from state to state. Typically applies to CMS allowables.


Checked: This Price Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Price Type is active.


List Maintenance


Product Groups

The Product Groups list assigns a Product Group to Drugs, Supplies, and DME Types and uses these Product Groups in developing custom reports or interfaces.


List Maintenance > Product Groups


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug > Inventory tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply > Inventory tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > DME Type

Field definitions: New Product Group screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Product Group.


Description Describes this Product Group.



Checked: This Product Group has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Product Group is active.


List Maintenance


Programs

The Programs list represents cost centers or special grants for which revenues need to be tracked separately; typically used by home health organizations.

In HomecareNet, revenue is categorized by both service and program. Programs allow analysis of revenue for a specific patient population across many services.


List Maintenance > Programs


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Programs

List Maintenance > Staff > Work/Qualifications tab

Field definitions: New Program screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Program.


Description Describes this Program.



Checked: This Program has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Program is active.


List Maintenance


Provider Information

The Provider Information list represents two types of addresses:

Basic information about any partners or other organizations with whom there are joint venture agreements, and in whose name claims need to be produced.

Lockbox, PO Box, or other addresses to which payers should remit claims.

Note: Both address types may be printed on claims.

HomecareNet automatically adds each site to this list (with *HAI added to the code) so that you can assign provider numbers to sites or to other Provider/Remit To Addresses.


List Maintenance > Provider Information


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > ID Numbers tab > Pro

vider Numbers grid

List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > select a plan > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Provider Information > Primary tab


ID Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Provider Information.


Name Describes this Provider Information.


List Maintenance



Discontinued (View only.) Is this provider discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This provider is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This provider is active.

Organization Type

(View only.) The default type is Provider/Remit to Address.

Referral Type (Required.) Classification of this organization (from the Referral Types list) used for reporting. A referral type may be more specific than an organization type. For example, an organization type may be Provider/Remit to Address, but a referral type may be Payer, Physician, etc.

Service Partner

Options:

Checked: This organization is a service partner (that is, a financial relationship) to your organization.

Not checked: This organization is not a service partner to your organization.

Address Address line of this organization‘s address.

City City of this organization‘s address.

State State (from the States list) of this organization‘s address.

Zip Zip code of this organization‘s address.

Country Country of this organization‘s address.

Email Address grid A collection of email addresses for the provider.


Email Address


Phone Numbers grid A collection of phone numbers for the provider.



Ext Extension for this phone number.




Comments Additional free text about this organization.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Provider Information > Provider Detail tab


Medicaid Locator

Reserved for future use.

NABP Number


Tax ID Tax ID of an alternate provider organization for use on claims.

Billing Signature

Name that should appear on paper claims that are configured to print a signature.

Taxonomy code


EDI Contact Used when reporting the Provided By information on the 837 Professional.

EDI Contact Phone

Phone number assigned to the provider. Used when reporting the Provided By information on the 837 Professional.

SHP Provider ID

The identifier for your company or site as assigned by Strategic Healthcare Programs (SHP).

Used in exporting outcomes data to SHP for Home Infusion.

NPI Number The National Provider ID (NPI) number assigned to this organization.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Provider Information > Contacts tab



Buttons






List Maintenance




Code (Required.) Code of this contact.

Discontinued (View only.) Is this organization contact discontinued (inactive)? Options:

Checked: This organization contact is discontinued (inactive).

Not checked: This organization contact is active.





Contact Info Use the Set Primary button to indicate the primary contact, if applicable.








Email Address grid A collection of email addresses for the contact.


Email Address Organization's e-mail address.

List Maintenance







Type Type of telecommunication device (from the Basis list) to which this phone number is assigned.



Comments Additional free text about this organization.

List Maintenance


Provider Number Types

The Provider Number Types list contains categorizations of identification numbers, as defined by the X12 electronic claim implementation guides. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Provider Number Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers > select a payer > Plans tab > select a plan > ID Numbers tab > Provider Numbers grid

837 Professional and Institutional electronic claims

Field definitions: New Provider Number Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Provider Number Type.


Description Describes this Provider Number Type.



Checked: This Provider Number Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Provider Number Type is active.


List Maintenance


Qualifiers

The Qualifiers list identifies characteristics of a Service (therapy) that would cause a difference in contract pricing, other than those that are already accommodated in Per-Diem Charge Rule Sets (Catheter, Device Type, Dose Amount, Duration, Frequency, and Route). How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Qualifiers



List Maintenance > Per Diem Charge Rule Sets

Field definitions: New Qualifier screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Qualify.


Description Describes this Qualify.



Checked: This Qualifier has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Qualifier is active.


List Maintenance


Race

The Race list contains racial populations to which patients may belong.

(Race differs from Ethnicity in that Race refers to physical characteristics, whereas Ethnicity refers to geography and cultural roots.)


List Maintenance > Race



Field definitions: New Race screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Race.


Description Describes this Race.



Checked: This Race has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Race is active.


List Maintenance


Range Set

The Range Set list is used in pharmacy charge rule sets. A range set defines the minimum and maximum values to be applied when the Charge Method box for a charge method override in a pharmacy charge rule set is set to Range.

Use a range set when you want HomecareNet to select a different Charge Code based on a dose or other range. Examples include grams of amino acid in a TPN, or total liters of a TPN formula.


List Maintenance > Range Set


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Pharmacy Charge Rule Set > Charge Method Overrides grid

Field definitions: New Range Set screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Range Set.


Description Describes this Range Set.


Unit of Measure

(Required.) Unit of measure (from the Units Of Measure list).

Range Basis Indicates whether a patient‘s dose quantity, daily quantity, or per-unit quantity is compared to minimum and maximum values in a range. Options:

(blank)

Day

Dose

Unit


Checked: This Range Set has been discontinued. It is not available for

List Maintenance



selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Range Set is active.




Ranges grid A collection of Charge Codes and the range for which they should be used.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Range Set Detail screen appears.

Field definitions: Range Set Detail screen


Range Charge Method detail

Unit of Measure

(View only.) Selected unit of measure.

Range Basis (View only.) Selected range basis.

Range Minimum and maximum values that define how to create a charge based on a set of ranges, to which the quantity per dose, per day, or per unit dispensed to the patient is compared. Requirements:

Minimum value must be equal to or greater than 0.

Maximum value must be equal to or greater than the low value.

Minimum and maximum values must be integers (whole numbers with no fractional parts).

The range is inclusive. For example, 10–51 includes 10 and 51.

Ranges cannot contain any gaps.

Ranges cannot overlap.

Charge Code Code (from the Charge Codes list) of the charge code to use.

Sell Quantity (View only.) Sell quantity and UoM.

List Maintenance


Referral Cancel Reasons

The Referral Cancel Reasons list represents reasons for which a referred patient is not taken on service. These may be circumstances over which you have control (price requested too low) or do not have control (inadequate insurance coverage).


List Maintenance > Referral Cancel Reasons


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Actions button > Services grid > No-Go button

Field definitions: New Referral Cancel Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Referral Cancel Reason.


Description Describes this Referral Cancel Reason.



Checked: This Referral Cancel Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Referral Cancel Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Referral Status

The Referral Status list contains the Statuses of (or the reasons for) the addition of a patient service.


List Maintenance > Referral Status


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Service > Service tab

Field definitions: New Referral Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Referral Status.


Description Describes this Referral Status.



Checked: This Referral Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Referral Status is active.


List Maintenance


Referral Types

The Referral Types list represents classifications of referral sources to facilitate referral reporting. You can assign referral types at a more detailed level than organization types. For example, if you want to differentiate among payers (an organization type) for referral reporting, you can set up referral types of HMO, PPO, etc. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Referral Types



Field definitions: New Referral Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Referral Type.


Description Describes this Referral Type.




Checked: This Referral Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Referral Type is active.

Equivalent

HL7 The HL7 equivalent for this Referral Type. Options are:

Clinic Referral

Court/Law Enforcement

Emergency Room

HMO Referral

List Maintenance



Information Not Available

Physician Referral

Readmission to Same HHA

Transfer from a Hospital

Transfer from a Skilled Nursing Agency

Transfer from Another Health Care Facility

Transfer from Another HHA

Transfer from Critical Access Hospital

SHP The value from the list of SHP Referral Sources that most closely describes this Referral Type.


Validate Referrer as Controls the behavior of the Referrer field in Patient > Case, and which HomecareNet list it is validated against.

Options are:

Physician

Staff

Organization Contact

None


List Maintenance


Relationships

The Relationships list represents the types of relationships between a patient‘s contacts and the patient, or between a staff‘s contacts and the staff member.


List Maintenance > Relationships


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Contact Info tab

List Maintenance > Staff > Primary tab > Contacts tab

Field definitions: New Relationship screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Relationship.


Description Describes this Relationship.



Checked: This Relationship has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Relationship is active.


List Maintenance


Release of Information

The Release of Information list contains values that describe the level of documentation of a patient‘s consent to release medical information, as defined by the X12 electronic claim implementation guides. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Release of Information




Field definitions: New Release of Information screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Release of Information.


Description Describes this Release of Information.



Checked: This Release of Information record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Release of Information record is active.


List Maintenance


Religious Affiliations

The Religious Affiliations list represents entries to reflect religions with which patients referred for service are affiliated.


List Maintenance > Religious Affiliations



Field definitions: New Religious Affiliation screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Religious Affiliation.


Description Describes this Religious Affiliation.



Checked: This Religious Affiliation has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Religious Affiliation is active.


List Maintenance


Responsibility Rule

The Responsibility Rule list allows you to define:

A set of rules that indicate the biller or collector who is responsible for claims with certain characteristics such as Payer Class, Payer, or Service (User Rules)

A set of rules that indicate the accounts for which each Billing Site is responsible (Site Rules).

When HomecareNet evaluates these rules, it will choose the most specific rule that matches the claim or charge.

The Responsibility Rule list is unique in that it can only have one entry.


List Maintenance > Responsibility Rule


Where it’s used Anywhere charges are generated

Aging Reports

Receivables > A/R Inquiry > Add Note button

Field definitions: Responsibility Rule screen

On each tab, HomecareNet will not permit two rules with identical criteria (Alpha Range, Patients, Services, Sites, Payer Classes, Payers and Plans) to exist in a given Responsibility Rule Set version. Otherwise, you can update or delete rules within a set without restriction.


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Responsibility Rule.


Effective The effective date of this Responsibility Rule

List Maintenance



Version (Available only for a saved Responsibility Rule.) If cloned, the Responsibility Rule version that was cloned to create this Responsibility Rule. Otherwise, shows this version's effective dates.

Thru The end date of this Responsibility Rule

User Rules grid Defines the staff person who is responsible for billing or collecting charge activity with certain characteristics.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Responsibility Rule screen appears.

Site Rules grid Displays a list of Billing Site Codes and Descriptions and the characteristics of charges (Payer Classes, Payers, Plans, Services, Alpha Range, Patients, and Sites) for which each is responsible. Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The New Responsibility Rule screen appears.

Buttons

Clone You can create a new version of an existing Responsibility Rule set by cloning it. This method is useful when your personnel assignments change as of a certain date.

When you clone a Responsibility Rule set a copy of the most recent set is made, including all of its rules. To clone:

1. Select the single entry in the Responsibility Rule list.

2. Ensure that the Thru date is filled in.

3. Click Clone.

Note: The new version's beginning Effective date is one day after the ending date of the version that you are cloning. The effective dates of different versions of the Responsibility Rules cannot overlap.

4. Change the rules for the new version as needed.

5. Click Save.

Copy Makes a copy of a single rule. This is useful, for example, when a given user is both Biller and Collector for the same or a similar set of circumstances.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Responsibility Rule screen (for User Rules)


User ID (Required.) The User ID associated with the employee to whom this Responsibility Rule applies (from the Users list in System Administration).

Staff Role The Staff Role (from the Staff Roles list) of the employees to whom this Responsibility Rule applies. HomecareNet only uses rules that have a Staff Role of Biller or Collector.

Alpha Range (Available if the Patients grid is not filled in.) A range (e.g. A – G) specifying the first letter of the last name of patients for which this user is responsible.

Patients grid (Available if the Alpha Range is not filled in.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Patient screen appears.

Patient The ID of a patient for which this User is responsible.


Service The Code of a Service (from the Services list) for which this User is responsible.

Sites grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Sites screen appears.

Site The Code of a Site (from the Sites list) for which this User is responsible.

Payer Classes grid (Available if the Payers grid is not filled in.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Classes screen appears.

Payer Class The Description of a Payer Class (from the Payer Classes list) for which this User is responsible.

Payers grid (Available if the Payer Classes grid is not filled in.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer screen

List Maintenance



appears.

Payer The Code of a Payer (from the Payers list) for which this User is responsible.

Payer Plans grid (Available if there is at least one value in the Payers grid.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Select Payer Plan(s) screen appears.

Available Plans

Click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more plans for which this User is responsible. Click the right arrow key [ > ] to move them to the Selected Plans grid.

Selected Plans

Lists plans for which this User is responsible.

To remove entries from the grid, click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more plans. Click the left arrow key [ < ] to move them to the Available Plans grid.

Field definitions: New Responsibility Rule screen (for Site Rules)


Billing Site (Required.) The code and description of the Billing Site responsible for the specified Payer Classes, Payers, Plans, Services, Alpha Range and/or Patients.

Charge Batch Description

The description that HomecareNet should assign when creating a Charge Batch under this rule. If none is provided, HomecareNet will assign its own description.

Reevaluate Transfers

Options:

Checked: HomecareNet will use this rule for generating charges. But when a balance is transferred to a secondary payer, HomecareNet will go back to the Responsibility Rules list > Site Rules grid to reevaluate the rules and determine which Billing Site to assign the claim to.

Not checked: HomecareNet will use this rule both for generating charges (to determine the initial Billing Site) and for transferring balances to a

List Maintenance



secondary payer (the balance will remain with the same Billing Site).

Alpha Range (Available if the Patients grid is not filled in.) A range (e.g. A – G) specifying the first letter of the last name of patients for which this Billing Site is responsible.

Patients grid (Available if the Alpha Range is not filled in.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Patient screen appears.

Patient The ID of a patient for which this Billing Site is responsible.


Service The Code of a Service (from the Services list) for which this Billing Site is responsible.

Sites grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Sites screen appears.

Site The Code of a Site (from the Sites list) for which this Billing Site is responsible.

Payer Classes grid (Available if the Payers grid is not filled in.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer Classes screen appears.

Payer Class The Description of a Payer Class (from the Payer Classes list) for which this Billing Site is responsible.

Payers grid (Available if the Payer Classes grid is not filled in.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Payer screen appears.

Payer The Code of a Payer (from the Payers list) for which this Billing Site is responsible.

Payer Plans grid (Available if there is at least one value in the Payers grid.) Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Select Payer Plan(s) screen appears.

Available Plans

Click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more plans for which this Billing Site is responsible. Click the right arrow key [ > ] to move them to the Selected Plans grid.

Selected Plans

Lists plans for which this Billing Site is responsible.

To remove entries from the grid, click (or CTRL-click or SHIFT-click) to highlight one or more plans. Click the left arrow key [ < ] to move them to the Available Plans grid.

List Maintenance


Rx Categories

The Rx Categories list allows you to define categories to be assigned to Rxs for measuring Rx statistics and productivity.


List Maintenance > Rx Categories


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > select an order > Order Data tab

Field definitions: New Rx Category screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Rx Category.


Description Describes this Rx Category.



Checked: This Rx Category has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Rx Category is active.


List Maintenance


Satellite Locations

The Satellite Locations list represents a remote office location that is related to a site, and may directly provide services to patients when directed by the ―parent‖ site. Selected HomecareNet reports can segregate information by satellite location within a site.


List Maintenance > Satellite Locations


Where it’s used Patients > Services > Service Details screen > Service tab

Field definitions: New Satellite Location screen


Satellite Loc ID

Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Satellite Location.


Site ID (Required.) Site (from the Sites list) with which this satellite location is associated. This satellite location may be assigned to a patient‘s services, but only to those that are linked to this site.

Name (Required.) Name of this satellite location.

Address (Required.) Address line of this satellite location‘s address.

City (Required.) City of this satellite location‘s address.

State (Required.) State (from the States list) of this satellite location‘s address.

Zip (Required.) Zip code of this satellite location‘s address.

Country Country of this satellite location‘s address.

Billing Signature

Name that should appear on paper claims that are configured to print a signature.


List Maintenance



Checked: This Satellite Location has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Satellite Location is active.

Email Address grid A collection of email addresses for the location.


Email Address

Satellite Location's e-mail address.

Phones grid A collection of phone numbers for the location.


Number Satellite Location's phone number(s).





Comments Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes about this Satellite Location.

List Maintenance


Scheduling Preferences

The Scheduling Preferences list represents staff characteristics and patient preferences for use in matching staff to patients during automatic visit scheduling.


List Maintenance > Scheduling Preferences


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Profile tab > Other Preferences grid

List Maintenance > Staff > Work/ Qualifications tab > Characteristics grid

Field definitions: New Scheduling Preference screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Scheduling Preference.


Description Describes this Scheduling Preference.



Checked: This Scheduling Preference has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Scheduling Preference is active.


List Maintenance


Service Authorization Exceptions

The Service Authorization Exceptions list details reasons that providers who are required by state law (e.g., New York State Medicaid) to obtain authorization for specific services may perform the service without obtaining the service authorization. The values in this list are defined by the X12 electronic claim implementation guides. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Service Authorization Exceptions


Where it’s used Bills > Search Claims > select a claim > Claim Form tabs > Additional button

837 Professional and 837 Institutional electronic claims

Field definitions: New Service Authorization Exception screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Services Authorization Exception.


Description Describes this Services Authorization Exception.



Checked: This Service Authorization Exception has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Service Authorization Exception is active.


List Maintenance


Service Priorities

The Service Priorities list represents classifications of the severity of a patient‘s need (permits prioritization of visits during severe weather or other emergencies).


List Maintenance > Service Priorities


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Profile tab > Emergency Priority or HHA Emergency Priority field

Field definitions: New Service Priority screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Service Priority.


Description Describes this Service Priority.



Checked: This Service Priority has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Service Priority is active.


List Maintenance


Services

The Services list represents specific types of IV, Home Health, and DME/RT services that an organization provides. This list is a key one, as it sets the standard for pricing and revenue reporting by therapy or discipline.

Note: If you will be producing 485 or Plan of Treatment documents, ensure that any Services to be included are associated with a Line of Business of Home Health / Hospice.


List Maintenance > Services


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Service Details screen >

Service tab



List Maintenance > Payers > Plans tab > Plans grid > Primary tab > Restrictions button > Services tab

Field definitions: New Service screen > Service tab


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Service.


Description Describes this Service.



Checked: This Service has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

List Maintenance



Not checked: This Service is active.

Line of Business

The Line of Business (from the Lines of Business list) to which this Service is associated.

Outcomes Valid Therapy

The value from the list of SHP Therapies that most closely describes this Service.


Require Service Specific Diagnosis

Options:

Checked: You must associate at least one diagnosis code with each patient service of this Service type in order to save the service. Normally this box is checked for home infusion services.

Not checked: You are not required to associate a diagnosis code with each patient service.

Allocated Cost

Your allocated cost (overhead) per therapy day, for use in reporting your total cost to provide this service.

Use your General Ledger system to determine the total overhead allocated to this service for a given year, and divide it by the number of therapy days you provided during that year.

Comments Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes about this Service.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Service screen > Disciplines tab > Disciplines grid


Disciplines grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Discipline screen appears.

Code Code of the Discipline (from the Disciplines list) with which this service is associated.

Buttons

Set Default Use the Set Default button to indicate the default Discipline for the Service. The selected Discipline will be assigned by default to new visits for this Service type.

When you click the Set Default button, a check mark appears in the Default column of the grid.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Service screen > DME tab > Limit DME Billing by Category grid


Limit DME Billing by Category grid

DME Categories for which rental charges should be billed under this Service. Allows you to suppress superfluous DME charges for situations in which a patient has two different systems but only one can be billed (e.g. a liquid oxygen system and a concentrator).

(If you do not assign any DME Categories to a given Service, there will be no limits on which can be billed.) You can assign more than one category.

Module > Charges > Generate DME Charges uses the Limit DME Billing By Category grid as follows:

If the order‘s DME Type does not have a DME Category assigned (in the DME Types list), proceed with generating charges

If the order‘s Service does not have any entries in the Limit DME Billing By Category grid (in the Services list), proceed with generating charges

If the order‘s DME Type has a DME Category assigned and the order‘s Service has one or more entries in the Limit DME Billing By Category grid, proceed with generating a charge only if the order‘s DME Category is among those defined in the Limit DME Billing By Category grid.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The DME Categories screen appears.

DME Categories

The description of a DME Category for which rental charges should be billed under this Service.

List Maintenance


Shifts

The Shifts list contains working shift designations that could be applied to staff members in your agency and associated with charge codes.


List Maintenance > Shifts


Where it’s used Schedules > Search Visits > Search Visits screen > Visit Entry screen > Visit tab

List Maintenance > Staff > Work/Qualifications tab

List Maintenance > Visit Charge Rule Sets > Visit Charge Rules grid > Restrictions grid

Field definitions: New Shift screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Shift.


Description Describes this Shift.



Checked: This Shift has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Shift is active.



List Maintenance


SHP ADR Duration

The SHP ADR Duration list contains durations of effects from adverse drug reactions. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting. The SHP ADR Duration list contains durations of effects from adverse drug reactions. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP ADR Duration

You may not change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list. All are System Codes, and HomecareNet depends on these entries for certain functionality. SHP for Home Infusion will not recognize any entries you add to this list.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > select a service> > Outcomes Events tab > Outcomes Events grid

Field definitions: New SHP ADR Duration screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP ADR Duration.


Description Describes this SHP ADR Duration.



Checked: This SHP ADR Duration has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP ADR Duration is active.


List Maintenance


SHP ADR Severity

The SHP ADR Severity list contains severities of adverse drug reactions. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting. The SHP ADR Severity list contains severities of adverse drug reactions. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP ADR Severity


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > select a service > Outcomes Events tab > Outcomes Events grid

Field definitions: New SHP ADR Severity screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP ADR Severity.


Description Describes this SHP ADR Severity.



Checked: This SHP ADR Severity has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP ADR Severity is active.


List Maintenance


SHP ADR Type

The SHP ADR Type list contains types of adverse drug reactions. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.The SHP ADR Type list contains types of adverse drug reactions. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP ADR TYPE



Field definitions: New SHP ADR Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP ADR Type.


Description Describes this SHP ADR Type.



Checked: This SHP ADR Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP ADR Type is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Catheter Event Types

The SHP Catheter Event Types list contains types of adverse catheter events. This list is used when entering catheter outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.

HomecareNet provides these catheter event types:

Phlebitis: An inflammation of a vein in the absence of purulent drainage. It may be accompanied by pain, erythema, edema, streak formation, and/or palpable cord. It requires removal of the catheter.

Catheter Site or Subcutaneous Tunnel Infection: An inflammation of a catheter site, subcutaneous tunnel/tract, or vein. The presumed diagnosis of infection is made by a physician or verified by culture. The event may be accompanied by pain, erythema, or tenderness over the site or tract; it may or may not be accompanied by purulent drainage.

Primary Blood Stream Infection: An infection with no other site identified. The presumed diagnosis is made by a physician or verified by culture.

Loss of Patency: Any blockage of a catheter significant enough to justify replacement or clearing of the line with a declotting agent. It includes the inability to re-access a vein.


List Maintenance > SHP ADR Catheter Event Types


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Clinical > Profile tab > Catheters grid > select a catheter > Events grid

Field definitions: New SHP Catheter Event Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Catheter Event Type.


Description Describes this SHP Catheter Event Type.



Checked: This SHP Catheter Event Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Catheter Event Type is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Delayed Dose Reason

The SHP Delayed Dose Reason list contains reasons for delayed or missed doses of drugs. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.The SHP Delayed Dose Reason list contains reasons for delayed or missed doses of drugs. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Delayed Dose Reason



Field definitions: New SHP Delayed Dose Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Delayed Dose Reason.


Description Describes this SHP Delayed Dose Reason.



Checked: This SHP Delayed Dose Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Delayed Dose Reason is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Delivery System Brands

The SHP Delivery System Brands list contains brand names of manufacturers of pumps used to deliver drugs into the body. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting. The SHP Delivery System Brands list contains brand names of manufacturers of pumps used to deliver drugs into the body. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Delivery System Brands


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Outcomes Events tab > Outcomes Events grid

Field definitions: New SHP Delivery System Brand screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Delivery System Brands.


Description Describes this SHP Delivery System Brands.



Checked: This SHP Delivery System Brand has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Delivery System Brand is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Diagnosis Method

The SHP Diagnosis Method list contains diagnosis methods used to identify catheter infections. This list is used when entering catheter outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.The SHP Diagnosis Method list contains diagnosis methods used to identify catheter infections. This list is used when entering catheter outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Diagnosis Method



Field definitions: New SHP Diagnosis Method screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Diagnosis Method.


Description Describes this SHP Diagnosis Method.



Checked: This SHP Diagnosis Method has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Diagnosis Method is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Drug Event Types

The SHP Drug Event Types list contains types of adverse drug events. This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.

HomecareNet provides these drug event types:

Adverse Drug Reaction: Any response to a drug that is undesirable, unintended, or unexpected; that occurs at doses normally used in humans for prophylaxis, diagnosis, or therapy (excluding failure to accomplish the intended purpose); and that resulted in one or more of the following:

Required discontinuing a medication or modifying a dose

Caused cardiovascular, respiratory collapse, or death

Caused cognitive deterioration or impairment

Caused life-threatening emergency

Caused hospitalization

Required treatment with a prescription medication

Was determined reportable to the Food and Drug Administration

Medication Error: Any medication delivered or administered that deviates from physician's order. It does not include errors detected before the drug left the pharmacy. It does include errors detected after the patient accepted the delivery, even if the drug was never actually administered to the patient.

Missed Dose: The complete omission of a dose by a nurse, patient or caregiver. It does not include the patient's refusal to take the drug, a clinical decision not to administer drug, if the schedule was adjusted by a pharmacist or physician, or if the dose was given late.


List Maintenance > SHP Drug Event Types



Field definitions: New SHP Drug Event Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Drug Event Type.


Description Describes this SHP Drug Event Type.

List Maintenance





Checked: This SHP Drug Event Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Drug Event Type is active.


List Maintenance


SHP ER/ Hospital Cause Codes

The SHP ER/Hospital Cause Codes list contains service-related events that resulted in a patient's unscheduled hospitalization, or caused a patient to visit an emergency room/urgent care facility. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP ER/ Hospital Cause Codes



Field definitions: New SHP ER/Hospital Cause Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP ER/ Hospital Cause Code.


Description Describes this SHP ER/ Hospital Cause Code.



Checked: This SHP ER/Hospital Cause Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP ER/Hospital Cause Code is active.


List Maintenance


SHP ER/ Hospital Reasons

The SHP ER/Hospital Reasons list contains reasons for a patient's emergency room/urgent care visit or unscheduled hospitalization. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP ER/ Hospital Reasons


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Outcomes Events tab > Outcomes Events grid > Outcomes Events grid

Field definitions: New SHP ER/ Hospital Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP ER/ Hospital Reason.


Description Describes this SHP ER/ Hospital Reason.



Checked: This SHP/ER Hospital Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP/ER Hospital Reason is active.


List Maintenance


SHP INS Phlebitis Rank

The SHP INS Phlebitis Rank list contains Intravenous Nursing Society severity levels for phlebitis. Phlebitis is the inflammation of a vein in the absence of purulent drainage; it may be accompanied by pain, erythema, edema, streak formation, and/or a palpable cord. It requires removal of the catheter.

This list is used when entering catheter outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP INS Phlebitis Rank



Field definitions: New SHP INS Phlebitis Rank screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP INS Phlebitis Rank.


Description Describes this SHP INS Phlebitis Rank.



Checked: This SHP INS Phlebitis Rank has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP INS Phlebitis Rank is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Insufficient Reasons

The SHP Insufficient Reasons list contains reasons why insufficient amounts of supplies or medications were administered to patients. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Insufficient Reasons



Field definitions: New SHP Insufficient Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Insufficient Reason.


Description Describes this SHP Insufficient Reason.



Checked: This SHP Insufficient Reason record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Insufficient Reason record is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Likert Survey Scale

The SHP Likert Survey Scale list contains the point scale that patients use to rate their agreement with the statements on the SHP Patient Satisfaction Survey.


List Maintenance > SHP Likert Survey Scale


Where it’s used Reserved for future use.

Field definitions: New SHP Likert Survey Scale screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Likert Survey Scale.


Description Describes this SHP Likert Survey Scale.



Checked: This SHP Likert Survey Scale record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Likert Survey Scale record is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Medication Error Type

The SHP Medication Error Type list contains types of medication errors. A medication error is any delivered or administered medication that deviates from the physician's order. Medication errors also include errors detected after the patient accepted the delivery, even if the drug was never actually administered to the patient. Medication errors do not include errors that were detected before the drug left the pharmacy.

This list is used when entering drug outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Medication Error Type



Field definitions: New SHP Medication Error Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Medication Error Type.


Description Describes this SHP Medication Error Type.



Checked: This SHP Medication Error Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Medication Error Type is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Patency Loss Reason

The SHP Patency Loss Reason list contains reasons for the blockage of a catheter significant enough to justify replacement or clearing of the line with a declotting agent. It includes the inability to re-access a vein. This list is used when entering catheter outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Patency Loss Reason



Field definitions: New SHP Patency Loss Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Patency Loss Reason.


Description Describes this SHP Patency Loss Reason.



Checked: This SHP Patency Loss Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Patency Loss Reason is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Patient Event Types

The SHP Patient Event Types list contains types of adverse patient events. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.

HomecareNet provides these patient event types:

Unscheduled Hospitalization: Any occurrence of an unscheduled admission to an acute care facility.

ER/Urgent Care Visit: Any occurrence of an emergency room or urgent care facility visit. Do not include if patient is admitted to hospital via the ER (counts as hospitalization).

Noncompliance: Intentional or unintentional failure of patient or caregiver to comply with administering a prescribed therapy, including unavailability of patient or caregiver.

Insufficient Meds or Supplies: Whenever a patient has an insufficient amount of supplies or medications to administered ordered therapies.

Equipment Failure: Mechanical defect or failure (does not include errors in programming equipment).


List Maintenance > SHP Patient Event Types



Field definitions: New SHP Patient Event Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Patient Event Type.


Description Describes this SHP Patient Event Type.



Checked: This SHP Patient Event Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Patient Event Type is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Service Location

The SHP Service Location list describes locations from which services are performed. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Service Location


Where it’s used In exporting outcomes data to Strategic Healthcare Programs

Field definitions: New SHP Service Location screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Service Location.


Description Describes this SHP Service Location.



Checked: This SHP Service Location has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Service Location is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Survey Completed By

The SHP Survey Completed By list contains descriptions of the types of people who are able to provide accurate answers to the questions on the SHP Patient Satisfaction Survey.


List Maintenance > SHP Survey Completed By


Where it’s used Outcomes > Patient Satisfaction Survey

Field definitions: New SHP Survey Completed By screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Survey Completed By.


Description Describes this SHP Survey Completed By.



Checked: This SHP Survey Completed By record has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Survey Completed By record is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Survey Method

The SHP Survey Method list contains the methods your organization uses to collect answers to the questions on the SHP Patient Satisfaction Survey.


List Maintenance > SHP Survey Method


Where it’s used Outcomes > Patient Satisfaction Survey

Field definitions: New SHP Survey Method screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Survey Method.


Description Describes this SHP Survey Method.



Checked: This SHP Survey Method has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Survey Method is active.


List Maintenance


SHP Valid Therapies

The SHP Valid Therapies list contains the therapies that can be prescribed for a patient. This list is used when entering patient outcomes for SHP for Home Infusion™ reporting.


List Maintenance > SHP Valid Therapies


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Services

Field definitions: New SHP Valid Therapy screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this SHP Valid Therapy.


Description Describes this SHP Valid Therapy.



Checked: This SHP Valid Therapy has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This SHP Valid Therapy is active.


List Maintenance


Sites

The Sites list represents branches or locations through which your organization provides patient services or for which your organization generates bills. Many HomecareNet reports can segregate or summarize information by site.

Your contract with Mediware licenses your organization for a specific number of sites. If you are adding sites within the scope of your contract, contact the Customer Support Center. If you wish to license additional sites, contact the Sales department.

The Sites list also enables you to configure pharmacy features by site, including Drug Utilization Review (DUR) settings, and custom headers and footers on packing slips, Mixing Reports, Rx Forms, and Interim Orders.


List Maintenance > Sites


Where it’s used Patients > Case > Referral tab

Patients > Services > Service Details screen > Service tab

All reports

http://www.haihomecare.com/home/cont.cfm

http://www.haihomecare.com/home/cont.cfm

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Sites > Primary tab


Site ID (Required.) ID of this site.

Name (Required.) Name of this site.


Checked: This Site has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Site is active.


Address (Required.) Address of this site.

City (Required.) City in which this site is located.

State (Required.) State (from the States list) in which this site is located.

Zip (Required.) Site‘s zip code.

Country Country in which this site is located.

Email Address grid A collection of email addresses for the site.


Email Address


List Maintenance



Phone Numbers grid A collection of phone numbers for the site.








Remit To Addresses grid

Defines address that should appear on claims. These addresses may vary by the line of business that is being billed.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Site Remit To Address screen appears.

Line of Business

Name of the line of business (from the Lines of Business list).

Address 1 First line of the address that should appear on claims for the specified line of business.

Address 2 Second line of the address that should appear on claims for the specified line of business.

City City of the address that should appear on claims for the specified line of business.

State State of the address that should appear on claims for the specified line of business.

Zip Code Zip code of the address that should appear on claims for the specified line of business.

Country Country of the address that should appear on claims for the specified line of business.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Sites > Additional tab


Tax

Tax ID Site's tax identification number.

Tax Rate Reserved for future use.

Charge Sales Tax


Cert Duration If you provide non-hospice (home health) or hospice services from this site, complete either the Non Hospice or Hospice box. If you provide both services from this site, complete both boxes.

Note: If you do not want HomecareNet to automatically create a certification period when you admit a patient, leave the Non Hospice and Hospice boxes blank.

Non Hospice Number of days for which HomecareNet should create a certification period for each new, non hospice patient.

Hospice Number of days for which HomecareNet should create a certification period for each new, hospice patient. Options:

90-90-30-30

90-90-60-60

The first two periods are for 90 days; subsequent periods are for 30 or 60 days.

General Ledger

Cost Center Identifies a cost center for General Ledger activity for this Site. Used in the SAP

List Maintenance



G/L interface.

Funding Code Identifies a funding code for General Ledger activity for this Site. Used in the SAP G/L interface.

NPI Number The National Provider Identification (NPI) Number for this site.

Warehouse Code (from the Warehouses grid) of the warehouse where drugs, supplies, and DME items are routinely stored.

Medicaid Locator Reserved for future use.

Billing Signature Name that should appear on paper claims that are configured to print a signature.

EDI Contact Used when reporting the Provided By information on the 837 Professional electronic claim.

EDI Contact Phone Used when reporting the Provided By information on the 837 Professional electronic claim.

SHP Provider ID Provider ID number that identifies the site to Strategic Healthcare Programs for outcomes reporting. SHP assigns this number to the site.

SHP Access Code The access code (password) for your company or site as assigned by Strategic Healthcare Programs.


License/ID Numbers grid Defines ID numbers for use in electronic Controlled Substance reporting.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Site License ID Number screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Sites > Additional tab > Site License/ID Number screen


ID Type The type of ID Number. Options:

DEA (Drug Enforcement Agency) Number

State Department of Public Safety (DPS) Number

State License Number

State (Required for DPS and for State License Numbers.) The state (from the States list) that requires / uses this license or ID number.

ID Number The site‘s license or ID number.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Sites > Pharmacy tab


This site is a pharmacy

Options:

Checked: This site is a pharmacy. A user can perform compounding only when he or she is logged on to a pharmacy site.

Not checked: This site is not a pharmacy.

NABP Number

(Available only when the This site is a pharmacy check box is checked.) National Association of Boards of Pharmacy number assigned by NCPDP. A pharmacy uses this number to identify itself to third-party processors.

Phone The phone number for this site, selected from the drop-down list. The list displays all phone numbers from the Phone Numbers grid on the Primary tab.

*Next Rx Number

(Modifiable by Mediware Support only.) Number of the next Rx that is created for a patient in this site.

Pharmacy Site

(Available only when the This site is a pharmacy check box is not checked.) ID (from the Sites list) of the pharmacy site that fills prescriptions on behalf of this site.

Partial Dose Days

Affects Schedule II drugs only. If you dispense a partial quantity of a Schedule II prescription, the balance of the medication must be filled within the number of days specified here. The number of days depends on the state. A value of 0 indicates that no additional fills are permitted.

Partial Dose Fills

Affects Schedule II drugs only. If you dispense a partial quantity of a Schedule II prescription, the balance of the medication must be filled within the number of fills specified here. A value of 0 indicates that no additional fills are permitted.

Allow Options:

List Maintenance



Backdated Rxs

Checked: allows you to ―backdate‖ Rxs, in other words, to enter a past date in the Entered On date field in an Rx order, which, in turn, permits a prior date in the Fill Date field. The user filling the order will be prompted for an Rx number; HomecareNet will not assign one.

Not checked: Does not allow you to enter Rxs for prior dates.

Field definitions: Sites > DUR Setup tab


Site ID: (View only). ID of this site.

Name (View only). Name of this site.

Screening Mode

Enable automatic screening when filling new Rx

Options:

Checked: Automatically performs a DUR screening, in prospective or retrospective mode, each time a new prescription is entered.

Not checked: Does not automatically perform a DUR screening each time a new prescription is entered.

Prospective Performs a DUR screening of drugs in a newly entered Rx against all currently active medications and medical conditions for a variety of potential drug therapy problems.

Retrospective Performs a DUR screening of all drugs against each other.

List Maintenance



Screening Defaults and Filter Levels

Screening Types:

Drug / Drug Interaction

Searches for any interactions between each drug and other drugs the patient may be taking.

Drug / Food Interaction

Searches for any cautions about use of each drug and food products.

Drug / Alcohol Interaction

Searches for any cautions about use of each drug and alcoholic beverages.

The following filters are available for the Drug / Drug Interaction, Drug / Food Interaction, and Drug / Alcohol Interaction types.

Med Profile: Options:

Checked: Screen for interactions of this type in the medication profile.

Not checked: Do not screen for interactions in the medication profile.

New Rx: Options:

Checked: Screen for interactions of this type when creating an Rx.

Not checked: Do not screen for interactions when creating an Rx.

Severity: Potential clinical consequences of the interaction. Choose a value to limit screening results:

None

Minor (includes Minor, Moderate, Major)

Moderate (includes Moderate and Major)

Major (includes Major only)

Onset: Time in which the clinical effects of the interaction are expected to occur. Choose a value to limit screening results:

None

Delayed (includes Delayed and Rapid)

Rapid (includes Rapid only)

Documentation Level: Assessment of how well the interaction is documented in the literature. Options:

Doubtful/Unknown (includes all five levels)

Possible (includes Possible, Suspected, Probable, and Established)

Suspected (includes Suspected, Probable, and Established)

Probable (includes Probable and Established)

Established (includes Established only)

Screening Types:

Prior Adverse Reaction

Searches for any prior adverse reactions. The following filters are available:


Checked: Screen for prior adverse reactions in the medication profile.

Not checked: Do not screen for prior adverse reactions in the medication

List Maintenance



profile.

New Rx: Options:

Checked: Screen for prior adverse reactions when creating an Rx.

Not checked: Do not screen for prior adverse reactions when creating an Rx.

Dose Range Check

Searches for doses that fall outside the recommended minimum and maximum daily dosage units, and the maximum individual dosage units.


Checked: Screen for dose ranges in the medication profile.

Not checked: Do not screen for dose ranges in the medication profile.

New Rx: Options:

Checked: Screen for dose ranges when creating an Rx.

Not checked: Do not screen for dose ranges when creating an Rx.

Medical Condition Check

Searches for medical conditions that may cause an interaction with this patient's medication.


Checked: Screen for medical conditions in the medication profile.

Not checked: Do not screen for medical conditions in the medication profile.

New Rx: Options:

Checked: Screen for medical conditions when creating an Rx.

Not checked: Do not screen for medical conditions when creating an Rx.

The following filters are available for the Medical Condition Check option:

Management Level: Relative significance ranking based upon the severity of the precaution and the necessity of the drug. Choose a value to limit screening results:

Informational (includes all five levels)

Use Caution (includes Use Caution, Extreme Caution, Not Recommended, and Contraindicated)

Extreme Caution (includes Extreme Caution, Not Recommended, and Contraindicated )

Not Recommended (includes Not Recommended and Contraindicated)

Contraindicated (includes Contraindicated only)

Proxy Condition: Code that indicates the patient is taking a drug to manage a particular condition. Choose a value to limit screening results:

Certain: Considered to be the primary indication for the drug.

Do Not Include

Somewhat Certain: Considered to be the primary indication for the drug.

Patient Education Monograph

Searches for patient education monographs for drugs in the Med Profile. Options:

Checked: Search for patient education monographs in the medication profile.

Not checked: Do not search for patient education monographs in the medication profile.

DUR Screening The DUR screening results (Module > Patients > selected patient > Patient menu

List Maintenance



NO_DATA Actions grid > Medication Profile > DUR Screening) automatically hide messages with a MSG TYPE of ―Data Not Available‖. Each of these messages indicates that the item was not screened because there is ―No clinical information available for this item.‖

Use this grid to override this behavior on a drug-by-drug basis. You may choose to Show or Omit the ―Data Not Available‖ messages.


Drug The code of the drug (from the Drug list) for which to override DUR screening behavior.

Action Options:

Show: HomecareNet should show the DUR screening results for the selected drug. Use this when there is a drug for which MediSpan does not contain screening data, because you‘ll want your pharmacists to look up the drug in another reference. Examples of such drugs (as reported by HomecareNet customers) are cefepime and daptomycin.

Omit: HomecareNet should exclude the DUR screening results for the selected drug from the results displayed to the user. Use this for innocuous drugs such as sodium chloride when you don‘t want any messages at all to be in the screening results, even if they are hidden.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Sites > Layouts tab


Delivery Slip Layout grid Use the Delivery Slip Layout grid to customize the standard header and footer information on packing slips, and to print extra pages of text before or after each packing slip.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Delivery Slip Layout screen appears.

Mixing Report Layout grid Use the Mixing Report Layout grid to customize the standard header and footer information on Mixing Reports, and to print extra pages of text before or after each report.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Mixing Report Layout screen appears.

Rx Form Layout grid Use the Rx Form Layout grid to customize the standard header and footer information on Rx Forms, and to print extra pages of text before or after each form.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Rx Form Layout screen appears.

Interim Order Layout grid Use the Interim Order Layout grid to customize the standard header and footer information on Rx Forms, and to print extra pages of text before or after each form.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Interim Order Layout screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Sites > Layouts tab > Delivery Slip, Mixing Report, Rx Form, and Interim Order layout screen


Type Specifies where the text will print. Options (will vary depending on form):

First Page Header: Text will print in the header of the first page

All Pages Header: Text will print in the header of all pages

First Page Footer: Text will print in the footer of the first page

Last Page Footer: Text will print in the footer of the last page

All Pages Footer: Text will print in the footer of all pages

Extra Page(s) at the beginning: One or more pages will print at the beginning

Extra Page(s) at the end: One or more pages will print at the end

Note: The number of extra pages that print depends on the number of lines of text you enter in the Text box. (For example, some printers will print 66 lines of text on one page.)

Note: You can assign a type only once.

Text Text that will print in the header or footer on the form.

For the Rx Form only, you can also enter variables that print specific information about a patient, Rx order, and/or physician. For example, suppose you selected First Page Header in the Type box and then entered this information in the Text box:

Name: &002, &003 &004.

If the patient's name is John L. Smith, the following text will print in the header:

Name: Smith, John L.

See the Configuring an Rx Form HomecareNet Ideas document for more information.

# of Lines (View only.) Number of lines of text entered in the Text box.

List Maintenance


Skills

The Skills list represents special abilities that a staff member may have in addition to those that are universally required and that may be required by patients.


List Maintenance > Skills


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > Service Details screen >

Assigned Staff tab > Skills grid

List Maintenance > Staff > Disciplines/ Skills tab

Field definitions: New Skill screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Skill.


Description Describes this Skill.


Disciplines Discipline associated with this Skill (from the Disciplines list).



Checked: This Skill has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Skill is active.


List Maintenance


Sources of Payment

The Sources of Payment list represents general sources of payment (not the actual payer) of claims for electronic claims submissions, as defined by CMS.The Sources of Payment list represents general sources of payment (not the actual payer) of claims for electronic claims submissions, as defined by CMS.


List Maintenance > Sources of Payment


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Payers

Field definitions: Sources of Payment screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Source of Payment.


Description Describes this Source of Payment.



Checked: This Source of Payment has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Source of Payment is active.


List Maintenance


Specialties

The Specialties list represents areas of medicine in which a physician may specialize.

The contents of this list are healthcare standards defined by HL7, with some additional values provided by Strategic Healthcare Programs.


List Maintenance > Specialties

The contents of this list are healthcare standards defined by HL7, with some additional values provided by Strategic Healthcare Programs. You can add, delete, or change the contents.

Where it’s used List Maintenance > Physicians > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Specialty screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Specialty.


Description Describes this Specialty.


Taxonomy Code

The taxonomy code associated with this Specialty (from the Taxonomy Code list).



Checked: This Specialty has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Specialty is active.


List Maintenance


Staff

The Staff list contains entries for all staff (employees, contractors, or volunteers) who visit your patients. It also contains entries for all pharmacy staff.


List Maintenance > Staff


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab > Staff grid

Field definitions: New Staff > Primary tab


Staff Id (Required.) Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Staff.


Salutation Salutation to be used when addressing this staff member in correspondence.

First Name Staff member‘s first name

Middle Staff member‘s middle name

Preferred

Does the staff member prefer to use his or her middle rather than his or her first name? Options:

Checked: Communication addressed to the staff member uses the middle name.

Not checked: Communication addressed to the staff member does not use the middle name.

List Maintenance



Last Name (Required.) Staff member‘s last name. You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use a master list.

Suffix Suffix (Jr., Sr., III, and so forth) that applies to the staff member‘s name.

Staff Type (Required.) Type (from the Staff Types list) of staff member (employee, contracted, or volunteer).

Birth Staff member‘s birth date.

SSN Staff member‘s social security number.

Gender (Required.) Staff member‘s gender (from the Gender list).

Hire Date Date on which this staff member was hired.

Start Date Date on which this staff member first reported for work.

Terminate Note: When you search for a staff member on the List Maintenance screen, his or her status (active or inactive [discontinued]) appears in the list below the Search Criteria section on that screen. The status works in conjunction with the Terminate date on the Staff > Primary tab.

Citizenship

Citizen Is this staff member a citizen of the United States? Options:

Checked: Staff member is a citizen of the U.S.

Not checked: Staff member is not a citizen of the U.S.

Proof of Citizenship

If this staff member is a citizen of the U.S., has the staff member provided proof of U.S. citizenship? Options:

Checked: Staff member has provided proof of U.S. citizenship.

Not checked: Staff member has not provided proof of U.S. citizenship.

Work Permit Date on the work permit (if any) provided by this staff member.

Address (Required.) Staff member‘s street address.

City (Required.) City in which this staff member is located.

State (Required.) State (from the States list) in which this staff member is located.

Zip (Required.) Staff member‘s zip code.

Country Country in which this staff member is located.

Email Grid A collection of email addresses for the staff member.


Email Address

Staff member‘s e-mail address.

Phone / Comments tab

A collection of phone numbers for the staff member.


Number Staff member‘s phone number.

Ext. Staff member‘s phone number extension.

Type

Type of telecommunication device (from the Phone Number Types list) to which this phone number is assigned.

List Maintenance



Location

Location or use of this phone number (from the Phone Number Locations list).


Comments Additional free text you may have about this phone number.

Contacts tab Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add/Update Staff Contact screen appears.

(View only.) Code and name of staff member.


Checked: This contact has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This contact is active.


Relationship The contact‘s relationship (from the Relationships list) to the staff member.



Last Name Contact‘s last name.

Suffix Suffix (Jr., Sr., III, and so forth) that applies to the contact‘s name.

Address Contact‘s address.

City Contact‘s city.

State Contact‘s state.

Zip code Contact‘s zip code.

Country Country in which this contact is located.

Comments Additional free text you may have about this staff member.

Contacts tab / Email grid A collection of email addresses for the contact.


Email Address

Contact‘s e-mail address.

Contacts tab /

Phone grid

A collection of phone numbers for the contact.


Number Contact‘s phone number.

Ext. Contact‘s phone number extension.

Type


Location



List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Staff > Work / Qualifications tab


Organization Code (from the Organizations list) of the organization for which this staff member works, or that coordinates her volunteer time, if she is not an employee.

Site Code (from the Sites list) of the site for which this staff member most often works.

Payroll

Payroll Group Description (from the Payroll Group list) to which this staff member is assigned.

Shift Description (from the Shifts list) of this staff member‘s normal working shift.

Employment Id

ID that your organization has assigned to this staff member.

Work Assignment

Department Description (from the Departments list) of the area of the business in which this staff member is employed. For example, nursing, administration, accounting, or finance.

Program Description (from the Programs list) of the program in which this staff member most often works.

Team Description (from the Teams list) of the geographic or functional staff team that provides service to patients.

Productivity

Emp Class Description (from the Employment Classes list) of this staff member‘s class, such as full time or part time.

Time Std Staff member‘s usual billable hours worked per week.

List Maintenance



Prod Std Staff member‘s usual billable hours worked per year.

Licenses/ Certifications grid

Licenses (e.g. a professional license or driver‘s license) and certifications (e.g. CPR certification) that this staff member has obtained.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add/Update License/Certification screen appears.

License/ Certification Type

(Required.) Code (from the License Certification Types list) of the type of license or certification this staff member holds.

State Code

The state (from the States list) that issued the license or certification.

Number License or certification number corresponding to the type.

Effective Date Effective date, if this license or certification has one.

Exp Date Expiration date, if this license or certification has one.

Languages grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add/Update Language screen appears.

Language

Description (from the Languages list) of the language that this staff member speaks.

Degree Notes Free-form text field for Higher education degree(s) this staff member has achieved.

Characteristics grid Special characteristics that this staff member possesses, to be matched with patients who need or prefer certain characteristics. Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Preference screen appears.

Preference

Description (from the Scheduling Preferences list) of a scheduling preference for this staff member.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Staff > Disciplines / Skills tab


Disciplines grid The type of work that this staff member is qualified to perform. You must choose a primary discipline.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Discipline screen appears.

Discipline

(Required.) Description (from the Disciplines list) of the type of work that this staff member is qualified to perform.

Primary

(View only.) Discipline under which this staff member most often performs patients' visits. You must assign a primary discipline. Options:

Checked: This is this staff member‘s primary discipline.

Not checked: This is not this staff member‘s primary discipline.

Skills grid Special skills that this staff member has, in addition to those minimally required, to be matched with patients who require those skills.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Search for Skills screen appears. Search for and highlight a skill to assign to the staff member, and click Select.

Buttons

Set Primary

Highlight the Discipline under which this staff member most often performs patients' visits and click Set Primary.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Staff > Mobile tab

Defines parameters for HomecareNet to use when determining which patient records to send to this staff member‘s HomecareNet Mobile Clinician device.


Teams grid The Team(s) for which this staff member works; patients assigned to one of these teams and to one or more Services in the Services grid will be sent to his or her mobile device.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Search for Skills screen appears.

Team

(Required.) Description (from the Teams list) of the team for which this staff member works.

Services grid The Service(s) which this staff member performs; patients assigned to one of these services and to one or more teams in the Teams grid will be sent to his or her mobile device.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Search for Skills screen appears.

Service

(Required.) Description (from the Services list) of the service which this staff member performs.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Staff > User Defined tab


Labels 1 through 5 Label 1 through Label 5 are user defined fields that are specified for the Staff group on the User Defined Fields tab in Module > Configuration > Configuration Options (located in the System Administration application).

List Maintenance


Staff Reasons

The Staff Reasons list represents reasons why a staff member should or should not be selected to provide services to a patient.


List Maintenance > Staff Reasons


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Services > select a service > Assigned Staff tab > Staff grid

Field definitions: New Staff Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Staff Reason.


Description Describes this Staff Reason.


Do Not Send If selected, this is a reason that you might not want to send a particular staff person to visit a patient.

Preferred If selected, this is a reason that you might particularly want to send a particular staff person to visit a patient.



Checked: This Staff Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Staff Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Staff Roles

The Staff Roles list represents a staff member‘s possible roles in relation to a patient.


List Maintenance > Staff Roles


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab > Staff grid

Field definitions: New Staff Role screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Staff Role.


Description Describes this Staff Role.



Checked: This Staff Role has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Staff Role is active.


List Maintenance


Staff Statuses

The Staff Statuses list is used to define the status of staff members.


List Maintenance > Staff Statuses


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff

Field definitions: New Staff Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Staff Status.


Description Describes this Staff Status.



Checked: This Staff Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Staff Status is active.


List Maintenance


Staff Types

The Staff Types list represents the types of staff used by your agency.


List Maintenance > Staff Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Staff Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Staff Type.


Description Describes this Staff Type.



Checked: This Staff Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Staff Type is active.


List Maintenance


Standard Care Plans

The Standard Care Plans list defines Care Plan templates that you build and store for use with patients, similar to Standard Orders. Each Standard Care Plan may be just a drug-specific or problem-specific portion of what will become a comprehensive Patient Care Plan.

You build a Standard Care Plan by adding Problems, Goals, and Interventions in a hierarchy:

Each Standard Care Plan must contain one or more Problems.

Each Problem must contain one or more Goals.

Each Goal must contain one or more Interventions The Problems, Goals and Interventions appear in a grid that shows the Goal(s) that apply to each Problem and the Intervention(s) that apply to each Goal.

For example, the illustration below shows a Standard Care Plan with three defined Problems. The first Problem has one Goal and one Intervention for the Goal. The second Problem has two Goals: the first Goal has two Interventions and the second has one Intervention. The third Problem in the Care Plan has an Undefined Goal and Intervention.

If you save the Standard Care Plan without the hierarchy completed, HomecareNet will automatically add ―Undefined‖ to appropriate parts of the Plan so that you can complete it at a later time. For example, if you add a Problem and a Goal without an Intervention the Intervention will be automatically added as ―Undefined‖.


List Maintenance > Standard Care Plans


Before you can build a Standard Care Plan, you must set up Standard Care Plan Problems, Standard Care Plan Goals, and Standard Care Plan Interventions in List Maintenance.

Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Care Plan

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard Care Plan screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Care Plan.


Description Describes this Standard Care Plan.


Problems/ Goals/ Interventions grid

A collection of problems, along with their goals and interventions, that comprise this standard care plan.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Standard Care Plan Problem screen appears.


Checked: This Standard Care Plan has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Care Plan is active.


List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard Care Plan screen > Standard Care Plan Problem


Problem (Required.) Code (from the Care Plan Problems list) of a problem that a patient for whom you use this Standard Care Plan may have.

Problem Text (View only.) Description (from the Care Plan Problems list) of this problem.

Goals and Interventions grid

A collection of goals and interventions associated with this problem.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Standard Care Plan Goal screen appears.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard Care Plan screen > Standard Care Plan Goal


Goal (Required.) Code (from the Care Plan Goals list) of a clinical goal that you may have to resolve a problem for a patient for whom you use this Standard Care Plan.

Goal Text (View only.) Description (from the Care Plan Goals list) of this goal.

Interventions grid

A collection of interventions associated with this goal.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Standard Care Plan Intervention screen appears.

Field definitions: New Standard Care Plan screen > Standard Care Plan Intervention

List Maintenance



Intervention (Required.) Code (from the Care Plan Interventions list) of a standard clinical intervention to be performed in pursuit of a Goal for a patient for whom you use this Standard Care Plan.

Intervention Text

(View only.) Description (from the Care Plan Interventions list) of this intervention.

Standard Directions

Not Used.

List Maintenance


Standard Order Group Types

The Standard Order Group Types list categorizes the standard order groups to provide additional filtering options when searching for the appropriate template to use for a patient.


List Maintenance > Standard Order Group Types


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > New Pharmacy Order > Use Standard Orders

Field definitions: New Standard Order Group Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Order Group Type.


Description Describes this Standard Order Group Type.



Checked: This Standard Order Group Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Order Group Type is active.


List Maintenance


Standard Order Groups

The Standard Order Groups list defines groups of orders that can be re-used and modified for individual patients. HomecareNet enables you to create standard orders to quickly generate Rx, supply, and DME orders for patients. You can add these standard orders to Standard Order Groups, which consist of one or more standard orders that are often provided together. These standard order groups — you might think of them as standard delivery slips — can be re-used and modified for different patients.


List Maintenance > Standard Order Groups


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders > New button > check the Use Standard Orders checkbox

Field definitions: New Standard Order Group screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Order Group.


Description Describes this Standard Order Group.


Service The Service (from the Services list) for which this Standard Order Group is typically used. You can search by this value when searching for a Standard Order Group to use for a patient order.

List Maintenance



Route The Route (from the Administration Routes list) for which this Standard Order Group is typically used. You can search by this value when searching for a Standard Order Group to use for a patient order.

Device The Device (from the Devices list) for which this Standard Order Group is typically used. You can search by this value when searching for a Standard Order Group to use for a patient order.

Type A user-defined categorization (from the Standard Order Group Types list) for this Standard Order Group is typically used. You can search by this value when searching for a Standard Order Group to use for a patient order.


Checked: This Standard Order Group has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Order Group is active.

Standard Orders grid A collection of orders that comprise this standard order group.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add Standard Orders screen appears.

Standard Order

The Code of the standard order (from the Standard Rx Orders, Standard TPN Orders, Standard Supply Orders, or DME Types list) to include in this group.

Order Type (View only.) The type of order chosen above. Options: Rx, TPN, Supply, DME.

Buttons

Assign Primary

Highlight the most significant Order in the group and click Assign Primary. The primary order is usually an Rx containing the primary drug prescribed by the patient's physician. In the case of enteral or catheter care patients, the primary order may be a supply order.

List Maintenance


Standard Place of Service

The Standard Place of Service list represents the types of locations at which you may administer service to a patient. These codes are used on many paper and electronic claim forms.


List Maintenance > Standard Place of Service



Patients > select a patient > Patient > Service > Service tab

Field definitions: Standard Place of Service screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Place of Service.


Description Describes this Standard Place of Service.



Checked: This Standard Place of Service has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Place of Service record is active.


List Maintenance


Standard PO

The Standard PO list offers templates of items that are typically ordered on a regular basis from a given vendor. These templates can be copied and modified when creating a new Purchase Order.


List Maintenance > Standard PO


Where it’s used Materials > New Purchase Order > Line Items tab > Use Std PO button

Field definitions: New Standard PO > Header tab


Order

PO Number Not available. (Used only for vendor purchase orders.)

Description Describes this Standard Purchase Order.


Ship Method The manner (from the Delivery Methods list) in which the vendor is requested to ship the ordered goods.

Discount % Discount percentage, if any, that applies to the order. Defaults from the Vendor list.

Tax % The tax rate, if any, that is applicable when purchasing from this vendor. Used in calculating taxes on each line item. Defaults from the Vendor list.

Vendor

Vendor (Required.) The organization (from the Vendors list) from whom goods will be ordered on purchase orders created from this Standard PO.

List Maintenance



Credit Limit (View only.) The credit limit extended by the vendor. For reference only.

Payment Terms

(View only.) Free text description of any special payment terms agreed to by the vendor. This text appears on the printed Purchase Order.

Lead Time (View only.) The number of days it takes to receive inventory from the vendor after issuing the PO. This value is used in the calculation of the Required Date when you create a Purchase Order for this vendor.

Discount % (View only.) The percentage of any discount offered by the vendor. It can be overridden on any given PO and is used in calculating discounts on each line item.

Tax % (View only.) The tax rate, if any, that is applicable when purchasing from this vendor. It can be overridden on any given PO and is used in calculating taxes on each line item.

Discount Days (View only.) If a discount is offered, the number of days by which the payment must be made (e.g. the 15 days in ―2% in 15 days, net 30‖).

Net Days (View only.) The number of days by which the payment must be made, whether or not a discount is taken (e.g. the 30 days in ―2% in 15 days, net 30‖).

Comment Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes.

Field definitions: New Standard PO > Shipping Tab

List Maintenance



Ship To

Warehouse (Required.) The warehouse (from the Warehouses list) for which goods will be ordered under purchase orders created from this Standard PO.

Select Address

The location (from the Organizations list) to which ordered goods should be shipped.

Name The name of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Address Line 1

The first line of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Address Line 2

The second line of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Address Line 3

The third line of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

City The city of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

State The state of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Zip The zip code of the Ship-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Invoice To

Select Address

The location (from the Organizations list) to which invoices for ordered goods should be sent.

Name The name of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Address Line 1

The first line of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Address Line 2

The second line of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Address Line 3

The third line of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

City The city of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

State The state of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Zip The zip code of the Invoice-To address, from the Organizations list. Override it if needed.

Same as shipping

If checked, the contents of the Ship-To address fields are copied to the Invoice-To address fields.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard PO > Line Items tab


Line Items grid A collection of items to include in the standard purchase order. A red exclamation point (!) next to a line item‘s Order Price indicates that the line item‘s cost requires supervisory approval.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add New Line Item screen appears.

Total Items The number of line items assigned to the Standard PO.

Cost The sum of the Order Price column for all line items.

Discount at __ %

The total discount expected. Calculated as the Discount % on the Header tab times the Cost.

Tax at __ % The total sales tax incurred. Calculated as the Tax % on the Header tab times the Cost.

The sum of the Order Price column for all line items, minus Discount and Tax. A red exclamation point (!) indicates that the purchase order‘s cost requires supervisory approval.

Buttons

Generate Not available. (Used only for vendor purchase orders.)

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard PO > Line Items tab > Add New Line Item screen


Type The type of item that is being added to the PO: Drug, Supply, DME, or Not Stocked. Check more than one of Drug, Supply, and DME to search multiple lists simultaneously.

Choose Not Stocked to type in information about the items you will order instead of choosing them from a list.

Vendor (View only.) The organization (from the Vendors list) from whom goods will be ordered on purchase orders created from this Standard PO.

Barcode The Barcode (from the Drug, Supply, or DME Type list) of the item to be ordered. Use this field to search if you have the item nearby. Scan its barcode while your cursor is in the Barcode field.

Stock The code (from the Drug, Supply, or DME Type list) of the item to be ordered. Use this field to search if you do not have the item or a barcode scanner available.

On Hand (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) Current ―quantity on hand‖ that indicates the level of inventory that is currently available in this warehouse.

Committed (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) Total of commitments for this item in open compounding sessions and unconfirmed delivery slips.

On Orders (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) Total of all open quantities on all Pos for this item.

List Maintenance



Stock UoM (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) The Stock Quantity and Unit of Measure from the Drug or Supply list.

Stock Price (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) The Standard, Average, or Last Acquisition Cost from the Drug or Supply list.

Reorder Point (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) Minimum quantity of stock units of this drug that should be kept on hand at all times.

Fill Point (View only. Applies to drugs and supplies only.) Desired maximum quantity for this drug, specified in terms of the stock unit.

Vendor Offers (Required.) The purchase unit (catalog number and unit of measure) in which to place the order.

If more than one ―vendor offer‖ exists, select one from the list (e.g. Case of 24). When you select a Vendor Offer, the Price field is updated to show the price from the Vendors tab in the Drug or Supply list.

Purchase Order Line Item Fields

Catalog The Catalog number from the ―Vendor Offer‖ in the Vendor Data tab of the Drug or Supply list, or the Vendors/Purchase Units grid in the DME Type list. Override it if needed.

NDC The National Drug Code number from the Drug or Supply list. Override it if needed.

Barcode Not used.

Item Description

The Description from the Drug, Supply or DME Type list. Override it if needed.

Or, if you are ordering a Not Stocked item, type the description.

Order Quantity

The number of units of the ―Vendor Offer‖ being ordered.

(order unit of measure)

(View only.) The number of stock units in the package size in which this vendor sells the item, from the Package Quantity in the Vendor Data tab of the Drug or Supply list, or the Vendors/Purchase Units grid in the DME Type list.

Of (View only.) A description of the purchase unit package, from the Per value in the Vendor Data tab of the Drug or Supply list, or the Vendors/Purchase Units grid in the DME Type list.

Price Used Options:

CATALOG: the Price field contains the catalog price from the ―Vendor Offer‖

ENTERED: you typed a value into the Price field

STANDARD: the value in the Price field is the drug or supply item‘s Standard Cost

ACQUISITON: the value in the Price field is the drug or supply item‘s – or DME Type‘s – Last Acquisition Cost

Price The price you expect to pay per purchase unit of this item, times the Order Quantity value.

If a Vendor Offer is selected, the Price defaults from the Cost in the Vendor Data tab of the Drug or Supply list, or the Vendors/Purchase Units grid in the DME Type list.

List Maintenance



Otherwise:

For Drug and Supply items, if HomecareNet is configured to use Standard Cost, the Price defaults to the Standard Cost in the Drug or Supply list.

For DME Items, or when the configured costing method is something other than Standard, the Price defaults to the Last Acquisition Cost.

The actual value will be factored by the amount in the purchase quantity field. So, if the Last Acquired Cost or Standard Cost amount is $5.00, and the catalog purchase quantity is 24, then the purchase price will be defaulted to 120.00 (24 x 5). An indicator will be displayed on the screen when the Cost field in the Vendor tab is empty and another cost is used in its place.

You can override the calculated value if needed.

Free Form Reference

Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes.

Buttons

Show Other Vendors An item may have more than one offering fom a Vendor. For this reason a grid will be displayed with offers. There is a button that will search for other Vendors‘ offers on the item, and display them in a separate grid for comparison, but in non-editable mode.

Save Price Creates a new Vendor Offer entry (in the Drug or Supply list > Vendors tab > Vendors/Purchase Units grid or DME Type > Vendors/Purchase Units grid) using the information you‘ve entered in the Standard PO. When you click Save Price, you will be prompted for an effective date for the price entry.

Add button After completing the Add New Component dialog box, click Add. Continue adding supplies as necessary.

Quit button When finished adding components, click Quit.

List Maintenance


Standard Rx Orders

The Standard Rx Orders list contains the common drug order templates that can be copied and modified for individual patients.


List Maintenance > Standard Rx Orders


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Standard Order Groups

Field definitions: New Standard Rx Order > header


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Rx Order.


Description Describes this Standard Rx Order.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a ―?‖. See To use a master list.

Site (View only.) The Site (from the Sites list) from which this standard order was created.

Note: This value does not limit the Sites that can see the standard order.

Track Outcomes

Specifies whether data about this Rx will be included in SHP for Home Infusion™ outcomes. Options:

Checked: Information about this Rx will be exported to SHP.

Not checked: Information about this Rx will not be exported to SHP.


Checked: This Standard Rx Order has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Rx Order is active.

TPN (View only.) This box will remain unchecked, indicating that orders in the Standard Rx Orders list are not TPN orders.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard Rx Order > Order Data tab


Max # Refills Maximum number of refills allowed. The default depends on whether this Rx contains a controlled substance:

Not classified — The lesser of:

Max Refills default configuration option

Maximum refills assigned to the payer/plan

999

Class 3, 4, 5 — The lesser of:


5

Class 2 — The greater of:

Partial Dose Fills assigned to the site in which this order is being filled

0 (zero)

Supply orders — The lesser of:


999

The Max Refills default configuration option is located on the Orders tab in Module > Configuration > Configuration Options in the System Administration application.

Administration Frequency

Code (from the Administration/Visit Frequencies list) that represents how often the patient is to administer a dose (not unit) of this Rx. If this is a continuous infusion (pain management or cardiac meds) then the admin frequency should be how often the bag (unit) will last, such as q5d or q72 hours. If there is a prescribed frequency plus a PRN component to the order, put in the prescribed frequency. If the entire order is PRN, enter PRN, and use the Extra Doses field on the Fill Data tab to enter the amount to send.

List Maintenance



Dosage Form The code of the Dosage Form (from the NCPDP Dosage Forms list) that describes the final product of each dose. The default value is 11 (Solution). This field cannot be modified for a refill.

Required to submit a compounded Rx via Real-Time Adjudication.

RX Category (Required if the Rx Category is Required configuration is enabled.) A value (from the Rx Categories list) that describes how to categorize this Rx in the Rx Statistics Business Intelligence Solutions report.

Purpose Free-form text for the reason that a patient would take this medication.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard Rx Order > Fill Data tab


Days Supply Number of days that this fill should last the patient with prescribed use. If the duration is uncertain, enter the minimum number of days.

Doses Per Unit

Number of doses in each container to be delivered to the patient. (You will define the container quantity on the Rx Components tab.)

Doses Number of doses for this fill calculated using the Administration Frequency and Days Supply.

Units (View only.) Number of units (containers) that will be delivered to the patient.

Stable For The number of days for which the finished product will be stable when stored properly.

Stability State The manner in which the finished product should be stored. Options:

Refrigerated

Frozen

Ambient

Room Temperature

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Standard Rx Order > Rx Components tab


Drug grid A collection of one or more drug components that comprise this Rx.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add New Component screen appears. You can add more than one component.

Diluent grid A collection of one or more diluents used to compound this Rx.


The fields are the same as for the Drug grid, except that the Reconstitution fields do not apply.

Supply grid A collection of one or more supplies used in assembling the compounded product.


The fields are the same as for the Drug grid, except that the Reconstitution fields do not apply.

Buttons

Copy Create a copy of this standard order and assign a new code.

Substitute Not available for standard orders.

Separate (Available only for a component that is not marked as the Primary charge item.) Mark the highlighted item as separately charged.

Primary (Available only for a component that is not marked as the Primary charge item.) Mark the highlighted item as the Primary charge item.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Standard Rx Order > Rx Components tab > Add New Component

Field Description

Component Type

Drug, Diluent, or Supply. This determines the grid (on the Components tab) in which the component is displayed.

Code Code (from the Drug or Supply list) of the component.

Order Qty / Uom

Represents the amount in one container that you will deliver to the patient. This is a unit and may contain one or more doses. The Order Qty/UoM can use any unit of measure assigned to the selected drug product in the Drug list, or any equivalent unit of measure.

For infusion medications dispensed in single dose containers, enter the dose amount as the order quantity. For example, cefazolin may be ordered in mg or gram. They may be entered as 1000mg or 1gm. For multi-dose containers, such as medication cassettes; enter the total volume or weight of all doses in the cassette (e.g. 100ml or 5000mg).

When you enter an Order Qty and UoM, HomecareNet will calculate equivalent quantities for other units of measure for that product and will display the results in the Equivalencies grid.

Freq (Appears only for a supply component.) Administration frequency code (from the Administration/Visit Frequencies list) that represents how often a supply is used.

Total Quantity Total quantity for the component. It is calculated using the unit quantity and, for supplies, the administration frequency, and must be greater than 0 (zero).

Create a separate charge for this item

(Appears only for a component that is not marked as the Primary charge item.) Options:

Checked: Component is a separate charge item.

Not checked: Component is not a separate charge item.

Note: To default this check box to ―selected,‖ select the Separate charge on Rx or

List Maintenance


Field Description

Separate charge on TPN check box in the Drug or Supply list.

Equivalencies grid (View only.) Displays each equivalent unit of measure defined in the Drug or Supply list. For each unit of measure, it displays the calculated quantity that is equivalent to the ordered quantity.

Select a Reconstitution Fluid

(Appears only for a non-TPN drug component.) Options:

Checked: If a drug contains entries in the Reconstitution Fluids grid on the UoM tab in the Drug list, the list of entries will appear. Select the one that applies to this Rx order. Once you select a reconstitution fluid, HomecareNet will:

Automatically add it to the Drug grid, below the primary drug

Calculate the Order Qty/UoM based on the contents of the Reconstitution Fluids grid, which would be equal to the Volume value in the grid x the number of packages of the drug that was ordered

Assign, to the Rx order, the administration route (if any) entered in the Reconstitution Fluids grid

Not checked: List of entries will not appear.

Reconstitution grid (Available if Select a Reconstitution Fluid is checked.) The products that may be used for reconstituting this powder component, as defined in the Reconstitution Fluids grid on the UoM tab in the Drug list. Click on one to select it.

Buttons



Field definitions: New Standard Rx Order > Instructions tab

List Maintenance



SIG Code Multiple-line directions for the patient that is generally specific to the therapy, device, and access route. Enter a single SIG instruction to print on labels for each prescription.

Phrase Codes Note phrase for the SIG code. Type a phrase code and select the Get Phrases button. Or, to select a phrase from a list, select the Get Phrases button.

Auxiliary Label Information

Code (from the Auxiliary Label Instructions list) that represents the auxiliary instructions that should print on the label. You can enter up to five codes.


Compounding instructions that should appear on the Mixing Report.

Note: Some Compounding Instructions may contain variables that will be replaced by data from the Rx order when a user creates a patient order from a standard and reviews it. See the Note Phrases list for more information.

Phrase Codes Note phrase for the compounding instructions. Type a phrase code and select the Get Phrases button. Or, to select a phrase from a list, select the Get Phrases button.

Field Description: New Standard Order Rx > Documentation tab


Label Production grid A collection of one or more label formats to print for this Rx.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Label Format screen appears.

Label Format Code (from the Configured Labels list) of a configured label format to use for this Rx.

List Maintenance



Copies The number of copies of the selected label format to print.

Standard Supply Orders

The Standard Supply Orders list provides common supply order templates that can be copied and modified for individual patients.


List Maintenance > Standard Supply Orders



Field definitions: New Standard Supply Order screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Supply Order.


Description Describes this Standard Supply Order.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a ―?‖. See To use a master list.

Days Number of days that a fill of this supply order should last the patient with prescribed use.


Checked: This Standard Supply Order has been discontinued. It is not

List Maintenance



available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Supply Order is active.

Components grid A collection of one or more supplies that comprise this supply order.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add Supply Order Component screen appears.

Buttons

Copy Create a copy of this standard order and assign a new code.

Field definitions: New Standard Supply Order screen > Add Supply Order Component


Inventory Item Code (from the Supply list) of the component.

Quantity Order quantity and unit of measure. Quantity must be greater than 0 (zero). Can be entered based on any current UoM that resides in the UoM grid for the selected product in the Supply list.


Unit of Measure

The unit of measure (from the Units of Measure list) in which the Quantity is expressed.

Frequency Description of the frequency (from the Administration/Visit Frequencies list) with which this supply is to be administered. Choose a time-based frequency to have HomecareNet automatically calculate the Total Qty based on the days supply. Or, use "Per Fill" to enter a specific quantity.

Total Quantity Total quantity for the component. Calculated using the unit quantity and the administration frequency.

Buttons



List Maintenance


Standard TPN Orders

The Standard TPN Orders list provides common TPN order templates that can be copied and modified for individual patients.


List Maintenance > Standard TPN Orders



Field definitions: New Standard TPN Order> header


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard TPN Order.


Description Describes this Standard TPN Order.


Site (View only.) The Site (from the Sites list) from which this standard order was created.

Note: This value does not limit the Sites that can see the standard order.

Track Outcomes

Specifies whether data about this Rx will be included in SHP for Home Infusion™ outcomes. Options:

Checked: Information about this Rx will be exported to SHP.

Not checked: Information about this Rx will not be exported to SHP.


Checked: This Standard Rx Order has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Rx Order is active.

TPN (View only.) This box will remain checked, indicating that orders in the Standard TPN Orders list are all TPN orders.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard TPN Order> TPN Data tab


Base Volume for Calculations

Final volume, in ML, that has been prescribed. Do not include any overfill amount in this number.

Per Bag Overfill Amount

Quantity, in ML, to "overfill" the bag. The overfill applies to the base components, electrolytes, trace elements, and any other drug components added to the TPN. If you specify that you are using electrolyte pooling, the pool is incremented by the pooling factor as well as the Per Bag Overfill Amount.

Tip: You can set a standard overfill percent for the TPN Overfill Percent and TPN Small Overfill Percent configuration options. Use the TPN Small Threshold and TPN Small Pool Threshold configuration options to enter the default value (in milliliters) for a TPN or Pool to be considered ―small‖ and use the information from the associated ―small‖ fields.

These configuration options are located on the Orders tab in Module > Configuration > Configuration Options in the System Administration application.

3-in-1 TPN mix

Options:

Checked: TPN includes lipids, amino acids, and dextrose.

Not checked: TPN does not contain lipids in the same final container.

Hydration (Available when 3-in-1 TPN mix is not checked.) Options:

Checked: Indicates that components are for hydration therapy, not TPN.

Not checked: Components are not for hydration therapy.

Pool Electrolytes

Options:

Checked: Pool the electrolytes. If you choose pooling, the Mixing Report will reflect the appropriate calculations for the pool.

Not checked: Electrolytes will be added to the TPN bag manually, or

List Maintenance



individually using a TPN compounder.

High-Risk Powder Compound

Options:

Checked: both liquid and powder components may be included in the TPN.

Not checked: only liquid components (i.e. drugs that do not have the Powder field in the Drug list checked) may be included in the TPN.

Final Concentration Calculations

Include Lipids Options:

Checked: Include the lipids in the calculated current volume on the Components tab.

Not checked: Do not include the lipids in the current volume.

Include Additives

Options:

Checked: Include the additives in the calculated current volume on the Components tab.

Not checked: Do not include the additives in the current volume.

Label Formatting

Show Water (if any)

Options:

Checked: Show sterile water on the label.

Not checked: Do not show sterile water on the label.

Include Lipids in Total Volume

(Available only when the Include Lipids box is checked.) Options:

Checked: Include the lipid volume in the TPN Volume value on the label.

Not checked: Calculate lipids above the base volume. Do not include the lipid volume in the TPN Volume value on the label.

Ion Balancing Settings

Ion Balance If checked, Ion Balancing will be used for the selected order.

The Ion Balance configuration option determines the default entry in this field.

Consider AA Inherents

If checked, HomecareNet will consider the ions, trace elements, and other components assigned to the TPN‘s amino acid when balancing ions.

The Consider AA Inherents configuration option determines the default entry in this field.

CI-Ac Behavior

(Required if Ion Balance is checked.) Determines whether the balancing algorithm should balance the Chloride to Acetate ratio more towards Chloride or Acetate, balance them as closely as possible, or ignore this restriction. Options:

Minimize Acetate

Minimize Chloride

Balance Chloride and Acetate

Don‘t Care

Setting this field to ―Balance Chloride and Acetate‖ will always set the Cl to Ac Ratio (as Cl:Ac) parameter below to ―1:1‖ and disable editing on that field. The result will be as close to a one-to-one ratio as possible with the drug items (salts) available.

List Maintenance



Setting this field to ―Minimize Chloride‖ will always set the Primary Phosphate Source parameter below to ―KPO4‖ while any other setting on this field will always set the Primary Phosphate Source parameter below to ―NaPO4‖, although that field will still be editable.

CI to Ac Ratio (as CI:Ac)

(Required if Ion Balance is checked; available for edits if Cl to Ac Behavior is set to ―Minimize Acetate‖ or ―Minimize Chloride‖.)

Specifies how to balance the Chloride to Acetate ratio in favor of the ion described in the setting of the CI-Ac Behavior field.

One of two configuration options, Cl to Ac Ratio (as Cl:Ac) Min Cl and Cl to Ac Ratio (as Cl:Ac) Min Ac, determines the default entry in this field.

If Cl-Ac Behavior is set to ―Balance Chloride and Acetate‖ or ―Don‘t Care‖, this field will default to ―1:1‖ and will not be editable.

Ratio Tolerance

(Required if Ion Balance is checked.) Defines the acceptable tolerance for the ion balancing ratios. Specifically, this is the acceptable percentage with which the amounts of the Chloride, Acetate, Sodium, and Potassium ion can be different from the amounts entered. The Ion Ratio Tolerance configuration option determines the default entry in this field.

Primary Phosphate Source

(Required if Ion Balance is checked.) This pair of radio buttons will determine whether to first add phosphate as either Potassium Phosphate or Sodium Phosphate. Options:

KP04

NP04

―KP04‖ is selected by default if Desired CL to ACE Ratio is set to ―Minimize Chloride‖. Otherwise, ―NaP04‖ is the default setting.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Standard TPN Order > Order Data tab


Max # Refills Maximum number of refills allowed. The default depends on whether this Rx contains a controlled substance:

Not classified — The lesser of:



999

Class 3, 4, 5 — The lesser of:


5

Class 2 — The greater of:

Partial Dose Fills assigned to the site in which this order is being filled

0 (zero)

Supply orders — The lesser of:


999

The Max Refills default configuration option is located on the Orders tab in Module > Configuration > Configuration Options in the System Administration application.

Administration Frequency

Code (from the Administration/Visit Frequencies list) that represents how often the patient is to administer a dose (not unit) of this Rx. If this is a continuous infusion (pain management or cardiac meds) then the admin frequency should be how often the bag (unit) will last, such as q5d or q72 hours. If there is a prescribed frequency plus a PRN component to the order, put in the prescribed frequency. If the entire order is PRN, enter PRN, and use the Extra Doses field on the Fill Data tab to enter the amount to send.

List Maintenance



Dosage Form The code of the Dosage Form (from the NCPDP Dosage Forms list) that describes the final product of each dose. The default value is 11 (Solution). This field cannot be modified for a refill.

Required to submit a compounded Rx via Real-Time Adjudication.

RX Category (Required if the Rx Category is Required configuration is enabled.) A value (from the Rx Categories list) that describes how to categorize this Rx in the Rx Statistics Business Intelligence Solutions report.

Purpose Free-text field to enter the reason that a patient would take this medication.

Field definitions: New Standard TPN Order > Fill Data tab


Days Supply Number of days that this fill should last the patient with prescribed use. If the duration is uncertain, enter the minimum number of days.

Doses Per Unit

Number of doses in each container to be delivered to the patient. (You will define the container quantity on the Rx Components tab.)

Doses Number of doses for this fill calculated using the Administration Frequency and Days Supply.

Units (View only.) Number of units (containers) that will be delivered to the patient.

Stable for The number of days for which the finished product will be stable when stored properly.

Stability State The manner in which the finished product should be stored. Options:

Refrigerated

Frozen

List Maintenance



Ambient

Room Temperature

Field definitions: Standard TPN Order > TPN Components tab


Amino Acid grid A collection of one or more amino acid components that comprise this Rx.


Dextrose grid A collection of one or more dextrose components that comprise this Rx.


Lipid grid A collection of one or more lipid components that comprise this Rx.


Additive grid A collection of one or more drug additives components that comprise this Rx.


Supply grid A collection of one or more supplies used in assembling the compounded product.


QS grid A drug component (usually water) that is used to ―QS‖, or fill to a quantity sufficient, to match the Target Volume.


List Maintenance



menu. The Add New Component screen appears.

Target Volume

Final volume, in ML, that has been prescribed. It does not include the overfill amount.

This is entered in the Base Volume for Calculations field on the TPN Data tab.

Current Volume

The sum of the Volume columns of all components for which a volume value exists.

Buttons

Powder Cmpd Displays the High-Risk Powder Compounding window, which allows you to enter the parameters of powder ingredients that will be used to mix custom made TPN bags that cannot be made with commercially available products.

Ion Balance Enter the prescribed concentrations of ions, and allow HomecareNet to suggest the most appropriate drug items to choose to fill the order.

QS Calculate and fill in the volume of sterile water needed to match the Target Volume.

Substitute Not available. (This button is used only for patient orders.)

Separate (Available only for a component that is not marked as the Primary charge item.) Mark the highlighted item as separately charged.

Primary (Available only for a component that is not marked as the Primary charge item.) Mark the highlighted item as the Primary charge item.

TPN Order Fields (Components tab) > Add New Component screen


Component Type

Drug, Diluent, or Supply. This determines the grid (on the Components tab) in which the component is displayed.

Code Code (from the Drug or Supply list) of the component.

Order Qty / UoM

Represents the amount in one container that you will deliver to the patient. This is a unit and may contain one or more doses. The Order Qty/UoM can use any unit of measure assigned to the selected drug product in the Drug list, or any equivalent unit of measure. For Amino Acids, Dextrose, and Lipids, a UoM of % is also available.

List Maintenance




Freq (Appears only for a supply component.) Administration frequency code (from the Administration/Visit Frequencies list) that represents how often a supply is used.

per Liter (Appears only for a drug component.) Options:

Checked: Ordered amount represents the amount to be added for each liter of TPN solution.

Not checked: Ordered amount is for an entire bag.

Per Kg/Day (Appears only for a drug component.) Options:

Checked: Ordered amount represents the amount of the component to be added for each kilogram of the patient‘s weight per day.


Per M2/Day (Appears only for a drug component.) Options:

Checked: Ordered amount represents the amount of the component to be added per the patient‘s calculated M2 per day.


Total Quantity Total quantity for the component. It is calculated using the unit quantity and, for supplies, the administration frequency, and must be greater than 0 (zero).

Create a separate charge for this item

(Appears only for a component that is not marked as the Primary charge item.) Options:

Checked: Component is a separate charge item.

Not checked: Component is not a separate charge item.

Note: To default this check box to "selected," select the Separate charge on Rx or Separate charge on TPN check box in the Drug or Supply list.

Equivalencies grid (View only.) Displays each equivalent unit of measure defined in the Drug or Supply list. For each unit of measure, it displays the calculated quantity that is equivalent to the ordered quantity.

Buttons



List Maintenance


Field definitions: Standard TPN Order > Instructions tab


SIG Code Multiple-line directions for the patient that is generally specific to the therapy, device, and access route. Enter a single SIG instruction to print on labels for each prescription.

Phrase Codes Note phrase for the SIG code. Type a phrase code and select the Get Phrases button. Or, to select a phrase from a list, select the Get Phrases button.

Auxiliary Label Information

Code (from the Auxiliary Label Instructions list) that represents the auxiliary instructions that should print on the label. You can enter up to five codes.


Compounding instructions that should appear on the Mixing Report.

Note: Some Compounding Instructions may contain variables that will be replaced by data from the Rx order when a user creates a patient order from a standard and reviews it. See the Note Phrases list for more information.

Phrase Codes Note phrase for the compounding instructions. Type a phrase code and select the Get Phrases button. Or, to select a phrase from a list, select the Get Phrases button.

Buttons

Get Phrases Retrieves the phrases (from the Note Phrases list) specified in the Phrase Codes field.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Standard TPN Order > Documentation tab


Label Production grid A collection of one or more label formats to print for this Rx.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Label Format screen appears.

Label Format Code (from the Configured Labels list) of a configured label format to use for this Rx.

Copies The number of copies of the selected label format to print.

List Maintenance


Standard Types of Service

The Standard Types of Service list includes classifications of goods and service that you may provide to a patient.


List Maintenance > Standard Types Of Service


Where it’s used CMS 1500 paper claims

Field definitions: Standard Types of Service screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Standard Types Of Service.


Description Describes this Standard Types Of Service.



Checked: This Standard Type of Service has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Standard Type of Service is active.


List Maintenance


States

The States list represents valid abbreviations for U.S. states and territories. It can also be used for Canadian provinces or similar geographical segments in other countries.


List Maintenance > States


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Staff > Primary tab

Field definitions: New State screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this State.


Description Describes this State.



Checked: This State has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This State is active.


List Maintenance


Submitter ID Types

The Submitter ID Types list contains categorizations of identification numbers for submitters of electronic transactions, as defined by the X12 electronic claim implementation guides. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Submitter ID Types


Where it’s used List Maintenance > EMC Intermediaries >EMC Detail tab


Field definitions: New Submitter ID Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Submitter ID Type.


Description Describes this Submitter ID Type.



Checked: This Submitter ID Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Submitter ID Type is active.


List Maintenance


Supply

The Supply list consists of the supply items that are delivered to patients or used in preparing deliveries to patients. Supplies can be included in prescriptions, but in most cases are not. This list should include an entry for each size of every such item that is stocked or used for special orders.


List Maintenance > Supply


Where it’s used Orders > Drug/Supply/DME Orders

Field definitions: New Supply > Header fields


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Supply.


NDC Supply's NDC number, if any.

Type an asterisk (*) and then Tab to search the Medi-Span drug database and locate the desired NDC number.

Description Describes this Supply.

If you selected a supply from the Medi-Span drug database, this field is automatically completed. If you did not select a supply from the database, enter a description of the supply, omitting the manufacturer and package size, as these are stored in other fields.

This description is used throughout HomecareNet for display on screens and reports. You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use a master list.

Note: An exclamation point is added to the beginning of all drugs and supplies

List Maintenance



provided by HAI. If you will keep these standard contents, review each entry for consistency with your pharmacy practices, and then delete the ‗!‘ at the beginning of the description.

Supply Manufacturer

Manufacturer of this supply (from the Manufacturers list).

If you selected a supply from the Medi-Span drug database, this field is automatically completed.

Mfg Item # (Visible only when you enter a Supply without an NDC number, since its Manufacturer is not determined from Medi-Span data.)

The unique identifying number assigned to this item by the manufacturer

Aggregate Quantity on Hand

(View only.) Level of inventory that is available in all warehouses.


Checked: This Supply has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Supply is active.

Lot Number Tracking

Options:

Off: You will not track lot numbers for inventory that is sitting on the shelf. You may choose to enter lot numbers and expiration dates when product is used for a patient by typing those values in to a Compounding Session or Delivery Slip.

On – Manual Selection: When filling a patient order, you will be responsible for using the Search for Drugs (or Supplies) dialog to choose the desired lot number for the order.

For the next two options, when you create a No-Mix or Supply order or refill that contains one or more lot-tracked products, HomecareNet automatically assigns the earliest dated lot which has an adequate available quantity to meet the order requirements. ―Available‖ means that the current Quantity on Hand of that lot, minus any amounts allocated to other orders, is greater than the amount needed for the order in question.

On – Auto-Select Oldest Lot: HomecareNet will assign the oldest lot with some Available quantity. If there is not enough of that lot to fulfill the order, additional lot(s) will be assigned.

On – Auto-Select Oldest Full Lot: HomecareNet will assign the oldest single lot that has enough available quantity to fulfill the order.

Notes:

1. When you enable lot tracking, or when you update an item with lot tracking enabled, HomecareNet will warn you if there are pending orders to which you need to assign a lot number:

This supply(______) has outstanding commitments that do not have lot numbers assigned. No mix Rx Orders (RxNumber, Delivery Slip Number):

<list of order numbers and delivery slip numbers> Go to each Compound Session or Delivery Slip to choose a lot before confirming it. Until you do, those orders are allocated to the ―Unspecified‖

List Maintenance



lot.

2. When you enable lot tracking on an item that has a non-zero Quantity on Hand, the current inventory will be assigned to a Lot of Unspecified. To avoid this, you should make an Inventory Adjustment to reduce that Unspecified inventory to 0. Then enable Track Lot Numbers and make another Inventory Adjustment to ―replenish‖ the inventory with the appropriate lots. You may wish to create ―Reallocate Lot Numbers (decrease)‖ and ―Reallocate Lot Numbers (increase)‖ Inventory Adjustment Codes that have no G/L impact for this purpose.

Field definitions: New Supply > UoM Tab


Stock Quantity/Stock UoM

Enter the smallest package size in which you would dispense a product. It should also represent the best unit for inventory management (how you count and stock the item). Usually this is one full package, but it may be less in some circumstances. An example is a box of gloves that you would break up into pairs or eaches to send to a patient.

You will be able to receive, dispense, and bill this supply using the units in the stock quantity field or any equivalent unit of measure listed below it in the Other Quantity/UoM grid.

Quantity The numeric portion of the manner in which the item is stocked, such as ""1" for "1/Box".

Unit of Measure

The description (from the Units Of Measure list) that specifies the descriptive portion of the manner in which this drug is stocked, such as Box, Roll, Can, or Each.

Other Quantity/UoM grid In this grid, enter all Quantity/Unit of Measure combinations for which you wish to place patient orders or bill. Do not be concerned with purchase units; those are recorded on the Vendors tab. If you selected a supply from the Medi-Span drug database, check the unit of measure displayed next to the AWP on the Pricing tab, and make sure it is reflected as the Stock UoM or one of the Equivalent UoM values.

Important: Each quantity and unit in the grid MUST by equivalent to the stock quantity and unit.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add New Quantity/Unit Of Measure dialog box appears.

Quantity Amount that is equivalent to the stock quantity.

Unit Of Measure

The description (from the Units Of Measure list) of the unit that corresponds to the quantity above.

Varies by Lot This Unit of Measure represents therapeutic units, and the number of therapeutic units per vial may vary from lot to lot.

Buttons

Varies by Lot This button is typically only used for drugs. See the description for the Varies by Lot button in the Drug list for more information.

http://qa3/help/Materials/Inventory_Maintenance/Lists/Screens/Add_New_Quantity_Unit_of_Measure_db.htm

List Maintenance


Field definitions: New Supply > Inventory tab


Bar Code The bar code that represents the stock unit (not a larger purchase unit) of this supply. Populate this field by placing your cursor in it and then using a bar code scanner to capture the number that represents supply‘s unique bar code.

Once the bar code is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this Item and find the record for it through a bar code scan.


ABC Code An industry standard value (from the ABC Codes list) that separates items into classic segmentations of inventory based on price and volume.

You can print Count Sheets for physical inventory counts based on this setting.

Standard Cost

The standard cost or expected average cost for this item, if you selected Standard Cost as the desired costing method in the System Administration application.

Express the Standard Cost in terms of the Stock Quantity/UoM.

Product Group


Current method used to calculate cost

(View only.) This setting is determined by the Cost Method to use configuration option in the System Administration program. Options:

Standard Cost (across all warehouses): Standard costs that you enter.

Last Acquisition Cost (warehouse specific): System-calculated; HomecareNet assigns the cost based upon the most recent receipt.

Average Cost (warehouse specific): System-calculated; HomecareNet calculates the cost based on a formula.

For detailed information about costing methods, see the Costing Methods

http://acs.mediwareusers.org/sites/acs.mediwareusers.org/files/costing_methods.pdf

List Maintenance



HomecareNet Ideas document.

Report as Controlled Substance in

This field is used in the Drug list, but in the Supply list it is a placeholder for future use. Currently HomecareNet does not report supplies as controlled substances.

Field definitions: New Supply > Pricing tab

The Pricing tab establishes a critical link between Charge Codes and Drugs and Supplies.


Prices grid Contains Average Wholesale Price (AWP) and Wholesale Acquisition Cost (WAC) prices for this supply, if applicable. MediSpan AWP and WAC are available at no additional charge to organizations licensing the MediSpan Drug Database. First DataBank (Blue Book) AWP and MicroMedEx (Red Book) AWP will be imported only for organizations that have licensed them and built an interface to HomecareNet to import them.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Price Type dialog box appears.

Price Type (Required.) The type of price described in this row: MediSpan Average Wholesale Price (AWP), Wholesale Acquisition Cost (WAC), Blue Book AWP, or Red Book AWP.

Date (Required.) The date the price went into effect. For MediSpan AWP and WAC, this date is automatically updated when you run the Update AWPs utility (usually on a monthly basis).

Price (Required.) The dollar amount of the price. For MediSpan AWP and WAC, this date

List Maintenance



is automatically updated when you run the Update AWPs utility (usually on a monthly basis).

If you do not use the Medi-Span database, enter the AWP.

If you do use the Medi-Span database, you may change the AWP or WAC; however, every time you perform a drug update, it will overwrite the change.

Per UoM (Required.) The unit of measure to which the price applies (e.g. 1 Each or 1 mL), as provided by the source database.

Charge Group Defines a category of inventory items (from the Charge Groups list) that need to be set up as exceptions in Pharmacy Charge Rule Sets.

Identifying drugs or supplies with a Charge Group allows them to be charged according to a different Pharmacy Charge Rule than other items to any given payer.

Charge Class The code (from the Charge Classes list) of the Charge Class assigned to Charge Codes that are used to bill this drug.

Separate charge on Rx When generating the charge for a prescription, HomecareNet issues the total charge under the name of the primary drug. Options:

Checked: HomecareNet should create an additional and separate charge for this item. Typically, you would select this check box for unusual or expensive items such as disposable pumps or any item that can be billed separately under any of your contracts.

Not checked: If the supply is NOT set up to be a separate charge its cost will be included in the charge for the primary drug. Most supplies will typically NOT create separate charges when they are used in a compounded Rx.


Separate charge on TPN

When generating the charge for a TPN prescription, HomecareNet uses either the Grams of Amino Acid or total Liters supplied. Options:

Checked: HomecareNet should create an additional and separate charge for this item.

Not checked: If the supply is NOT set up to be a separate charge its cost will be included in the charge for the primary drug. Most supplies will typically NOT create separate charges when they are used in a TPN Rx.


Charge Codes and Methods grid

Contains one entry for each Charge Code that you will use to bill this Supply item.

Each inventory item must have at least one Charge Method and Code defined. If a supply is billed in different units depending on the payer, add a Charge Code and Method to the grid for each billing unit.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add new Charge Code/Method dialog box appears.

Charge Method

Code of the charge method (from the Charge Methods list) to describe the circumstance for which HomecareNet should use the charge code specified in the next field.

Charge Code Charge code (from the Charge Codes list) that HomecareNet can use to charge for this supply.

List Maintenance




Description (View only.) Description of the charge code.

Quantity (View only.) The charge code's Sell Quantity. In other words, the numeric portion of the manner in which this item is sold, such as "1" for "1/Box".

UoM (View only.) The charge code‘s Unit of Measure. In other words, the descriptive portion of the manner in which this item is sold, such as Box, Roll, Can or Each.

Type (View only.) Type of charge associated with the charge code.

Field definitions: New Supply > Warehouses tab


Warehouse grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Add new Warehouse Stock dialog box appears.

Warehouse The code for a warehouse (from the Warehouses list) that stocks this supply.

Stocked? Indicates whether this supply item is currently stocked in this warehouse. Options

Checked: The item is currently stocked in this warehouse. It is available for placement on patient orders, inclusion in count sheets, and in other inventory transactions.

Not checked: The item is not currently stocked in this warehouse.

Count Cycle Code (from the Cycle Counts list) that designates the physical inventory cycle in which this supply is to be counted.

List Maintenance



Reorder Point

Minimum quantity of stock units of this supply that should be kept on hand at all times.

Fill Point Desired maximum quantity for this supply, specified in terms of the stock unit. Reorders of this supply are triggered to fill the inventory to this point.

Note: See the topic To generate a Purchase Order based on reorder and fill points for more details on how these fields are used to calculate reorder quantities.

Bin Used Name or number of the bin or shelf on which this supply is stocked in this Warehouse, for reference on physical inventory count sheets and Delivery Slips.

Current QoH (View only.) Current "quantity on hand" that indicates the level of inventory that is currently available in this warehouse.

Lot Number grid

(View only.) A list of Lots currently assigned to this Warehouse and the Quantity on Hand of each Lot.

Highlight a warehouse in the grid to display this additional warehouse-specific information at the bottom of the screen.

Warehouse (View only.) Code of the warehouse highlighted in the grid.

Last Acquisition Cost

(View only.) Last price paid for this supply, regardless of the vendor from whom the supply was purchased.

Average Cost

(View only.) Weighted average cost of the supply, considering the historical pricing that has been paid for this supply.

Cost Date (View only.) Last date the cost was updated.

Current Quantity On Hand

(View only.) The number of inventory stock units of this supply item that are currently available in this warehouse, including inventory that is committed to unconfirmed patient orders.

Field definitions: New Supply > Vendor Data tab


List Maintenance



Vendors/Purchase Units grid

Make one entry in this grid for each combination of vendor and purchase unit that may be used when purchasing this item.


Buttons

Up and Down arrows

You can use the grid Up and Down arrows to the right of the Vendors/Purchase Units grid to specify the primary (priority 1) vendor offering, which will be the default vendor/purchase unit combination when you create purchase orders.



List Maintenance


Field definitions: Supply > Vendor Data tab > Add New Vendor/Stock screen


Vendor The code for a vendor (from the Vendors list) from whom you order this item.

If you order this item from multiple vendors, add a record for each one.

Package Quantity




Catalog Number

The reference number from the vendor‘s catalog for this item.

The catalog number can be imported from the Purchase Order interface.

Minimum Order


Lead Time The number of days that an order must be placed prior to the date the item is needed.

Item Bar Code

A numeric value scanned from a bar code label on an individual item inside a package. This bar code is assigned by the vendor.

Once the bar code is set, HomecareNet will be able to identify this item and find the record for it through a bar code scan.

Package Bar Code

A numeric value scanned from a bar code on the package described in the Package Quantity field above. This bar code is assigned by the vendor.


Our Own Bar Any additional bar code relevant to this item. This bar code is assigned by your

List Maintenance



Code organization.



Checked: This vendor/purchase unit combination is no longer used. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet.

Not checked: This vendor/purchase unit combination is active.



Field definitions: New Supply > Comment tab


Comment A single free-text field that allows you to document comments about the selected supply. This comment is for reference only; it is not printed on any forms or reports.

List Maintenance


Surgical Procedures

The Surgical Procedures list contains standard codes for surgical procedures, used in justifying the need for a prescribed service or in documenting complicating factors. These codes follow the ICD9 coding standards.

The contents of this list are imported from an external database provided by CMS (the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services). Mediware distributes updates to HomecareNet‘s Diagnoses and Surgical Procedures lists in September of each year, using data provided by CMS. Run the Surgical Procedures list update annually. (To do so, see the ‗To import diagnosis (ICD-9) and surgical procedure data‘ topic in the System Administration user guide.)


List Maintenance > Surgical Procedures


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Diagnoses > Surgical Procedures grid

Field definitions: New Surgical Procedure screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Surgical Procedure.



Checked: This Surgical Procedure has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Surgical Procedure is active.

Descriptions grid A collection of terms that describe this Surgical Procedure.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Surgical Procedure Description screen appears.

HCFA Approved

If checked, the diagnosis is CMS (formerly HCFA) approved.



List Maintenance



User Defined (View only.) The User Defined checkbox will be checked for any Surgical Procedures that are manually entered.


Field definitions: New Surgical Procedure screen > Surgical Procedure Description screen


Description A term that describes this surgical procedure. You can assign multiple descriptions to each surgical procedure code to improve users‘ ability to search and locate the correct code.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". See To use a master list. You may edit the diagnosis description.

User Defined (View only.) The User Defined checkbox will be checked for any surgical procedure descriptions that are manually entered.

Primary Description

If checked, this description is the primary description for this Surgical Procedure code. It will be displayed on screens and reports wherever this Surgical Procedure code is used.

List Maintenance


Taxonomy Codes

The Taxonomy Codes list contains provider specialty codes, as defined by the X12 electronic claim implementation guides. How to set up and maintain

List Maintenance > Taxonomy Codes


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Physicians

List Maintenance > Sites


CMS1500, UB-04, and Mass Health paper claims

Field definitions: New Taxonomy Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Taxonomy Code.


Description Describes this Taxonomy Code.



Checked: This Taxonomy Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Taxonomy Code is active.


List Maintenance


Teams

The Teams list contains descriptions for geographic or functional teams of staff that provide service to patients.


List Maintenance > Teams


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Case > Contacts tab

Field definitions: New Team screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Team.


Description Describes this Team.



Checked: This Team has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Team is active.


List Maintenance


Town Codes

The Town Codes list identifies local towns or counties, for association with patients and for reporting.


List Maintenance > Town Codes


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Patient > Demographics > Primary tab

Field definitions: New Town Code screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Town Code.


Description Describes this Town Code.



Checked: This Town Code has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Town Code is active.


List Maintenance


Translations

The Translations list contains codes and descriptions from HomecareNet to values that are required on external output including claims and EDI files. It is also possible to translate codes and descriptions from external sources to HomecareNet values.

Use this list if:

You have a payer whose claims use non-standard values (that is, values other than HomecareNet's standard values) for fields such as service location, gender, or relationship

You are implementing the HL7 interface and need to map values to or from the system with which HomecareNet will interface.


List Maintenance > Translations


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Configured Claims > Details tab > select a formatter

List Maintenance > HL7 Subscribers

Field definitions: New Translation screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Translation.


List Maintenance



Description Describes this Translation.


List (Required.) List upon which this translation is based. Options:

Administration Routes

Charge Group

Charge Methods

Claim Filing Indicator

Gender

Marital Statuses

Patient Relationship To Insured

Patient Statuses

Referral Types

Services

Sites

Specialties

Standard Place of Service

Standard Types Of Service

Units Of Measure


Checked: This Translation has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Translation is active.


Direction Select the option that defines how you want to translate codes in HomecareNet:

From HomecareNet List Code to code & description: Translate codes from a HomecareNet list to the codes and descriptions for an electronic data exchange partner

From code to HomecareNet List Code & Description: Translate codes from an electronic data exchange partner to codes in a HomecareNet list

Translation rules grid Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. Complete the Translation From HomecareNet Code & Description screen or the Translation to HomecareNet Code & Description screen.

Comments Additional free text about this translation code.

Field definitions: New Translation screen > Translation From HomecareNet Code & Description

This option translates a HomecareNet list code to an electronic data exchange partner‘s code and description.

List Maintenance



HomecareNet Code & Description

Code Code (from your choice in the List drop-down list) of the HomecareNet code to translate.

From Description

(View only). Description corresponding to the Code above.

Inbound Default

If checked, this translation rule will be used when there is more than one rule for this HomecareNet Code.

Discontinued

Options:

Checked: This Translation rule has been discontinued. It is not used by HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Translation rule is active.

System Code

(View only). Is this translation rule a system code? Options:

Checked: This translation rule is a system code.

Not checked: This translation rule is not a system code.

Translate To

code The equivalent Code that is recognizable to the electronic data exchange partner.

description Description corresponding to the receiving electronic data exchange partner‘s code.

Field definitions: New Translation screen > Translate To HomecareNet Code & Description

This option translates an electronic data exchange partner‘s code to a HomecareNet list code and description.

List Maintenance



Translate From

code The receiving entity‘s Code that you wish to translate.

description Description corresponding to the electronic data exchange partner‘s code.

Discontinued

Options:

Checked: This Translation rule has been discontinued. It is not used by HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Translation rule is active.

System Code

(View only). Is this translation rule a system code? Options:

Checked: This translation rule is a system code.

Not checked: This translation rule is not a system code.

HomecareNet Code & Description

Code Code (from your choice in the List drop-down list) of the HomecareNet code that is equivalent to the electronic data exchange partner‘s code.

Description (View only). Description corresponding to the Code above.

Inbound Default

If checked, this translation rule will be used when there is more than one rule for this HomecareNet Code.

List Maintenance


Unit of Measure Type

The Unit of Measure Type list represents categories of units of measure in which items may be ordered or sold.

Unit of Measure Types allow related Units of Measure to be associated with one another. For example, GM, MG, etc. all have a UoM Type of Weight. This indicates to HomecareNet that it can convert from one unit to another; in addition, it will not allow you to assign more than one unit of a given type to a single drug or supply.


List Maintenance > Units of Measure Type


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Medication Profile > Medications tab

Field definitions: New Unit Of Measure Type screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Unit of Measure Type.


Description Describes this Unit of Measure Type.



Checked: This Unit of Measure Type has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Unit of Measure Type is active.


List Maintenance


Units of Measure

The Units of Measure list contains the valid units of measure in which items may be ordered, dispensed, or sold.


List Maintenance > Units of Measure



HomecareNet Mobile Clinician > Module 516 (Medications)



Prices > Charge Codes > General tab > Price/Cost History grid

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply > UoM tab

Field definitions: Units Of Measure screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Unit of Measure.


Description Describes this Unit of Measure


Uom Type The category (from the Unit of Measure Types list) to which this Unit of Measure belongs. Assigning a UoM type allows related Units of Measure to be associated with one another. For example, GM, MG, etc. all have a UoM Type of Weight. This indicates to HomecareNet that it can convert from one unit to another; in addition, it will not allow you to assign more than one unit of a given type to a

List Maintenance



single drug or supply.

Tip: Do not assign a UoM Type to Each or to Unit, because they mean different things in different situations.

Translates to If you assigned a UoM Type, the conversion of this unit of measure to the equivalent number of the ―master‖ unit of measure for this type (hours, grams, milliliters, or eaches). For example, a Unit of Measure of 15 Minutes would translate to .25 hours.


Checked: This Unit of Measure has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Unit of Measure is active.



List Maintenance


UPIN List

This list is obsolete.

List Maintenance


Vendor

The Vendor list is used to define organizations from which you purchase drug, supply and DME items.


List Maintenance > Vendor


Where it’s used Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug > Vendor Data tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply > Vendor Data tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > DME Type


Field definitions: New Vendor > Primary tab


ID (Required.) Unique ID for this vendor.

Name (Required.) Name of this vendor.

Organization Type

(View only.) Is always Vendor.

Referral Type

(Required.) Code (from the Referral Types list) of the classification of referral sources to facilitate referral reporting.

Manufacturer #

Not used.

Address Vendor‘s street address.

City City in which this vendor is located.

State State (from the States list) in which this vendor is located.

List Maintenance



Zip Vendor's zip code.

Country Country in which this vendor is located.


E-Mail Address grid

A collection of email addresses for the warehouse.


Email Address

Warehouse's e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid

A collection of phone numbers for the warehouse.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Phone Number screen appears.

Number Warehouse's phone number(s).


Type


Location



Comments

Free-form text field for user-defined explanations or notes.

Field definitions: New Vendor > Vendor Detail tab

List Maintenance



Credit Limit Credit limit extended by the vendor.

Payment Terms

Special payment terms agreed to by the vendor. This text appears on the printed Purchase Order.

Tax Rate (Required.) Tax rate, if any, that is applicable when purchasing from this vendor. It can be overridden on any given PO and is used in calculating taxes on each line item.

Discount Terms

Percent The percentage of any discount offered by the vendor. It can be overridden on any given PO and is used in calculating discounts on each line item.

Days If a discount is offered, the number of days by which the payment must be made (e.g. the 15 days in ―2% in 15 days, net 30‖).

Net Days The number of days by which the payment must be made, whether or not a discount is taken (e.g. the 30 days in ―2% in 15 days, net 30‖).

Lead Time The number of days it takes to receive inventory from the vendor after issuing the PO. Used in the calculation of the Required Date when you create a Purchase Order for this vendor.

Preferred Carrier

The name of the carrier preferred by the vendor for shipments.

Customer Number

Your number as assigned by the vendor. This number appears on the printed Purchase Order.

EDI Setup for Purchase Orders

Complete these fields if you intend to exchange electronic data interface (EDI) messages with the vendor. To exchange these messages, you may elect to sign up with a Value Added Network (VAN).

Our Company ISA Id

Id provided to your organization by the vendor/VAN.

Our Company ISA Id Qualifier

Data agreed upon with the vendor/VAN.

Our Company GS Id

Id provided to your organization by the vendor/VAN.

Our Company GS Id Qualifier


Our Company Trading Partner Id

Id of the ―Our Company‖ provided by the vendor/VAN.

Our Company Trading Partner Qualifier


This Vendor Id of ―This vendor‖, assigned by the vendor/VAN.

List Maintenance



Trading Partner ID

This Vendor Trading Partner Qualifier


EDI Inbox Sets a default location for electronic data interface (EDI) files that are sent to your organization from the vendor, such as catalog and pricing updates, etc. You will be able to import this data into HomecareNet.

EDI Outbox Network location for electronic data interface (EDI) files that are created by HomecareNet and submitted to the vendor. The HomecareNet Runtime server(s) must have read/write access to this location. It should not be a local hard drive.

In Production Includes data in the electronic file to indicate whether the file is Test or Production.

Leave unchecked for testing.

Field definitions: New Vendor > Contacts tab



Buttons



2. Select the Set Primary button. A check mark appears in the Primary

List Maintenance



column.





Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Organization.









Contact Info




List Maintenance







E-mail Address


Phone Numbers grid

A collection of phone numbers for the contact.


Number Phone number(s).






List Maintenance


Verification Statuses

The Verification Statuses list represents potential statuses for insurance verification requests.


List Maintenance > Verification Statuses


Where it’s used Patient > select a patient > Payers > select a payer > Verification tab > Verifications grid > Policy Verification screen

Field definitions: New Verification Status screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Verification Status.


Description Describes this Verification Status.


Verification Status

Describes how this status should be treated in reports and queries of patient-specific verifications:

Verified: The patient‘s coverage was successfully verified.

No Coverage: The payer confirmed that the patient does not have coverage.

Unresolved: Verification was attempted but not completed.



Checked: This Verification Status has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Verification Status is active.


List Maintenance


Visit Cancel Reasons

The Visit Cancel Reasons list represents reasons for which a scheduled patient visit might be canceled.


List Maintenance > Visit Cancel Reasons


Where it’s used Patients > select a patient > Options > Schedule > Cancel Visit button

Field definitions: New Visit Cancel Reason screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Visit Cancel Reason.


Description Describes this Visit Cancel Reason.



Checked: This Visit Cancel Reason has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Visit Cancel Reason is active.


List Maintenance


Visit Categories

The Visit Categories list contains categories (assessment, admit, revisit, discharge, etc.) that typically describe a visit‘s primary purpose; they are assigned to each charge code that represents a visit.


List Maintenance > Visit Categories


Where it’s used Prices > Visit Charge Rule Sets > Visit Charge Rules grid > Restrictions grid

Field definitions: New Visit Category screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Visit Category.


Description Describes this Visit Category.



Checked: This Visit Category has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Visit Category is active.


List Maintenance


Visit Charge Rule Sets

The Visit Charge Rule Sets list specifies which charge code(s) to use when generating charges for confirmed visits. Visit charge rule sets tell HomecareNet to use a specific charge code in all circumstances, or for any combination of services, disciplines, visit shifts, visit categories, and programs.

You can assign a visit charge rule set to a payer's plan(s). You can also specify one visit charge rule set as the default set to use if no visit charge rule set has been assigned to the payer's plan.

For payers with "special needs," you can create additional sets and assign them to the payer‘s plan(s). For example, you can accommodate payers who:

Set a maximum amount of time for a visit, and then expect you to bill in a different increments (often 15 minutes) after that maximum time ("secondary charge")

Want you to bill an extra charge (for example, case evaluation visit) in certain circumstances ("ancillary charge")


List Maintenance > Visit Charge Rule Sets



Field definitions: New Visit Charge Rule Set screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Visit Charge Rule Set.


Description Describes this Visit Charge Rule Set.


Default Will this visit charge rule set be used for a payer plan that has not been assigned a visit charge rule set? Options:


List Maintenance




Note: You can specify only one default visit charge rule set.


Checked: This Visit Charge Rule Set has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Visit Charge Rule Set is active.


Visit Charge Rules grid This grid lists the charge codes that are to be used within this visit charge rule set and the circumstances under which they are to be used. (These circumstances are shown in the Restrictions on Selected Rule grid.)

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Visit Charge Rule Detail screen appears.

Restrictions on Selected Rule grid

(View only.) The circumstances under which the highlighted charge code is to be used.

Field definitions: Visit Charge Rule Detail screen


Charge Code (Required.) Primary charge code (from the Charge Codes list) that will be used when this visit charge rule set is selected for a visit, based on the contents of the Restrictions grid.

Secondary Charge Info

Maximum Time

Maximum number of hours and minutes that can be assigned to the primary charge code. If this value is blank or zero, then there is no limit.

List Maintenance



If the maximum time is exceeded, the primary charge code is assigned the maximum time and the secondary charge code is assigned the remainder.

Secondary Charge Code

Charge code (from the Charge Codes list) to be used if the total billable time of the charge code is greater than Maximum Time. You must set the secondary charge code when Maximum Time is not blank or zero.

For example, you should enter a secondary charge code when a payer has a flat rate for the first hour (for example) of a visit, and additional time needs to be billed with a different charge code (for example, with an every 15-minute price).

Ancillary Charge info

Ancillary Charge Code

Additional charge code (from the Charge Codes list) to be used when a scheduled visit using this rule is confirmed and batched. For example, you should enter an ancillary charge code when a payer will pay an additional fee, such as a Case Evaluation fee in conjunction with an admission visit.

Quantity (Available only when an ancillary charge code has been entered. Required.) Quantity to be used for the charge item created for the ancillary charge code.

Restrictions grid Restrictions tell HomecareNet the circumstances (service, discipline, visit shift, visit category, or program) in which to use this rule when charging for a visit.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Select restrictions for a Visit Charge Rule screen appears.

Field definitions: Select restrictions for a Visit Charge Rule screen


Added Restrictions grid Restrictions – in other words, circumstances in which to use this rule – that are already defined.

List Maintenance



Available Restrictions grid

Available criteria that you can use in defining restrictions.

Tip: Sort the grid by Type to more easily find the desired criteria.

To add a restriction, highlight the desired restriction and then click Add. The added restriction appears in the Added Restrictions grid.

To add multiple restrictions, do one of the following: To select consecutive restrictions, click the first desired restriction in the list, press and hold SHIFT, and then click the last desired restriction. Click Add. The added restrictions appear in the Added Restrictions grid. To select nonconsecutive restrictions, click the first desired restriction in the list, press and hold CTRL, and then click each desired restriction. Click Add. The added restrictions appear in the Added Restrictions grid.

To add all restrictions (which you would rarely, if ever, do), click Add All. The added restrictions appear in the Added Restrictions grid.

To remove one or more restrictions, follow similar steps as to add, except you should choose the Remove and Remove All buttons.

List Maintenance


Warehouses

The Warehouses list contains the locations where drugs, supplies and DME items are stored. Typically, each site will have its own warehouse. This list may also include nontraditional ―warehouses‖ such as a clean room, a delivery truck, or a nurse‘s vehicle.


List Maintenance > Warehouses


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Sites > Additional tab

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Drug

Materials > Inventory Maintenance > Supply


Field definitions: New Warehouse screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Warehouse.


Description Describes this Warehouse.

You can search by this description by preceding the search with a "?". To use a master list.


Checked: This Warehouse has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Warehouse is active.

Address Warehouse's street address. If you do not need the second line, leave it blank.

City City in which this warehouse is located.

List Maintenance



State State (from the States list) in which this warehouse is located.

Zip Warehouse's zip code.

Country Country in which this warehouse is located.

E-Mail Address grid

A collection of email addresses for the warehouse.


Email Address

Warehouse's e-mail address.

Phone Numbers grid

A collection of phone numbers for the warehouse.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Phone Number screen appears.

Number Warehouse's phone number(s).


Type


Location



Staff grid

Staff members who work at this warehouse.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Staff screen appears.

Staff Staff member's ID (from the Staff list).

List Maintenance


Work Queue Groups

The Work Queue Groups list contains a set of Users who will receive Workflow Notification(s) based on an Event.

For example, you might build a Work Queue Group called Insurance Coordinators that include all the Users on your staff that handle insurance. When a new patient is referred, HomecareNet would send a notification to each User in the Group. You can also set your Notification Rules based on individual Users too, so you do not have to set up Work Queue Groups if, for example, you only have one Insurance Coordinator on staff.


List Maintenance > Work Queue Groups

You may add to, change, discontinue, or delete the contents of this list

Where it’s used Main HomecareNet screen > Workflow Manager area > Send New

List Maintenance > Workflow Notification Rules

Field definitions: New Work Queue Group screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Work Queue Group.


Description Describes this Work Queue Group.



Checked: This Work Queue Group has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Work Queue Group is active.

List Maintenance




Users grid Users assigned to this group.

Tip: When a User is discontinued (in the System Administration application under the Module menu > Security > User and Role Maintenance > Users), that User is automatically removed from any Work Queue Groups to which he is assigned.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Work Group User screen appears.

User ID The User's ID (from the Users list in System Administration).

List Maintenance


Workflow Events

The Workflow Events list contains reasons for Workflow Manager notifications.

HomecareNet has numerous pre-defined Events that can automatically create Notifications based on activity in HomecareNet according to Workflow Notification Rules that you define.

In addition, you can add user-defined Events to use when initiating Notifications.


List Maintenance > Workflow Events


Where it’s used Main HomecareNet screen > Workflow Manager area > Send New


Field definitions: New Workflow Event screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Workflow Event.


Description Describes this Workflow Event.


Priority The importance of this type of workflow event and the urgency with which users should be notified.

Valid values are blank and digits 1 through 5. 1 implies that events of this type are of the highest priority; 5 corresponds to the lowest priority. (Blank implies that the priority level has not been assigned.)

HomecareNet will automatically pop up alerts when you receive a new priority-1 notification.


Checked: This Workflow Event has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

List Maintenance



Not checked: This Workflow Event is active.


List Maintenance


Workflow Notification Rules

The Workflow Notification Rules list contains the circumstances under which Notifications are created for each Event, and the Users and/or Work Queue Groups that should receive the Notifications.

Tip: These rules are used only for the HomecareNet Events that are System Codes. However, New Note and New Message allow the user to choose the recipient when they are sent, so you need not set up rules for those Events.




Where it’s used Used by HomecareNet when any Workflow Events occur (e.g. a new patient is added).

Field definitions: Workflow Notification Rule screen


Rules grid A collection of rules that indicate whom to notify and when.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Workflow Notification Rule Detail screen appears.

Note: You can use any or all the fields in this screen to define who should receive Notifications. However, HomecareNet will not prevent duplication here.

Buttons

Default Use this rule if none of the other rules for the Event and Rule Group have matching criteria defined.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Workflow Notification Rule Detail – Criteria tab


Default Rule If checked, this rule is used if none of the other rules for the Event and Rule Group have matching criteria defined.

For example, you might have a set of rules defined to send notifications to different Users based on a patient‘s Service. You define special rules for TPN, Growth Hormone and Blood Products to notify the appropriate Users. In addition, you define a Default Rule that does not specify any particular Service.

When an event occurs for a patient with Antibiotic service, it will use the Notification Rule you have marked as Default. Thus you don‘t have to define a rule for every service.

Assigning a Default rule also ensures that the notification will happen if you inadvertently forgot to define a rule for every condition.

Rule Group (Required.) The group (from the Workflow Rule Groups list) to which this rule belongs.

If there are multiple rules that might apply to an Event depending on the conditions, assign all of those rules to the same Rule Group. This allows you to ensure that only one rule in the Rule Group will be invoked and Users will not see duplicate messages about the Event.

If this rule should apply in all circumstances, assign a unique Rule Group to it.

Note Sub-Type

The Sub Type (from the Note Sub Types list) for which this rule should be used.

A Notification will be sent based on this rule only if the Sub Type of the Progress Note matches the Sub Type in the rule.

Applies only to the New Note Event.

Team The Team (from the Teams list) for which this rule should be used.

Notifications will be sent based on this rule only if the patient case is associated with this Team (Patient record > Case > Contacts tab).

List Maintenance



Line of Business

The Line of Business (from the Lines of Business list) for which this rule should be used.

Notifications will be sent based on this rule only if the patient‘s service belongs to this Line of Business.

Applies to New Service, New/Updated Medication, Outcome Event (of type Drug), Duplicate DME, Auth Message, and NCPDP Events.

Site The Site (from the Sites list) for which this rule should be used.

Notifications will be sent based on this rule only if the Event took place in this Site.

Payer Class The Payer Class (from the Payer Classes list) for which this rule should be used.

Notifications will be sent based on this rule only if one of the patient‘s payers belongs to this Class.

Currently this criterion is not used for any Events, and is reserved for future use.

Services grid A collection of Services for which this rule should be used.

Notifications will be sent based on this rule only if the Event involves one or more of these Services.

Applies to New Service, New/Updated Medication, Outcome Event (of type Drug), Duplicate DME, Auth Message, and NCPDP Events.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Notification Rule Criteria – Service appears.

Service Code A Service (from the Services list) for which this rule should be used.

Payers grid A collection of Payers for which this rule should be used.

Notifications will be sent based on this rule only if the patient has one or more of these payers.

Applies to Intake, New Service, New Note (if a Collection Note of type Payer), Outcome Event (of type Drug), Duplicate DME, Auth Message, and NCPDP Events.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Notification Rule Criteria – Payer appears.

Payer Code A Payer (from the Payers list) for which this rule should be used.

List Maintenance


Field definitions: Workflow Notification Rule Detail – Target tab


Create as a Task?

Options:

Checked: When a Notification is sent based on this rule, it will appear as a Task in the Workflow Manager area for each User who receives it. Any User can mark the Task as Complete and it will disappear from all of the Users‘ Workflow Manager areas.

Not checked: When a Notification is sent based on this rule is will NOT appear as a Task. Each User that receives the Notification will review it and Dismiss it from his or her own Workflow Manager list. This option is similar to sending an email.

Staff Role A Staff Role (from the Staff Roles list) of users who should receive notifications under this rule.

Notification will be sent to the User(s) who are assigned this Staff Role in the Patient record (Case > Contacts tab > Staff).

Users grid A collection of Users who should receive notifications under this rule.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Notification Rule Target – User appears.

User Id Code of a User (from the Users list) to whom notifications will be sent.

Groups A collection of Workflow Groups; users in these groups should receive notifications under this rule.

Right-click in the grid‘s white space and then select the New option on the shortcut menu. The Notification Rule Target – Queue Group appears.

Work Queue Group

Code of a group (from the Work Queue Groups list); Users that belong to the Work Queue Group should receive notifications under this rule.

Comments Any text entered in this field will appear in every Notification sent to any User based on this rule.

List Maintenance


Workflow Rule Groups

The Workflow Rule Groups list defines categories of Workflow Notification Rules. Use Workflow Rule Groups when there are multiple rules that might apply to an Event, and you want only one of those rules to be invoked.

Tip: Since all rules must be assigned to a Rule Group, set up a Rule Group called ―None‖ for use in simple situations that don‘t require multiple rules.


List Maintenance > Workflow Rule Groups


Where it’s used List Maintenance > Workflow Notification Rules

Field definitions: New Workflow Rule Group screen


Code Alpha, numeric, or alphanumeric identifier that uniquely defines this Workflow Rule Group.


Description Describes this Workflow Rule Group.



Checked: This Workflow Rule Group has been discontinued. It is not available for selection throughout HomecareNet. It is visible only in List Maintenance.

Not checked: This Workflow Rule Group is active.
